2k17cascada1stprint PDF

2k17_Buick_Cascada_23321689A.
ai 1 7/14/2016 1:11:12 PM
2017 Cascada
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Cascada Owner’s Manual
23321689 A
Buick Cascada Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.-9967834) - 2017 - crc -
7/18/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 21
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 92
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 127
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 217
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 331
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 347
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 357
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
7/18/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be
was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at
model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from:
specifications, features/applications Propriétaires Canadiens
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du
The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
Refer to the purchase suivante:
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated
this manual including, but not limited features. Attention: Customer Service
to, GM, the GM logo, BUICK, the 47911 Halyard Drive
BUICK Emblem, and CASCADA are Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170
trademarks and/or service marks of quick reference. USA
General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Using this Manual
For vehicles first sold in Canada, To quickly locate information about
substitute the name “General the vehicle, use the Index in the
Motors of Canada Company” for back of the manual. It is an
Buick Motor Division wherever it alphabetical list of what is in the
appears in this manual. manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23321689 A First Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
7/18/16
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

Caution Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more
labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to
hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index.
reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
{ Danger Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning
this happen.” ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result Symbols % : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls
in serious injury or death. or OnStar
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
{ Warning the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control
information relating to a specific
Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, ^ : Do Not Service
could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. B : Engine Coolant Temperature
M : Shown when the owner O : Exterior Lamps
manual has additional instructions
Caution or information. ` : Do Not Puncture
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps
or information.
damage. . : Fuel Gauge
0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses
information on another page —
“see page.”
7/18/16
4 Introduction
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
( : Heated Steering Wheel
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
7/18/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Instrument Panel Lane Departure
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Initial Drive Information Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 17
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Performance and Maintenance
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Traction Control/Electronic
Trunk Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 18
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 19
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Driving for Better Fuel
Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Roadside Assistance
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 14
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 16
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
7/18/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel Overview
7/18/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 215. 10. Anti-Theft Alarm System 18. Ignition Switch. See Ignition
2. Headlamp High/Low-Beam Indicator Light. See Vehicle Positions 0 228.
Changer 0 120. Alarm System 0 31. 19. Horn 0 94.
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn 11. Traction Control/Electronic 20. Steering Wheel
and Lane-Change Stability Control 0 240. Adjustment 0 93.
Signals 0 122. Lane Departure Warning 21. Instrument Panel Storage 0 89.
Driver Information Center (DIC) (LDW) 0 248.
Instrument Panel Fuse
Buttons. See Driver Information Assistance Systems for Block 0 285.
Center (DIC) 0 110. Parking or Backing 0 244.
22. Hood Release. See
3. Cruise Control 0 242. 12. Dual Automatic Climate Control Hood 0 257.
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 213.
23. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 119.
System 0 246 (If Equipped). Heated Front Seats 0 49 (If
Equipped). Fog Lamps 0 123 (If
4. Instrument Cluster 0 98. Equipped).
5. Driver Information Center Heated Steering Wheel 0 94 (If
Equipped). Instrument Panel Illumination
(DIC) 0 110. Control 0 123.
6. Steering Wheel Controls 0 93. 13. USB Port. See USB 0 160.
24. Data Link Connector (DLC)
7. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 94. Input Jack. See Auxiliary (Out of View). See Malfunction
Devices 0 165. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
8. Central Locking Switch. See
Power Door Locks 0 28. 14. Convertible Top 0 37. Light) 0 102.
Hazard Warning Central Power Window Switch.

Flashers 0 122. See Power Windows 0 34.
Passenger Airbag Status 15. Electric Parking Brake 0 237.

Indicator 0 101. 16. Shift Lever. See Automatic
9. AM-FM Radio 0 138. Transmission 0 234.
17. Power Outlets 0 96.
7/18/16
8 In Brief
Initial Drive 7 : Press and release to initiate

vehicle locator. Press and hold for at
Information least three seconds to sound the
This section provides a brief panic alarm. Press again to cancel
overview about some of the the panic alarm.
important features that may or may See Keys 0 21 and Remote Keyless
not be on your specific vehicle. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 23.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be Remote Vehicle Start
found later in this owner’s manual. If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.
Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start Shown
(RKE) System Starting the Vehicle
Press the button to extend the key.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The key can be used for the driver 1. Press and release Q on the
transmitter may work up to 60 m side lock and the ignition. RKE transmitter.
(197 ft) away from the vehicle. K : Press to unlock both doors, the 2. Immediately press and hold /
trunk and the fuel door. Press and for at least four seconds or until
hold K to open all windows. the turn signal lamps flash.
Q : Press to lock both doors, the Start the vehicle normally after
trunk and the fuel door. Press and entering.
hold to close all windows. When the vehicle starts, the parking
Lock and unlock feedback can be lamps will turn on.
personalized. See Vehicle Remote start can be extended.
Personalization 0 113.
V : Press and hold to release the Canceling a Remote Start
trunk. To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
7/18/16
In Brief 9
. Press and hold / until the Power Door Locks Trunk Release
parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 26.
Door Locks
To lock or unlock the doors from
outside the vehicle:
. Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Press the lower half of the emblem
. Use the key in the driver door. K : Press to unlock. to open the trunk. See Trunk 0 29.
To lock or unlock the doors from Q : Press to lock.
inside the vehicle:
See Power Door Locks 0 28.
. Press Q or K on the power door
lock switch.
. Pulling an interior door handle
will unlock the door. Pulling the
door handle again unlatches it.
7/18/16
10 In Brief
Windows Window Operation with . Raise or lower the front part of

Convertible Top the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
Windows will automatically lower
fully when the convertible top is . Raise or lower the entire seat by
lowered or raised. Convertible moving the rear of the control up
Top 0 37. or down.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 47.
Seat Adjustment
Power Driver Seat Adjustment
Power windows work when the

ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or in Retained Accessory Power
(RAP). See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 231.
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window. To adjust the power seatback:
The windows may be temporarily
. Tilt the top of the control
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time. To adjust a power driver seat, rearward to recline.
if equipped: . Tilt the top of the control forward
See Power Windows 0 34.
. Move the seat forward or to raise.
Central Power Window Switch rearward by sliding the control See Reclining Seatbacks 0 48.
Press to express open or pull to forward or rearward.
express close all windows.
7/18/16
In Brief 11
Power Lumbar Seatback Latches Heated Seats
If equipped, press and hold the front To fold the seatback, lift the release If available, the controls are on the
of the switch to increase lumbar lever and fold the seatback forward. climate control panel. The engine
support, or the rear of the switch to The seat will slide forward. must be running to operate the
decrease lumbar support. heated seats.
To raise, lift the seatback to its
To adjust the height of the support, upright position until the seat locks. Press M or L to heat the driver or
press and hold the top or bottom of The seat will slide back to the passenger seat cushion and
the switch. Release the switch when original position. seatback.
the seatback reaches the desired See Seatback Latches 0 49.
level of lumbar support. Press the control once for the
Rear Seats highest setting. With each press of
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 48. the control, the heated seat will
The rear seatbacks can be folded. change to the next lower setting,
For detailed instructions, see Rear and then the off setting. Three lights
Seats 0 50. indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
7/18/16
12 In Brief
See Heated Front Seats 0 49. Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

Head Restraint System
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary The passenger sensing system
while keeping the seat and the head turns off the front outboard
restraint height in the proper passenger frontal airbag and knee
position. airbag under certain conditions. No
other airbag is affected by the
See Head Restraints 0 46 and Refer to the following sections for passenger sensing system. See
Reclining Seatbacks 0 48. important information on how to use Passenger Sensing System 0 63 for
safety belts properly: important information.
. Safety Belts 0 52. The passenger airbag status
. How to Wear Safety Belts indicator will be visible on the center
Properly 0 53. stack when the vehicle is started.
. See Passenger Airbag Status
Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 54.
Indicator 0 101.
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 76. Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
7/18/16
In Brief 13
Automatic Dimming Rearview 3. Turn the selector switch to 9 4. Lift the lever up to lock the
Mirror to deselect the mirror. steering wheel in place.
Automatic dimming reduces the The vehicle has manual folding Do not adjust the steering wheel
glare of headlamps from behind. mirrors. See Folding Mirrors 0 33. while driving.
The dimming feature comes on
when the vehicle is started. Steering Wheel Interior Lighting
See Automatic Dimming Rearview Adjustment Dome Lamps
Mirror 0 34.
Exterior Mirrors
To adjust the steering wheel: The interior lamps control in the

overhead console controls both the
1. Pull the lever down.
1. Turn the selector switch to L front and rear interior lamps.
(Left) or R (Right) to choose 2. Move the steering wheel up
the driver or passenger mirror. or down.
( : Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open.
2. Move the control to adjust the 3. Pull or push the steering wheel
mirror. closer or away from you.
H : Press to turn the lamps on
automatically when a door is
opened.
7/18/16
14 In Brief
' : Press to turn on the dome Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps
lamps. together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights. A warning
Reading Lamps chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.
# : If equipped with fog lamps,
press to turn the lamps on or off.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 119
The exterior lamp control is to the . Fog Lamps 0 123
left of the steering column on the
instrument panel.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic lamp control off
or on again.
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console. AUTO : Turns the headlamps on
automatically at normal brightness,
# or $ : Press the button near together with the parking lamps,
each lamp to turn it on or off.
taillamps, license plate lamps,
instrument panel lights, and With the ignition in ACC/
sidemarker lamps. ACCESSORY, ON/RUN, or START,
; : Turns on the parking lamps move the lever to select the wiper
including all lamps, except the speed.
headlamps. HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
7/18/16
In Brief 15
See Dual Automatic Climate Control

System 0 213.
Transmission
Driver Shift Control (DSC)
DSC allows you to shift an
INT : Move the lever up to INT, then automatic transmission similar to a
turn the x INT band up or down manual transmission. To use the
for more or less sensitivity to DSC feature:
moisture. 1. Move the shift lever from
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. D (Drive) to the left into the (+)
1. Driver and Passenger Heated or (−) manual position.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move Seats (If Equipped)
the lever down. For several wipes, 2. Press the shift lever forward (+)
2. Driver and Passenger to upshift or rearward (−) to
hold the lever down. Temperature Controls downshift. An M and the
n L : Pull the lever toward you to 3. AUTO (Automatic Operation) current gear will be displayed
spray windshield washer fluid and in the Driver Information
activate the wipers. 4. Air Delivery Modes
Center (DIC).
See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 94. 5. Fan Controls
See Manual Mode 0 235.
6. Defrost
While using the DSC feature, the
Climate Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger vehicle will have firmer, quicker
The heating, cooling, defrosting, and 8. Recirculation shifting. You can use this for sport
ventilation for the vehicle can be driving or when climbing or
controlled with this system. 9. Heated Steering Wheel (If descending hills, to stay in gear
Equipped) longer, or to downshift for more
10. Air Conditioning power or engine braking.
7/18/16
16 In Brief
Vehicle Features Cruise Control SET/− : Move the thumbwheel down

briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control. If cruise control is
Infotainment System already active, use to decrease
See Infotainment System in this speed.
manual for information on the radio, * : Press to disengage cruise
audio players, phone, navigation control without erasing the set
system, and voice or speech speed from memory.
recognition. It also includes
information on settings. See Cruise Control 0 242.
Steering Wheel Controls Driver Information

The infotainment system can be
Center (DIC)
operated by using the steering The DIC display is in the center of
wheel controls. See Steering Wheel the instrument cluster. It shows the
Controls 0 93. 1 : Press to turn the cruise control status of many vehicle systems. The
system on or off. A white indicator controls for the DIC are on the turn
comes on in the instrument cluster signal lever.
when cruise is turned on.
RES/+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, move the thumbwheel up
briefly to resume to that speed or
hold upward to accelerate. If cruise
control is already active, use to
increase vehicle speed.
1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
or press and hold to clear, the
menu item displayed.
7/18/16
In Brief 17
2. w / x : Use the band to Lane Departure Parking Assist

scroll through the items in Warning (LDW) If equipped, Rear Parking Assist
each menu. (RPA) uses sensors on the rear
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
3. MENU: Press to display the unintentional lane departures at bumper to assist with parking and
DIC menus. This button is also speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or avoiding objects while in
used to return to or exit the last greater. LDW uses a camera sensor R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
screen displayed on the DIC. to detect the lane markings. The less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
display a warning triangle on the
See Driver Information Center LDW light, @, is green if a lane
(DIC) 0 110. RVC screen and a graphic on the
marking is detected. If the vehicle instrument cluster to provide the
departs the lane without using a turn object distance. In addition, multiple
Forward Collision Alert signal in that direction, the light will beeps may occur if very close to an
(FCA) System change to amber and flash. In object.
addition, beeps will sound.
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or The vehicle may also have the Front
reduce the harm caused by See Lane Departure Warning Parking Assist system.
front-end crashes. FCA provides a (LDW) 0 248.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
green indicator, V, when a vehicle or Backing 0 244.
is detected ahead. When
Rear Vision
approaching a vehicle ahead too Camera (RVC) Power Outlets
quickly, FCA provides a visual alert If equipped, RVC displays a view of
and rapidly beeps. The accessory power outlets can be
the area behind the vehicle on the
used to plug in electrical equipment,
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) infotainment display when the
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
System 0 246. vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to
aid with parking and low-speed There is one accessory power outlet
backing maneuvers. on the center stack below the
climate controls and one on the rear
See Assistance Systems for Parking
of the center floor console. These
or Backing 0 244.
7/18/16
18 In Brief
outlets are powered when the key is Performance and instrument cluster and the
in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, appropriate DIC message is
or until the driver door is opened Maintenance displayed.
within 10 minutes of turning off the
. Press g again to turn on both
vehicle. See Retained Accessory Traction Control/ systems. The appropriate DIC
Power (RAP) 0 231.
Electronic Stability message is displayed.
See Power Outlets 0 96. Control See Traction Control/Electronic
Convertible The Traction Control System (TCS) Stability Control 0 240.
limits wheel spin. The system is on
The convertible top can be when the vehicle is started. Tire Pressure Monitor
automatically opened and closed.
For step-by-step instructions, see The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire
Convertible Top 0 37. directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
difficult driving conditions. The
system is on when the vehicle is
started.
. To turn off TCS, press and
release g on the center stack.
The appropriate DIC message is
displayed.
The low tire pressure warning light
. Press and release g again to alerts to a significant loss in
turn TCS back on. The pressure of one of the vehicle's
appropriate DIC message is tires. If the warning light comes on,
displayed. stop as soon as possible and inflate
. the tires to the recommended
To turn off both TCS and
pressure shown on the Tire and
StabiliTrak, press and hold g
until g comes on in the
7/18/16
In Brief 19
Loading Information label. See Premium Recommended Fuel The oil life system should be reset
Vehicle Load Limits 0 224. The Use premium 93 octane unleaded to 100% only following an oil
warning light will remain on until the gasoline in your vehicle. Unleaded change.
tire pressure is corrected. gasoline with an octane rating as Resetting the Oil Life System
The low tire pressure warning light low as 87 may be used, but it will
may come on in cool weather when reduce performance and fuel 1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE
the vehicle is first started, and then economy. See Fuel 0 249. on the Driver Information
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) 0 110.
may be an early indicator that the E85 or FlexFuel
tire pressures are getting low and 2. Press and hold SET/CLR to
the tires need to be inflated to the reset the oil life at 100%.
proper pressure. 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
The TPMS does not replace normal See Engine Oil Life System 0 262.
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
Driving for Better Fuel
See Tire Pressure Monitor Economy
System 0 296. No E85 or FlexFuel
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater Driving habits can affect fuel
Fuel than E15 (15% ethanol by volume), mileage. Here are some driving tips
such as E85, cannot be used in this to get the best fuel economy
vehicle. possible.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
Engine Oil Life System smoothly.
The engine oil life system calculates . Brake gradually and avoid
engine oil life based on vehicle use abrupt stops.
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
. Avoid idling the engine for long
OIL SOON message when it is time
to change the engine oil and filter. periods of time.
7/18/16
20 In Brief
. When road and weather Roadside Assistance
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
Program
. Always follow posted speed U.S.: 1-800-252-1112
limits or drive more slowly when TTY Users (U.S. Only):
conditions require. 1-888-889-2438
. Keep vehicle tires properly Canada: 1-800-268-6800
inflated.
New Buick owners are automatically
. Combine several trips into a enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
single trip. Program.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with See Roadside Assistance
the same TPC Spec number Program 0 351.
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
7/18/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 21
Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Keys and Locks
Windows Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
33 Keys
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 34
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Automatic Dimming Rearview an ignition key or Remote
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Windows dangerous and children or others
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 26 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 could be seriously injured or
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 killed. They could operate the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 power window or other controls or
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 make the vehicle move. The
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 28 Roof windows will function with the key
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 in the ignition or with the RKE
transmitter in the vehicle, and
Doors
children or others could be caught
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
in the path of a closing window.
Vehicle Security Do not leave children in a vehicle
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 with the ignition key or an RKE
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 31 transmitter.
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 32
7/18/16
22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key, key rings, and RKE Interference from radio-frequency
{ Warning transmitter, if equipped, are identification (RFID) tags may
designed to work together. As a prevent the key from starting the
If the key is unintentionally
system, it reduces the risk of vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out the key when starting the vehicle.
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. If replacements
moved out of the RUN position. or additions are required, see your The key that is part of the RKE
This could be caused by heavy dealer. Limit added items to a few transmitter can be used for the
items hanging from the key ring, essential keys or small, light items ignition and driver side lock.
or by large or long items attached no larger than an RKE transmitter.
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)
7/18/16
With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry

an OnStar Advisor may remotely
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar
(RKE) System Operation
Overview 0 360. The transmitter functions may work
up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the
Remote Keyless Entry vehicle.
(RKE) System Keep in mind that other conditions,
such as those previously stated, can
See Radio Frequency
impact the performance of the
Statement 0 357.
transmitter.
If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
Press the button on the RKE range:
transmitter to extend the key. Press . Check the distance. The
the button and the key blade to transmitter may be too far from
retract the key. the vehicle.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, . Check the location. Other
inspect the key blade for debris. vehicles or objects may be
Periodically clean with a brush blocking the signal.
or pick.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
See your dealer if a new key is See “Battery Replacement” later
needed. in this section.
With Remote Start Shown
If locked out of the vehicle, see . If the transmitter is still not
Roadside Assistance working correctly, see your
K : Press to unlock both doors, the
Program 0 351. trunk, and the fuel door. Press and
dealer or a qualified technician
for service. hold K to open all windows. See
Power Windows 0 34.
7/18/16
The turn signal indicators may flash 7 : Press and release one time to keys will need to be reprogrammed.
to indicate unlocking. See Vehicle initiate vehicle locator. The exterior Each vehicle can have up to eight
Personalization 0 113. lamps flash and the horn chirps keys matched to it.
Pressing K will disarm the alarm three times. Programming with two
system. See Vehicle Alarm Press and hold 7 for at least Recognized Keys
System 0 31. three seconds to sound the panic To program a new key:
Q : Press to lock both doors, the alarm. The horn sounds and the 1. Insert the original, already
trunk, and the fuel door. Press and turn signals flash for 30 seconds, programmed key in the ignition
hold Q to close all windows. or until 7 is pressed again or the and turn the key to the ON/
vehicle is started. RUN position.
The turn signal indicators may flash
and/or the horn may sound to / : If equipped, press to operate 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,
indicate locking. the remote start feature. See and remove the key.
Remote Vehicle Start 0 26. 3. Quickly, within five seconds,
If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock and the The buttons on the transmitter are insert the second original
driver door will immediately unlock, disabled when there is a key in the already programmed key in the
if enabled through vehicle ignition. ignition and turn it to the ON/
personalization. See Vehicle RUN position.
Programming Keys to the
Personalization 0 113. Vehicle 4. Insert the new key to be
If the passenger door is open when programmed and turn it to the
Only keys programmed to the ON/RUN position within
Q is pressed, all doors lock. vehicle will work. If a key is lost or five seconds.
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm stolen, a replacement can be
purchased and programmed through The security light will turn off
system. See Vehicle Alarm once the key has been
System 0 31. your dealer. The vehicle can be
reprogrammed so that lost or stolen programmed.
V : Press and hold to release the keys no longer work. Any remaining 5. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional
trunk. keys are to be programmed.
7/18/16
If a key is lost or damaged, see your and all previously known keys
dealer to have a new key made. will no longer work with the
vehicle.
Programming without two
Recognized Keys 6. To learn the second key, turn to
OFF and insert the second key
Program a new key to the vehicle to be learned and rotate to
when a recognized key is not ON/RUN.
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer. After the two keys are learned,
remaining keys can be learned by
If two currently recognized keys are following the procedure in
not available, follow this procedure “Programming with two
to program the first key.
Recognized Keys.”
This procedure will take 2. Remove the battery cover by
approximately 30 minutes to Battery Replacement prying it with a finger.
complete for the first key. The 3. Remove the battery by pushing
vehicle must be off and all of the Caution on the battery and sliding it
keys you wish to program must be toward the key blade.
with you. When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on 4. Insert the new battery, positive
1. Insert the new vehicle key into side facing up. Push the
the transmitter. Static from your
the ignition. battery down until it is held in
body could damage the
2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security transmitter. place. Replace with a CR 2032
light will come on. or equivalent battery.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the The battery is not rechargeable. To 5. Snap the battery cover back on
security light turns off. replace the battery: to the transmitter.
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 1. Press the button on the
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more transmitter to extend the key.
times. After the third time, turn
to ON/RUN; the key is learned
7/18/16
Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the a 10-minute extension is desired.
performance of the transmitter. See Remote start can be extended
If equipped, this feature allows the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) only once.
engine to be started from outside System 0 23.
the vehicle. The key must be turned to ON/RUN
Starting the Vehicle before driving.
/ : This button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote To start the engine using the remote Extending Engine Run Time
start. start feature: For a 10-minute extension, repeat
The climate control system will use 1. Press and release Q. Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is
the previous settings during a still running. An extension can be
2. Immediately after completing requested 30 seconds after starting.
remote start. The rear defogger and
heated seats may come on during Step 1, press and hold / for at
The remote start can be
remote start based on cold ambient least four seconds or until the extended once.
conditions. See Heated Front Seats turn signal lamps flash. The
turn signal lamps flashing When the remote start is extended,
0 49 and Vehicle
confirms the request to remote the second 10 minutes will start
start the vehicle has been immediately.
Laws in some local communities received. For example, if the engine has been
may restrict the use of remote
When the vehicle starts, the parking running for five minutes, and
starters. For example, some laws
lamps will turn on and remain on as 10 minutes are added, the engine
require a person using remote start
long as the engine is running. The will run for a total of 15 minutes.
to have the vehicle in view. Check
local regulations for any doors will be locked and the climate A maximum of two remote starts,
requirements. control system may come on. or a single start with an extension,
The engine will continue to run for is allowed between ignition cycles.
If the vehicle is low on fuel, do not
use the remote start feature. The 10 minutes unless a time extension The vehicle's ignition must be
vehicle may run out of fuel. is done or the ignition is turned on. turned on and then back off before
After 30 seconds, repeat the steps if the remote start procedure can be
used again.
7/18/16
Canceling a Remote Start . The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Warning (Continued)
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following: Door Locks death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
. Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
{ Warning whenever leaving it.
Unlocked doors can be . Outsiders can easily enter
. Turn on the hazard warning
dangerous. through an unlocked door
flashers. when slowing or stopping
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. . Passengers, especially the vehicle. Lock the doors
children, can easily open to help prevent this from
Conditions in Which Remote Start the doors and fall out of a happening.
Will Not Work moving vehicle. The chance
The remote vehicle start feature will of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is To lock or unlock the doors from
not operate if:
increased if the doors are outside the vehicle:
. The key is in the ignition.
not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote
. The hood is not closed. passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
. safety belts properly and the
The hazard warning flashers . Use the key in the driver door.
doors should be locked
are on.
whenever the vehicle is To lock or unlock the doors from
. The malfunction indicator lamp driven. inside the vehicle:
is on.
. Young children who get into
. The engine coolant temperature
. Press Q or K on the power door
unlocked vehicles may be
is too high. unable to get out. A child lock switch.
. The oil pressure is low. can be overcome by . Pulling an interior door handle
extreme heat and can suffer will unlock the door. Pulling the
. Two remote vehicle starts, or a permanent injuries or even door handle again unlatches it.
single remote start with an
extension, have already (Continued)
been used.
7/18/16
Free-Turning Locks Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power

The door lock cylinder turns freely door lock switch while the door is
when either the wrong key is used, open, a chime will sound three
or the correct key is not fully times indicating delayed locking is
inserted. The free-turning door lock active.
feature prevents the lock from being The doors will lock automatically
forced open. five seconds after all doors are
To reset the lock, turn it to the closed. If a door is reopened before
vertical position with the correct key that time, the five-second timer will
fully inserted. Remove the key and reset when all doors are closed
insert it again. again.
If this does not reset the lock, turn Press Q on the door lock switch
the key halfway around in the again or press Q on the RKE
cylinder and repeat the reset
The central locking switch locks and transmitter to lock the doors
procedure.
unlocks both doors, the trunk, and immediately.
the fuel door. This feature can also be
K : Press to unlock. programmed. See Vehicle
Q : Press to lock.
Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically
This feature delays the locking of when all doors are closed, the
the doors until five seconds after all ignition is on, and the vehicle is
doors are closed. shifted out of P (Park).
To unlock the doors:
. Press K on the power door lock
switch.
7/18/16

. Shift the transmission into
P (Park).
Doors Warning (Continued)
Automatic door locking cannot be Trunk and set the fan speed to the
disabled. Automatic door unlocking highest setting. See
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 113. { Warning “Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
Exhaust gases can enter the . If the vehicle is equipped
Lockout Protection vehicle if it is driven with the with a power liftgate, disable
When locking is requested with the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, the power liftgate function.
driver door open and the key in the or with any objects that pass
See Engine Exhaust 0 233.
ignition, all the doors will lock and through the seal between the
then the driver door will unlock. This body and the trunk/hatch or
can be manually overridden by liftgate. Engine exhaust contains Trunk Release
pressing and holding Q on the carbon monoxide (CO) which To open the trunk, the vehicle must
power door lock switch. cannot be seen or smelled. It can be off or the shift lever must be in
cause unconsciousness and even P (Park).
If Open Door Anti-Lockout is turned
death.
on, the vehicle is off with the driver
door open, and door locking is If the vehicle must be driven with
requested, all the doors will lock and the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
only the driver door will unlock. The . Close all of the windows.
Open Door Anti-Lockout feature can
be turned on or off. See Vehicle . Fully open the air outlets on
Personalization 0 113. or under the instrument
panel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)
7/18/16
Emergency Trunk Release

Handle
. Press the lower half of the After pulling the emergency trunk
emblem on the trunk lid. release handle, push the handle
. Press and hold V on the back into the bezel
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Caution
transmitter.
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
There is a glow-in-the-dark
emergency trunk release handle on
the trunk lid. This handle will glow
following exposure to light. Pull the
release handle to open the trunk
from the inside.
7/18/16
Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

during the delay to arm the system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
This vehicle has theft-deterrent the key.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
features; however, they do not make
A door, the hood, the convertible If the driver door is opened without
the vehicle impossible to steal.
top, or the trunk is open. first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash : Alarm system is
the turn signal lights will flash to
armed.
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm indicate pre-alarm. If the vehicle is
system. Arming the Alarm System not started, or the door is not
1. Close the trunk and the hood. unlocked by pressing K on the RKE
Turn off the vehicle. transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
2. Lock the vehicle in one of activated.
two ways:
If a door, the hood, or the trunk is
. Use the RKE transmitter. opened without first disarming the
. With a door open, press the system, the turn signals will flash
inside Q. and the horn will sound for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next
system will arm, and the unauthorized event.
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash indicating the Disarming the Alarm System
The indicator light, on the alarm system is operating. Do one of the following to disarm
instrument panel near the Pressing Q on the RKE the alarm system or turn off the
windshield, indicates the status of transmitter a second time will alarm if it has been activated:
the system: bypass the 30-second delay
and immediately arm the alarm . Press K and Q on the RKE
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. transmitter.
system.
. Start the vehicle.
7/18/16
To avoid setting off the alarm by Immobilizer Operation When trying to start the vehicle, the
accident: security light comes on briefly when
This vehicle has a passive the ignition is turned on.
. Lock the vehicle after all theft-deterrent system.
occupants have left the vehicle If the engine does not start and the
and all doors are closed. The system does not have to be security light stays on, there is a
manually armed or disarmed. problem with the system. Turn the
. Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter. The vehicle is automatically ignition off and try again.
immobilized when the key is If the engine still does not start, and
Unlocking the driver door with the removed from the ignition.
key will not disarm the system or the key appears to be undamaged
turn off the alarm. The system is automatically or the light continues to stay on, try
disarmed when the vehicle is another ignition key.
How to Detect a Tamper started with the correct key. The key If the engine still does not start with
Condition uses a transponder that matches an the other key, the vehicle needs
immobilizer control unit in the service. If the vehicle does start, the
If K is pressed on the RKE vehicle and automatically disarms first key may be damaged. See your
transmitter and the horn chirps and the system. Only the correct key dealer who can service the
the turn signal lights flash three starts the vehicle. The vehicle may theft-deterrent system and have a
times, an alarm occurred previously not start if the key is damaged. new key made.
while the alarm system was armed.
Do not leave the key or device that
If the alarm has been activated, a
disarms or deactivates the
message will appear on the DIC.
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 357.
The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
7/18/16
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
The vehicle has manual folding
mirrors. These mirrors can be folded
{ Warning inward to prevent damage when
A convex mirror can make things, going through an automatic car
wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward
like other vehicles, look farther
the vehicle. Push the mirror outward
away than they really are. If you
to return it to the original position.
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
Heated Mirrors
glance over your shoulder before If equipped with heated mirrors:
changing lanes. = : The rear window defogger also
1. Turn the selector switch to L
(Left) or R (Right) to choose heats the outside mirrors.
The passenger side mirror is convex the driver or passenger mirror. See Dual Automatic Climate Control
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is 2. Move the control to adjust the System 0 213.
curved so more can be seen from mirror.
the driver seat.
3. Turn the selector switch to 9
to deselect the mirror.
7/18/16
Interior Mirrors Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning sound, open either a front window
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear or the sunroof, if equipped.
Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind the vehicle.
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
Do not spray glass cleaner directly especially with the windows
Power Windows
on the mirror. Use a soft towel closed in warm or hot weather.
dampened with water. They can be overcome by the { Warning
extreme heat and suffer
Automatic Dimming Children could be seriously
permanent injuries or even death
injured or killed if caught in the
Rearview Mirror from heat stroke.
path of a closing window. Never
The rearview mirror automatically leave keys in a vehicle with
dims to reduce the glare of the children. When there are children
headlamps from behind. This in the rear seat, use the window
feature comes on when the vehicle lockout button to prevent
is started. operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 21.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
7/18/16
or pull it up, and quickly release it to auto-reverse. The window will

engage. Briefly press or pull the operate as normal after the object or
same switch to stop window condition is removed.
movement.
Obstacle Detection Override
Central Power Window Switch
{ Warning
If obstacle detection override is
activated, the window will not
reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the
window could be damaged.
The windows work when the vehicle Before you use obstacle detection
is in ON/RUN or ACC/
override, make sure that all
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
people and obstructions are clear
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power of the window path.
(RAP) 0 231.
Press or pull the switch to open or The window can be closed by
The central power window switch holding the window switch in the up
close the window. will express-open all windows when position if conditions prevent it from
The windows will be temporarily pressed. Pull to express-close. express closing.
disabled if the window switches are
Express Window Obstacle Window Operation with
used repeatedly within a short time.
Detection Convertible Top
Window Express Movement The express-up feature will reverse Windows will automatically lower
Express-down/up allows the window movement if it comes in fully when the convertible top is
windows to be opened or closed contact with an object. Extreme cold lowered or raised. See Convertible
without holding the window switch. or ice could cause the window to Top 0 37.
Press the window switch fully down
7/18/16
Programming the Power switch down for approximately Remote Window Operation
Windows five seconds after the window
This feature allows all the windows
is completely open.
If the battery on the vehicle has to be opened remotely. Press and
been recharged or disconnected, The window is now reprogrammed. hold K on the RKE transmitter.
or is not working, the windows with Repeat the process for the other
the express-up feature will need to windows.
Sun Visors
be reprogrammed for the feature to Window Indexing
work. If power is lost, the rear
windows must be reprogrammed If the window freezes to the door,
first. Before reprogramming, replace push the top of the window inward
or recharge the vehicle's battery. while opening the door. Clear all the
snow and ice from the door and
To program a window:
glass.
1. With the ignition in ON/RUN or
Then open the window completely
ACC/ACCESSORY, or when
and then close it.
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active, close all doors. The door can now be closed.
Pull the sun visor down to block
2. Pull and hold the power When fully closed, indexing glare. Detach the sun visor from the
window switch until the window automatically lowers the window a center mount to pivot to the side
is fully closed. Continue small amount when the door is window or, if equipped, extend
holding the switch up for opened. When the door is closed, along the rod.
approximately five seconds the window will raise to its previous
after the window is completely position. If either window does not
closed. index properly, it could be due to
loss of power. Before seeing your
3. Press the power window switch
dealer for service program the
down until the window is fully
power windows.
open. Continue holding the
7/18/16
Roof Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Convertible Top . Remove all objects from the . Do not open or store the
trunk that may contact the convertible top when it is
Review the following before convertible top when it is dirty or wet. This could
operating: operated. result in stains, mildew,
. or other damage.
{ Warning Do not leave the vehicle
with the convertible . Only store the vehicle with
While opening or closing the top open. the top fully closed.
convertible top, people can be . Do not exceed 50 km/h
injured by the moving parts of the (31 mph) until the top has Opening the Convertible Top
tonneau cover or convertible top. completely closed or
1. Place the partition in the rear
Maintain visual contact with the opened.
storage area in the upright
top while it is being operated. . Do not open or close the top position. See Rear
while driving in high wind Storage 0 89.
conditions.
2. Close the trunk.
Caution . Do not operate the
3. Start the vehicle or place it in
convertible top multiple
Follow these guidelines when ACC/ACCESSORY.
times in a short period of
operating the convertible top or time without starting the 4. When possible, operate the
damage can occur: engine to avoid draining the convertible top when the
. Remove all items from the vehicle battery. vehicle is stopped. The top can
(Continued) be operated while driving
roof, trunk lid, or tonneau
below 50 km/h (31 mph) and
cover before operating.
will stop if that speed is
(Continued) exceeded. The top operation
will take approximately
7/18/16
25 seconds. Make sure the top If the radio is on, the sound may be
operation can be completed muted for a brief time due to a new
before that speed is reached. audio system equalization being
loaded.
Closing the Convertible Top
1. Make sure the sun visor mirror
covers are closed and the sun
visors are stored in the center
mount position.
2. Close the trunk.
3. Start the vehicle or place it in
ACC/ACCESSORY. 5. Press and hold the front of the
convertible top switch. The
4. When possible, operate the windows will automatically
convertible top when the lower.
5. Pull and hold the front of the vehicle is stopped. The top can
be operated while driving 6. After the convertible top is
convertible switch. The completely closed, a chime will
windows will automatically below 50 km/h (31 mph) and
will stop if that speed is sound. Release the switch.
lower.
exceeded. The top operation 7. Briefly pull the central power
6. Continue holding until the will take approximately window switch to close all
convertible top is completely 25 seconds. Make sure the top windows.
open. A chime will sound. operation can be completed
Release the switch. before that speed is reached. If the radio is on, the sound may be
muted for a brief time due to a new
7. Briefly pull the central power audio system equalization being
window switch to close all loaded.
windows.
7/18/16
Troubleshooting . If the top has recently been . When driving with the top not
Check the following if the cycled repeatedly or left in an fully secured, chimes can be
convertible top switch is not intermediate state, it will be heard above 80 km/h (50 mph).
operating: temporarily disabled. A DIC If the vehicle battery has been
message displays. Normal disconnected and reconnected, the
. The ignition should be in ACC/ operation will be restored within
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, fuses were pulled or replaced, or a
10 minutes after the system has jump start was performed, the TOP
or Retained Accessory Power cooled.
(RAP) should be active. NOT SECURE message may
. If the vehicle battery is low, the display. Press and hold the front of
. The trunk lid should be closed power top operation may be the convertible top switch to open/
with the trunk partition in place. disabled. Try to start the vehicle. close the top until this message is
A Driver Information Center A DIC message displays. cleared.
(DIC) message will display.
. If the battery has recently been Partial Top Cycling
. If the ONLY MANUAL reconnected or if the vehicle has
OPERATION OF TOP been jump started, the top may If the convertible top operation is
POSSIBLE message is not operate until the power stopped before completion, the top
displayed on the DIC, see windows have been will temporarily hold its position.
“Manual Closing of Top” later in programmed. Complete the If the ignition is in ACC/
this section. power window programming ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, the top
procedure. See Power will be held for up to 10 minutes.
. At cooler outside temperatures, If the vehicle is moving or off, the
the convertible top may not Windows 0 34.
amount of time will vary from a few
open. It is possible to close the Other features may be affected seconds to about a minute.
top down to temperatures of while operating the convertible top:
about −20 °C (−4 °F). A DIC Chimes and DIC messages will be
. The trunk can only be opened displayed before the top will move.
message will display if the top
will not open due to low when the convertible top is When this occurs, immediately finish
temperature. If necessary, move completely opened or closed. the convertible top operation by
the vehicle to a heated indoor . The windows cannot close while pressing the switch again until it
area to operate the top. the top is moving. completes.
7/18/16
If the top cannot be secured, keep 2. If the top moves, continue

clear of the top components. In holding the switch in that
some conditions the top may move direction for at least
quickly. five seconds. The top should
Do not drive with the convertible top then work normally.
in an unsecured position. The top If the top does not respond in either
components may move direction, use the following
unexpectedly. In some cases the procedure to manually close the
top may not be able to be power convertible top and tonneau cover
operated. If this occurs, follow the before servicing if needed. This
DIC messages displayed. requires more than one person.
If the tonneau cover is not secured There is a hex wrench in the
and latched, and the vehicle is glovebox. There is also string in the 2. Open the trunk and pull the
moving above 10 km/h (6 mph), the glovebox for your dealer to manually tonneau cover release lever
tonneau cover may automatically secure the top completely if needed. downward.
move to a stable position. 1. Place the ignition switch 3. Close the trunk. The trunk
in OFF. cannot be opened from this
Manual Closing of Top
step forward.
If the DIC displays the ONLY
MANUAL OPERATION OF TOP
POSSIBLE message:
1. Press and hold or pull and hold
the front of the convertible top
switch to either open or close
the top. Press or pull the switch
in the opposite direction if one
does not work.
7/18/16
5. With the tonneau cover being

held in the half raised position,
insert the hex wrench into the
marked position of the flap
drive unit. Turn the wrench
clockwise to the stop. The
sideways flaps will turn inward.
6. With an additional person,
raise the tonneau cover to the
fully open position.
4. With an additional person, lift 8. Move the front bow to the

the tonneau cover from both windshield frame.
sides to approximately the half
raised position.
7. Lift the convertible top by

pulling up on both sides of the
front bow and tension bow.
7/18/16
9. Remove the cap covering the At this time the vehicle can be To protect the convertible top:
manual closure opening. There driven, however the convertible . Make sure the convertible top is
is a recess in the cap to snap it top is not latched at the rear completely dry before lowering it.
off using a tool. Insert the hex and will not be completely
wrench into the opening and waterproof. See your dealer to . Do not get any cleaner on the
then turn the wrench clockwise service the convertible top vehicle's painted finish; it could
until it stops. The convertible system. leave streaks.
top is now locked.
Cleaning the Convertible Top Wind Deflectors
The convertible top should be
cleaned often. Do not use
high-pressure car washes as these
may cause water to enter the
vehicle.
Hand wash the convertible top in
partial shade. Use mild soap,
lukewarm water, and a soft sponge.
A chamois or cloth may leave lint on
the top, and a brush can chafe the
threads in the top fabric. Do not use
detergents, harsh cleaners,
10. Lift up the tension bow on both solvents, or bleaching agents.
There are two wind deflectors in a
sides and raise the tonneau Wet the entire top and let the soap stowage bag behind the rear seat
cover to approximately the half remain on the fabric for a few backrests. See Rear Seats 0 50.
raised position, and then allow minutes. Wash evenly to avoid
it to slide into the closed . The small wind deflector can be
spots or rings. When the top is very
position. dirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner. placed between the rear head
Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle, restraints.
11. Lower the tension bow.
then let the top dry in direct sunlight. . The large wind deflector can be
placed behind the front seats.
7/18/16
Do not place any objects on the

wind deflectors.
Installing the Small Wind Deflector
2. Insert the deflector into the 1. Turn the upper locking pins out
deflector mount. of the brackets on the wind
3. Slide the deflector toward the deflector.
passenger side of the vehicle 2. Lift the tabs to open the lower
1. Remove the cover from the until it locks. locking pins.
mount between the rear head 4. Raise the rear seatbacks. 3. Open the wind deflector.
restraints by sliding it toward
the driver side of the vehicle. Reverse the steps to remove the
small wind deflector.
Installing the Large Wind Deflector
The rear seat cannot be occupied
when the large wind deflector is
in use.
7/18/16
4. Insert the driver side pins into 7. Fold the front half of the 2. Insert the top of the bag in the
the trim recesses. deflector to the vertical stowage compartment. Align
5. Slightly fold the deflector at the position. the remainder of the bag to fit,
center hinge and insert the Reverse Steps 1–7 to remove the and secure it with the straps.
passenger side pins into the large wind deflector.
trim recesses.
Stowing the Wind Deflectors
6. Push the center of the deflector
down to fully engage the pins. 1. After stowing both deflectors in
the stowage bag, lower the
rear seatbacks.
7/18/16
Seats and Restraints 45
Seats and Airbag System

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 59
When Should an Airbag
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Securing Child Restraints (With
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 the Safety Belt in the
Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
How Does an Airbag
Front Seats Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 47 What Will You See after an
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Roll Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Passenger Sensing System . . . 63
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Rear Seats Adding Equipment to the
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 68
Safety Belts Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 68
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Replacing Airbag System Parts
How to Wear Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Child Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Safety Belt Use During Infants and Young Children . . . . 71
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 73
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 75
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 57 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 76
Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing LATCH System Parts
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 57 After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
7/18/16
46 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

top of the restraint is at the same
the head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
height as the top of the occupant's locked in place.
{ Warning head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly, Front Seats
there is a greater chance that The vehicle's front seats have
occupants will suffer a neck/ adjustable head restraints in the
spinal injury in a crash. Do not outboard seating positions.
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To adjust the head restraint forward,

grasp the head restraint and pull
forward to the desired locked
position. To adjust the head restraint
rearward, grasp the head restraint
and pull forward fully, until the
mechanism releases and allows the
To raise or lower the head restraint, head restraint to return to the full
press the button on the side of the rear position.
head restraint, and pull up or push
the head restraint down, and
release the button. Pull and push on
7/18/16
Active Head Restraints If you are installing a child restraint Front Seats
in the rear seat, see “Securing a
Your vehicle has an Active Head
Child Restraint Designed for the
Restraint System in the front
LATCH System” under Lower Power Seat Adjustment
outboard seating positions. These
Anchors and Tethers for Children Power Driver Seat Adjustment
automatically activate to reduce the
(LATCH System) 0 76.
risk of neck injury if the vehicle is hit
from behind.
{ Warning
If your head restraint has been
activated due to a rear collision,
you must return the vehicle to the
dealer for inspection and
re-setting or replacement of the
system.
Rear Seats
To adjust a power driver seat,
The vehicle’s rear seats have if equipped:
non-adjustable head restraints in the . Move the seat forward or
outboard seating positions.
rearward by sliding the control
The rear head restraints are forward or rearward.
designed to be removed. See “Head . Raise or lower the front part of
Restraint Removal and
the seat cushion by moving the
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
front of the control up or down.
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 76.
7/18/16

. Raise or lower the entire seat by Reclining Seatbacks . Tilt the top of the control forward
moving the rear of the control up to raise.
or down.
{ Warning { Warning
Lumbar Adjustment If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden Sitting in a reclined position when
Power Lumbar the vehicle is in motion can be
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there. dangerous. Even when buckled
Always push and pull on the up, the safety belts cannot do
seatbacks to be sure they are their job.
locked. The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
If equipped, press and hold the front internal injuries.
of the switch to increase lumbar
support, or the rear of the switch to For proper protection when the
decrease lumbar support. vehicle is in motion, have the
To adjust the height of the support, seatback upright. Then sit well
press and hold the top or bottom of back in the seat and wear the
the switch. Release the switch when To adjust the power seatback: safety belt properly.
the seatback reaches the desired . Tilt the top of the control
level of lumbar support. rearward to recline.
7/18/16
To fold the seatback, lift the release Heated Front Seats

lever and fold the seatback forward.
The seat will slide forward.
To raise, lift the seatback to its
{ Warning
upright position until the seat locks. If you cannot feel temperature
The seat will slide back to the change or pain to the skin, the
original position. seat heater may cause burns. To
In case the seatback cannot fold reduce the risk of burns, people
and is blocked by the head restraint, with such a condition should use
move the seat backward or care when using the seat heater,
downward slightly, or adjust the especially for long periods of
head restraint to a lower position. time. Do not place anything on
Do not have a seatback reclined if See Power Seat Adjustment 0 47 or the seat that insulates against
the vehicle is moving. Head Restraints 0 46. heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
Seatback Latches Obstructions
cause the seat heater to
If the seat encounters an overheat. An overheated seat
obstruction or resistance while heater may cause a burn or may
sliding forward or backward, the damage the seat.
action is stopped and the seat will
move in the opposite direction.
7/18/16
Remote Start Heated Seats Rear Seats

When it is cold outside, the heated
Either side of the rear seatback can
seats can be turned on
be folded for more cargo space or to
automatically during a remote
access the wind deflector bag.
vehicle start. The heated seats will
be canceled when the ignition is
turned on. Press the heated seat { Warning
controls to use the heated seats
after the vehicle is started. Take care when operating the
foldable rear seats. The rear
The heated seat indicator lights on seatback folds forward with
the control do not turn on during a considerable power which can
remote start. cause injury, particularly to
If equipped, the controls are on the
climate control panel. The engine The temperature performance of an children. Ensure that nothing is
must be running to operate the unoccupied seat may be reduced. attached to the rear seats or on
heated seats. This is normal. the seat cushion.
Press M or L to heat the driver or The heated seats will not turn on
passenger seat cushion and during a remote start unless the
seatback. heated seat feature is enabled in
Caution
the vehicle personalization menu.
Press the control once for the See Remote Vehicle Start 0 26 and Folding a rear seat with the safety
highest setting. With each press of Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
the control, the heated seat will belts still fastened may cause
change to the next lower setting, damage to the seat or the safety
and then the off setting. Three lights belts. Always unbuckle the safety
indicate the highest setting and one belts and return them to their
light the lowest. normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
7/18/16
To fold the rear seatbacks: 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for the other
1. Remove the wind deflector if seatback, if necessary. { Warning
installed. To raise the seatback: If the seatback is not locked, it
2. Move the front seats forward or could move forward in a sudden
remove the rear head { Warning stop or crash. That could cause
restraints. See Power Seat injury to the person sitting there.
Adjustment 0 47 or Lower A safety belt that is improperly Always pull forward on the top of
Anchors and Tethers for routed, not properly attached, the seatback at the area of the
Children (LATCH System) 0 76 or twisted will not provide the latch to be sure it is locked.
for head restraint removal protection needed in a crash. The
instructions. Store the head person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the 2. Push and pull on the seatback
restraints in the cargo area.
rear seatback, always check to be to make sure it is locked into
position.
sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and 3. Reinstall the head restraints,
are not twisted. if necessary. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 76
1. Lift the seatback up and push it for head restraint reinstallation
rearward until it latches into instructions.
place. Keep the safety belts
clear of the seatback and 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other
untwisted. seatback, if necessary
Keep the seat in the upright locked
position when not in use.
3. Pull the release switch in the
trunk to fold the rear
seatback down.
4. Fold the seatback forward.
7/18/16
Safety Belts Warning (Continued)

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
This section of the manual vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
describes how to use safety belts passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
properly. It also describes some the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the
things not to do with safety belts. with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts!
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you
{ Warning check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together.
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because
Do not let anyone ride where a you stop over a longer distance and,
safety belt cannot be worn when worn properly, your strongest
properly. In a crash, if you or your This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the
passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much See Safety Belt Reminders 0 100.
safety belts makes such good
worse than if you are wearing Why Safety Belts Work sense.
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things Questions and Answers About
inside the vehicle harder or by Safety Belts
being ejected from the vehicle. In Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
addition, anyone who is not after a crash if I am wearing a
buckled up can strike other safety belt?
passengers in the vehicle. A: You could be — whether you are
It is extremely dangerous to ride wearing a safety belt or not.
in a cargo area, inside or outside Your chance of being conscious
of a vehicle. In a collision, during and after a crash, so you
passengers riding in these areas can unbuckle and get out, is
are more likely to be seriously much greater if you are belted.
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
7/18/16
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be
should I have to wear safety to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
belts? unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt
A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are would apply force on your
systems only; so they work with wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause
safety belts — not instead of There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries.
them. Whether or not an airbag about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the
is provided, all occupants still shoulder and across the chest.
have to buckle up to get the These parts of the body are best
most protection. able to take belt restraining
Also, in nearly all states and in forces. The shoulder belt locks if
all Canadian provinces, the law there is a sudden stop or crash.
requires wearing safety belts.
{ Warning
How to Wear Safety Belts
You can be seriously injured,
Properly or even killed, by not wearing
This section is only for people of your safety belt properly.
adult size. . Never allow the lap or
There are special things to know shoulder belt to become
about safety belts and children, and . Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
children and infants. If a child will be belt under both arms or
riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
Children 0 69 or Infants and Young for your seating position.
Children 0 71. Follow those rules for . Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
7/18/16
Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock Pull up on the latch plate to
if you pull the belt across you make sure it is secure. If the
All seating positions in the vehicle very quickly. If this happens, let belt is not long enough, see
have a lap-shoulder belt. the belt go back slightly to Safety Belt Extender 0 56.
The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt Position the release button on
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly. the buckle so that the safety
properly. If the shoulder portion of a belt could be quickly unbuckled
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all if necessary.
adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint
straight. To see how, see locking feature may be
“Seats” in the Index. engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull

up on the shoulder belt.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted. 3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
7/18/16
Before a door is closed, be sure the The presenter may automatically

safety belt is out of the way. If a retract when any of the following
door is slammed against a safety occur:
belt, damage can occur to both the . The respective door is opened
safety belt and the vehicle. again.
Safety Belt Presenter . The key is removed from the
The safety belt presenters bring the ignition.
front outboard safety belts to the . The respective latch plate is
front to help fasten them. inserted into the buckle.
. A time-out of 45 seconds
elapsed.
To unlatch the belt, push the button . The vehicle is driven longer than
on the buckle. The belt should
15 seconds with a speed of
return to its stowed position.
more than 5 km/h (3 mph).
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt presenter does not
If the safety belt webbing returns
retract automatically, push it back
quickly to the stowed position, the
slightly.
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the Safety Belt Pretensioners
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then This vehicle has safety belt
release it. If the webbing is still pretensioners for front and rear
locked in the retractor, see your The presenter comes out when: outboard occupants. Although the
dealer. . The respective door is closed safety belt pretensioners cannot be
seen, they are part of the safety belt
and the ignition is turned on.
assembly. They can help tighten the
. The ignition is on and the door is safety belts during the early stages
closed. of a moderate to severe frontal,
near frontal, or rear crash if the
7/18/16
threshold conditions for pretensioner Comfort guides are available A pregnant woman should wear a
activation are met. Safety belt through your dealer for the rear lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
pretensioners can also help tighten outboard seating positions. portion should be worn as low as
the safety belts in a side crash or a Instructions are included with the possible, below the rounding,
rollover event. comfort guide. throughout the pregnancy.
Pretensioners work only once. If the The best way to protect the fetus is
pretensioners activate in a crash, Safety Belt Use During to protect the mother. When a safety
the pretensioners and probably Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely
other parts of the vehicle's safety that the fetus will not be hurt in a
Safety belts work for everyone,
belt system will need to be replaced. crash. For pregnant women, as for
including pregnant women. Like all
See Replacing Safety Belt System anyone, the key to making safety
occupants, they are more likely to
Parts after a Crash 0 57. belts effective is wearing them
be seriously injured if they do not
Do not sit on the outboard safety properly.
wear safety belts.
belt while entering or exiting the
vehicle or at any time while sitting in Safety Belt Extender
the seat. Sitting on the safety belt If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
can damage the webbing and around you, you should use it.
hardware.
But if a safety belt is not long
Rear Safety Belt Comfort enough, your dealer will order you
Guides an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
Rear safety belt comfort guides may will wear, so the extender will be
provide added safety belt comfort long enough for you. To help avoid
for older children who have personal injury, do not let someone
outgrown booster seats and for else use it, and use it only for the
some adults. When installed on a seat it is made to fit. The extender
shoulder belt, the comfort guide has been designed for adults. Never
positions the belt away from the use it for securing child restraints.
neck and head. To wear it, attach it to the regular
7/18/16
safety belt. For more information, Replacing Safety Belt

see the instruction sheet that comes { Warning System Parts after a
with the extender.
Do not bleach or dye safety belt Crash
webbing. It may severely weaken
Safety System Check the webbing. In a crash, they
Check that the safety belt reminder, might not be able to provide
{ Warning
safety belts, buckles, latch plates, adequate protection. Clean and A crash can damage the safety
and retractors, are all working rinse safety belt webbing only belt system in the vehicle.
properly. Look for any other loose or with mild soap and lukewarm A damaged safety belt system
damaged safety belt system parts water. Allow the webbing to dry.
that might keep a safety belt system may not properly protect the
from performing properly. See your person using it, resulting in
dealer to have it repaired. Torn or Safety belts should be properly serious injury or even death in a
frayed safety belts may not protect cared for and maintained. crash. To help make sure the
you in a crash. They can rip apart safety belt systems are working
Safety belt hardware should be kept
under impact forces. If a belt is torn dry and free of dust or debris. As properly after a crash, have them
or frayed, have it replaced necessary exterior hard surfaces inspected and any necessary
immediately. and safety belt webbing may be replacements made as soon as
lightly cleaned with mild soap and possible.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt water. Ensure there is not excessive
Reminders 0 100. dust or debris in the mechanism. After a minor crash, replacement of
If dust or debris exists in the system safety belts may not be necessary.
Keep safety belts clean and dry. please see the dealer. Parts may
See Safety Belt Care 0 57. But the safety belt assemblies that
need to be replaced to ensure were used during any crash may
proper functionality of the system. have been stressed or damaged.
Safety Belt Care See your dealer to have the safety
Keep belts clean and dry. belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
7/18/16
New parts and repairs may be Airbag System For seat-mounted side impact
necessary even if the safety belt airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following side of the seatback closest to
time of the crash. airbags: the door.
Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement
checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front the protection provided by safety
crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger. belts. Even though today's airbags
stays on after you start the vehicle are also designed to help reduce
or while you are driving. See Airbag . A knee airbag for the driver. the risk of injury from the force of an
Readiness Light 0 101. . A knee airbag for the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
outboard passenger. very quickly to do their job.
. A seat-mounted side impact Here are the most important things
airbag for the driver. to know about the airbag system:
. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard { Warning
passenger.
You can be severely injured or
All vehicle airbags have the word killed in a crash if you are not
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label wearing your safety belt, even
near the deployment opening. with airbags. Airbags are
For frontal airbags, the word designed to work with safety
AIRBAG is on the center of the belts, not replace them. Also,
steering wheel for the driver and on airbags are not designed to inflate
the instrument panel for the front in every crash. In some crashes
outboard passenger. safety belts are the only restraint.
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG See When Should an Airbag
is on the lower part of the Inflate? 0 60.
instrument panel. (Continued)
7/18/16
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Wearing your safety belt during a belt, even with airbags. The driver
crash helps reduce your chance should sit as far back as possible
of hitting things inside the vehicle while still maintaining control of
or being ejected from it. Airbags the vehicle. The safety belts and
There is an airbag readiness light
are “supplemental restraints” to the front outboard passenger
on the instrument cluster, which
the safety belts. Everyone in the airbags are most effective when
shows the airbag symbol. The
vehicle should wear a safety belt you are sitting well back and system checks the airbag electrical
properly, whether or not there is upright in the seat with both feet system for malfunctions. The light
an airbag for that person. on the floor. tells you if there is an electrical
Occupants should not lean on or problem. See Airbag Readiness
sleep against the door or side Light 0 101.
{ Warning windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted airbags. Where Are the Airbags?
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to, any { Warning
airbag when it inflates can be Children who are up against,
seriously injured or killed. Do not or very close to, any airbag when
sit unnecessarily close to any it inflates can be seriously injured
airbag, as you would be if sitting or killed. Always secure children
on the edge of the seat or leaning properly in the vehicle. To read
forward. Safety belts help keep how, see Older Children 0 69 or
you in position before and during Infants and Young Children 0 71.
a crash. Always wear the safety
(Continued)
7/18/16
The driver frontal airbag is in the

center of the steering wheel. Warning (Continued)
The front outboard passenger clear. Do not put anything
frontal airbag is in the passenger between an occupant and an
side instrument panel. airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
When Should an Airbag
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side Inflate?
impact airbags are in the sides of This vehicle is equipped with
the seatbacks closest to the door. airbags. See Airbag System 0 58.
The driver knee airbag is below the Airbags are designed to inflate if the
steering column. The front outboard { Warning impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
passenger knee airbag is below the
glove box. If something is between an Deployment thresholds are used to
occupant and an airbag, the predict how severe a crash is likely
airbag might not inflate properly to be in time for the airbags to
or it might force the object into inflate and help restrain the
that person causing severe injury occupants. The vehicle has
or even death. The path of an electronic sensors that help the
inflating airbag must be kept airbag system determine the
(Continued)
7/18/16
severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has What Makes an Airbag
thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal
vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology
Inflate?
Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags adjust the restraint In a deployment event, the sensing
inflate in moderate to severe frontal according to crash severity. system sends an electrical signal
or near frontal crashes to help Knee airbags are designed to inflate triggering a release of gas from the
reduce the potential for severe in moderate to severe frontal or inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
injuries, mainly to the driver's or near frontal impacts. Knee airbags airbag causing the bag to break out
front outboard passenger's head are not designed to inflate during of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and chest. vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, and related hardware are all part of
or in many side impacts. the airbag module.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily Seat-mounted side impact airbags For airbag locations, see Where Are
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. are designed to inflate in moderate the Airbags? 0 59.
It depends on what is hit, the to severe side crashes depending
direction of the impact, and how on the location of the impact. How Does an Airbag
quickly the vehicle slows down. Seat-mounted side impact airbags Restrain?
Frontal airbags may inflate at are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts, In moderate to severe frontal or
different crash speeds depending on near frontal collisions, even belted
whether the vehicle hits an object rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag occupants can contact the steering
straight on or at an angle, and wheel or the instrument panel. In
whether the object is fixed or is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck. moderate to severe side collisions,
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow even belted occupants can contact
or wide. In any particular crash, no one can the inside of the vehicle.
Frontal airbags are not intended to say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the Airbags supplement the protection
inflate during vehicle rollovers, in provided by safety belts by
rear impacts, or in many side vehicle damage or repair costs.
distributing the force of the impact
impacts. more evenly over the
occupant's body.
7/18/16
But airbags would not help in many the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an
types of collisions, primarily the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined
because the occupant's motion is people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. You can lock the doors,
not toward those airbags. See When and turn off the interior lamps and
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 60. { Warning hazard warning flashers by using
the controls for those features.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement When an airbag inflates, there Turning off the hazard warning
to safety belts. may be dust in the air. This dust flasher requires an ignition cycle
could cause breathing problems first.
What Will You See after for people with a history of
an Airbag Inflates? asthma or other breathing trouble. { Warning
To avoid this, everyone in the
After the frontal and seat-mounted vehicle should get out as soon as A crash severe enough to inflate
side impact airbags inflate, they it is safe to do so. If you have the airbags may have also
quickly deflate, so quickly that some breathing problems but cannot damaged important functions in
people may not even realize the get out of the vehicle after an the vehicle, such as the fuel
airbags inflated. Some components airbag inflates, then get fresh air system, brake and steering
of the airbag module may be hot for by opening a window or a door. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
several minutes. For location of the If you experience breathing appears to be drivable after a
airbags, see Where Are the problems following an airbag moderate crash, there may be
Airbags? 0 59. deployment, you should seek concealed damage that could
The parts of the airbag that come medical attention. make it difficult to safely operate
into contact with you may be warm, the vehicle.
but not too hot to touch. There may Use caution if you should attempt
The vehicle has a feature that may
be some smoke and dust coming to restart the engine after a crash
automatically unlock the doors, turn
from the vents in the deflated has occurred.
on the interior lamps and hazard
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
warning flashers, and shut off the
prevent the driver from seeing out of
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
7/18/16
In many crashes severe enough to the airbag system will not work The roll bars deploy with the
inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for convertible top open or closed. If the
broken by vehicle deformation. service. roll bars deploy, do not operate the
Additional windshield breakage may convertible top.
also occur from the front outboard Roll Bars Do not place any objects on the
passenger airbag. covers of the roll bars behind the
. Airbags are designed to inflate { Warning head restraints.
only once. After an airbag Have the roll bars checked if the
inflates, you will need some new Vehicle rollovers are
vehicle has been in a crash, or if the
parts for the airbag system. unpredictable and dangerous
airbag readiness light stays on after
If you do not get them, the events that may result in injury or starting or driving the vehicle. See
airbag system will not be there death regardless of the roll bar or Airbag Readiness Light 0 101.
to help protect you in another any other feature. No feature can
crash. A new system will include fully protect an occupant in every
airbag modules and possibly Passenger Sensing
crash, including a rollover.
other parts. The service manual System
for the vehicle covers the need The vehicle has a passenger
to replace other parts. The roll bars are under covers
behind the rear head restraints. The sensing system for the front
. The vehicle has a crash sensing roll bars are designed to deploy if outboard passenger position. The
and diagnostic module which the sensing system predicts that the passenger airbag status indicator
records information after a vehicle is about to roll over on its will light on the center stack when
crash. See Vehicle Data side. In addition, the roll bars are the vehicle is started.
Recording and Privacy 0 358 designed to deploy in moderate to
and Event Data severe side crashes depending on
Recorders 0 358. the location of the impact, as well as
. Let only qualified technicians in a severe frontal impact. Roll bars
work on the airbag system. are not designed to deploy in rear
Improper service can mean that impacts.
7/18/16
The words ON and OFF will be Whenever possible, children age

visible during the system check. 12 and under should be secured in Warning (Continued)
When the system check is a rear seating position.
complete, either the word ON or the deploy under some unusual
Never put a rear-facing child seat in circumstance, even though the
word OFF will be visible. See the front. This is because the risk to
Passenger Airbag Status airbag(s) are off.
the rear-facing child is so great,
Indicator 0 101. if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child
The passenger sensing system restraint in the front seat, even if
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag and knee
{ Warning the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
airbag under certain conditions. No A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger
other airbag is affected by the restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far
passenger sensing system. or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to
The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear
works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another
the front outboard passenger seat. restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child
The sensors are designed to detect the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available.
the presence of a properly seated forward-facing child restraint can
occupant and determine if the front be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is
outboard passenger frontal airbag passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn off the front
and knee airbag should be allowed and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag
to inflate or not. forward position. and knee airbag if:
According to accident statistics, Even if the passenger sensing . The front outboard passenger
children are safer when properly system has turned off the front seat is unoccupied.
secured in a rear seat in the correct outboard passenger airbag(s), no
child restraint for their weight . The system determines that an
system is fail-safe. No one can infant is present in a child
and size.
guarantee that an airbag will not restraint.
(Continued)
7/18/16

. A front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn and knee airbag if the system
takes his/her weight off of the off the front outboard passenger determines that an infant is present
seat for a period of time. frontal airbag and knee airbag, in a child restraint. If a child restraint
. There is a critical problem with depending upon the person's has been installed and the on
the airbag system or the seating posture and body build. indicator is lit:
passenger sensing system. Everyone in the vehicle who has 1. Turn the vehicle off.
outgrown child restraints should
When the passenger sensing wear a safety belt properly — 2. Remove the child restraint from
system has turned off the front whether or not there is an airbag for the vehicle.
outboard passenger frontal airbag that person. 3. Remove any additional items
and knee airbag, the off indicator from the seat such as blankets,
will light and stay lit as a reminder
that the airbags are off. See
{ Warning cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
Passenger Airbag Status If the airbag readiness light ever
Indicator 0 101. comes on and stays on, it means 4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
The passenger sensing system is that something may be wrong
provided by the child restraint
designed to turn on the front with the airbag system. To help
manufacturer and refer to
outboard passenger frontal airbag avoid injury to yourself or others, Securing Child Restraints (With
and knee airbag anytime the system have the vehicle serviced right the Safety Belt in the Rear
senses that a person of adult size is away. See Airbag Readiness Seat) 0 83 or Securing Child
sitting properly in the front outboard Light 0 101 for more information, Restraints (With the Safety Belt
passenger seat. When the including important safety in the Front Seat) 0 85.
passenger sensing system has information.
allowed the airbags to be enabled, 5. If, after reinstalling the child
the on indicator will light and stay lit restraint and restarting the
as a reminder that the airbags are If the On Indicator Is Lit for a vehicle, the on indicator is still
active. Child Restraint lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
For some children, including The passenger sensing system is
seatback and adjust the seat
children in child restraints and for designed to turn off the front
cushion, if adjustable, to make
very small adults, the passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag
7/18/16
sure that the vehicle seatback If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an massagers. Also, remove
is not pushing the child Adult-Sized Occupant laptops, or other electronic
restraint into the seat cushion. devices.
Also make sure the child 3. Place the seatback in the fully
restraint is not trapped under upright position.
the vehicle head restraint. 4. Have the person sit upright in
If this happens, adjust the head the seat, centered on the seat
restraint. See Head cushion, with legs comfortably
Restraints 0 46. extended.
6. Restart the vehicle. 5. Restart the vehicle and have
The passenger sensing system may the person remain in this
or may not turn off the airbag(s) for position for two to
a child in a child restraint depending three minutes after the on
upon the child’s size. It is better to indicator is lit.
secure the child restraint in a rear
If a person of adult size is sitting in
seat. Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if the
the front outboard passenger seat, { Warning
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
on indicator is not lit. If the front outboard passenger
because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat. Use the airbag is turned off for an
following steps to allow the system adult-sized occupant, the airbag
to detect that person and enable the will not be able to inflate and help
front outboard passenger frontal protect that person in a crash,
airbag and knee airbag: resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
1. Turn the vehicle off.
adult-sized occupant should not
2. Remove any additional material ride in the front outboard
from the seat, such as passenger seat, if the passenger
blankets, cushions, seat airbag off indicator is lit.
covers, seat heaters, or seat
7/18/16
Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the or other electronic device is put on
System Operation performance of the passenger an unoccupied seat. If this is not
sensing system. Here is how: desired remove the object from
Safety belts help keep the the seat.
passenger in position on the seat . The passenger sensing system
during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger
braking, which helps the passenger airbag(s) when liquid is soaked { Warning
sensing system maintain the into the seat. If this happens, the
off indicator will be lit, and the Stowing of articles under the
passenger airbag status. See
airbag readiness light on the passenger seat or between the
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional instrument panel will also be lit. passenger seat cushion and
information about the importance of seatback may interfere with the
. Liquid pooled on the seat that
proper restraint use. proper operation of the passenger
has not soaked in may make it
sensing system.
A thick layer of additional material, more likely that the passenger
such as a blanket or cushion, sensing system will turn on the
or aftermarket equipment such as passenger airbag(s) while a Servicing the
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat child restraint or child occupant
is on the seat. If the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system airbag(s) are turned on, the on Airbags affect how the vehicle
operates. We recommend that you indicator will be lit. should be serviced. There are parts
not use seat covers or other If the passenger seat gets wet, dry of the airbag system in several
aftermarket equipment except when the seat immediately. If the airbag places around the vehicle. Your
approved by GM for your specific readiness light is lit, do not install a dealer and the service manual have
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to child restraint or allow anyone to information about servicing the
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68 occupy the seat. See Airbag vehicle and the airbag system. To
for more information about Readiness Light 0 101 for important purchase a service manual, see
modifications that can affect how safety information. Service Publications Ordering
the system operates. Information 0 356.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
7/18/16
modules, roll bars, front sensors, turning off the passenger airbag(s).
{ Warning side impact sensors, or airbag See Passenger Sensing
wiring. System 0 63.
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the Your dealer and the service manual If you have to modify your vehicle
battery is disconnected, an airbag have information about the location because you have a disability and
can still inflate during improper of the airbag sensors, sensing and you have questions about whether
service. You can be injured if you diagnostic module, and airbag the modifications will affect the
are close to an airbag when it wiring. vehicle's airbag system, or if you
In addition, the vehicle has a have questions about whether the
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
passenger sensing system for the airbag system will be affected if the
They are probably part of the
front outboard passenger position, vehicle is modified for any other
airbag system. Be sure to follow reason, call Customer Assistance.
proper service procedures, and which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The See Customer Assistance
make sure the person performing Offices 0 349.
work for you is qualified to do so. passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat The vehicle has roll bars. See
trim is replaced with non-GM Different Size Tires and
Adding Equipment to the covers, upholstery, or trim; or with Wheels 0 304.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any Airbag System Check
Adding accessories that change the object, such as an aftermarket seat
vehicle's frame, bumper system, heater or a comfort-enhancing pad The airbag system does not need
height, front end, or side sheet or device, installed under or on top regularly scheduled maintenance or
metal, may keep the airbag system of the seat fabric, could also replacement. Make sure the airbag
from working properly. The interfere with the operation of the readiness light is working. See
operation of the airbag system can passenger sensing system. This Airbag Readiness Light 0 101.
also be affected by changing or could either prevent proper
moving any parts of the front seats, deployment of the passenger
safety belts, the airbag sensing and airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
diagnostic module, steering wheel, sensing system from properly
instrument panel, any of the airbag
7/18/16
Caution Warning (Continued) Child Restraints

If an airbag covering is damaged, help make sure the airbag Older Children
opened, or broken, the airbag systems are working properly
may not work properly. Do not after a crash, have them
open or break the airbag inspected and any necessary
coverings. If there are any replacements made as soon as
opened or broken airbag possible.
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replaced. For the location of the replace airbag system parts. See
airbags, see Where Are the your dealer for service.
Airbags? 0 59. See your dealer
for service. If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
Replacing Airbag System system may not work properly. Have
Older children who have outgrown
Parts after a Crash the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 101. booster seats should wear the
vehicle’s safety belts.
{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
(Continued)
7/18/16
The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be In a crash, children who are not
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to children need to use safety belts
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? properly.
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
{ Warning
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child
belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same safety belt. The
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or safety belt cannot properly spread
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the impact forces. In a crash, they
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
can be crushed together and
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
seriously injured. A safety belt
belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the
must be used by only one person
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the at a time.
0 54. If a comfort guide is not abdomen, which could cause
available, or if the shoulder belt severe or even fatal internal
still does not rest on the injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder
. Does the lap belt fit low and Belt 0 54.
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
7/18/16
restraints. In fact, the law in every

Warning (Continued) state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
That could cause serious or fatal children up to some age must be
injuries. The shoulder belt should restrained while in a vehicle.
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
Never allow a child to wear the
retractor. It unlocks when the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
behind their back. A child can be
the way back into the retractor,
seriously injured by not wearing
but it cannot do this if it is
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
wrapped around a child’s neck.
crash, the child would not be
If the shoulder belt is locked and
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
Infants and Young tightened around a child’s neck,
Children the only way to loosen the belt is
forward increasing the chance of
to cut it.
head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs
might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and Never leave children unattended
belt. The belt force would then be all other children. Neither the in a vehicle and never allow
applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and children to play with the safety
(Continued) size of the traveler changes the belts.
need, for everyone, to use safety
7/18/16
Every time infants and young

children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ Warning
Child restraints are devices used to
Never hold an infant or a child { Warning restrain, seat, or position children in
while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against, the vehicle and are sometimes
crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when called child seats or car seats.
will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured There are three basic types of
possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraints:
For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) . Forward-facing child restraints
outboard seat. Secure a
infant will suddenly become a rear-facing child restraint in a rear . Rearward-facing child restraints
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's seat. It is also better to secure a . Belt-positioning booster seats
arms. An infant or child should be forward-facing child restraint in a
secured in an appropriate The proper child restraint for your
rear seat. If you must secure a child depends on their size, weight,
restraint. forward-facing child restraint in and age, and also on whether the
the front outboard seat, always child restraint is compatible with the
move the front passenger seat as vehicle in which it will be used.
far back as it will go.
7/18/16
For each type of child restraint, Child Restraint Systems

there are many different models { Warning
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be A young child's hip bones are still
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the so small that the vehicle's regular
restraint will have a label saying that safety belt may not remain low on
it meets federal motor vehicle safety the hip bones, as it should.
standards. The restraint Instead, it may settle up around
manufacturer's instructions that the child's abdomen. In a crash,
come with the restraint state the the belt would apply force on a
weight and height limitations for a body area that is unprotected by
particular child restraint. In addition, any bony structure. This alone
there are many kinds of restraints could cause serious or fatal
available for children with special injuries. To reduce the risk of
needs. serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat
crash, young children should A rear-facing child restraint provides
{ Warning always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface
child restraints. against the back of the infant.
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and The harness system holds the infant
toddlers should be secured in a in place and, in a crash, acts to
rear-facing child restraint until age keep the infant positioned in the
two, or until they reach the restraint.
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
7/18/16
Securing an Add-On Child

Restraint in the Vehicle
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A forward-facing child restraint A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions
provides restraint for the child's used for children who have in this manual.
body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury,
improve the fit of the vehicle's safety the child restraint must be secured
belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraint
enough for the vehicle safety belts systems must be secured in vehicle
to fit properly without a booster seat. seats by lap belts or the lap belt
See the safety belt fit test in Older portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
Children 0 69. the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 76 for more
information. Children can be
endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
7/18/16
When securing an add-on child Securing the Child Within the

restraint, refer to the instructions Child Restraint { Warning
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a A child in a rear-facing child
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
{ Warning restraint can be seriously injured
The child restraint instructions are or killed if the front passenger
A child can be seriously injured or
important, so if they are not airbag inflates. This is because
killed in a crash if the child is not
available, obtain a replacement the back of the rear-facing child
properly secured in the child
copy from the manufacturer. restraint would be very close to
restraint. Secure the child
the inflating airbag. A child in a
Keep in mind that an unsecured properly following the instructions
forward-facing child restraint can
child restraint can move around in a that came with that child restraint.
collision or sudden stop and injure be seriously injured or killed if the
people in the vehicle. Be sure to front passenger airbag inflates
properly secure any child restraint in Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
the vehicle — even when no child is Restraint
in it. Even if the passenger sensing
According to accident statistics,
In some areas of the United States children and infants are safer when system has turned off the front
and Canada, Certified Child properly restrained in an appropriate passenger frontal airbag, no
Passenger Safety Technicians child restraint secured in a rear system is fail-safe. No one can
(CPSTs) are available to inspect seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not
and demonstrate how to correctly deploy under some unusual
use and install child restraints. In Whenever possible, children aged circumstance, even though it is
the U.S., refer to the National 12 and under should be secured in turned off.
Highway Traffic Safety a rear seating position.
Administration (NHTSA) website to Secure rear-facing child restraints
Never put a rear-facing child
locate the nearest child safety seat in a rear seat, even if the airbag
restraint in the front. This is because
inspection station. For CPST the risk to the rear-facing child is so is off. If you secure a
availability in Canada, check with great if the airbag deploys. forward-facing child restraint in
Transport Canada or the Provincial (Continued)
Ministry of Transportation office.
7/18/16
Wherever a child restraint is rear-facing and forward-facing child

Warning (Continued) installed, be sure to follow the seats can be properly installed
instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or
the front seat, always move the restraint system and secure the the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
front passenger seat as far back child restraint system properly. use both the safety belts and the
as it will go. It is better to secure LATCH anchorage system to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat. Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a a rear-facing or forward-facing
See Passenger Sensing System collision or sudden stop and injure child seat.
0 63 for additional information. people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicle’s
properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in
When securing a child restraint in a the vehicle — even when no child is the booster seat. If the manufacturer
rear seating position, study the in it. recommends that the booster seat
instructions that came with the child be secured with the LATCH system,
restraint to make sure it is Lower Anchors and this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
compatible with this vehicle. Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference
Child restraints and booster seats (LATCH System) with the proper positioning of the
vary considerably in size, and some lap-shoulder belt on the child.
The LATCH system secures a child
may fit in certain seating positions
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions
better than others.
LATCH attachments on the child that came with the child restraint,
Depending on where you place the restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this
child restraint and the size of the restraint to the anchors in the manual.
child restraint, you may not be able vehicle. This system is designed to
to access adjacent safety belts or make installation of a child restraint When installing a child restraint with
LATCH anchors for additional easier. a top tether, you must also use
passengers or child restraints. either the lower anchors or the
In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the
Adjacent seating positions should
your vehicle, you need a child child restraint. A child restraint must
not be used if the child restraint
restraint that has LATCH never be attached using only the top
prevents access to or interferes with
attachments. LATCH-compatible tether.
the routing of the safety belt.
7/18/16
The LATCH anchorage system can secure the child restraint. See Top Tether Anchor
be used until the combined weight Securing Child Restraints (With the
of the child plus the child restraint is Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 83 or
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt Securing Child Restraints (With the
alone instead of the LATCH Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 85.
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than Lower Anchors
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
See Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 83 or Securing Child Restraints
(With the Safety Belt in the Front
Seat) 0 85.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
specific child weight up to which the the child restraint to the vehicle.
LATCH system can be used to A top tether anchor is built into the
install the restraint. vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
The following explains how to attach connects to the top tether anchor in
a child restraint with these Lower anchors (1) are metal bars the vehicle in order to reduce the
attachments in the vehicle. built into the vehicle. There are two forward movement and rotation of
Not all vehicle seating positions or lower anchors for each LATCH the child restraint during driving or in
child restraints have lower anchors seating position that will a crash.
and attachments or top tether accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2). The child restraint may have a
anchors and attachments. In this single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
case, the safety belt must be used Either will have a single
(with top tether where available) to attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
7/18/16
Some child restraints that have a H : Seating positions with two There are top tether anchor symbols
top tether are designed for use with lower anchors. to assist you in locating the top
or without the top tether being tether anchors
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
The rear outboard seating positions

have exposed metal lower anchors The top tether anchors are located
in the openings below the crease on the back of the rear seatbacks.
between the seatback and the seat Be sure to use an anchor on the
cushion. same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
Rear Seat that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
I : Seating positions with top child restraint say that the top tether
tether anchors. must be attached.
7/18/16
According to accident statistics,

children and infants are safer when { Warning Warning (Continued)
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a child’s neck.
system secured in a rear seating fatal injuries during a crash, do If the shoulder belt is locked and
position. See Where to Put the not attach more than one child tightened around a child’s neck,
Restraint 0 75 for additional restraint to a single anchor. the only way to loosen the belt is
information. Attaching more than one child to cut it.
restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused safety belts
Securing a Child Restraint cause the anchor or attachment
Designed for the LATCH behind the child restraint so
to come loose or even break children cannot reach them. Pull
System during a crash. A child or others the shoulder belt all the way out
could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock,
{ Warning and tighten the belt behind the
If a LATCH-type child restraint is child restraint after the child
not attached to anchors, the child { Warning restraint has been installed.
restraint will not be able to protect
Children can be seriously injured
the child correctly. In a crash, the
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
wrapped around their neck. The { Warning
shoulder belt can tighten but Take care when operating the
restraint properly using the
cannot be loosened if it is locked. foldable rear seats. The rear
anchors, or use the vehicle's
The shoulder belt locks when it is seatback folds forward with
safety belts to secure the
pulled all the way out of the considerable power which can
restraint, following the instructions
retractor. It unlocks when the cause injury, particularly to
that came with the child restraint
shoulder belt is allowed to go all children. Ensure that nothing is
and the instructions in this
the way back into the retractor, attached to the rear seats or on
manual.
but it cannot do this if it is the seat cushion.
(Continued)
7/18/16
Some restraints also use another

Caution vehicle anchor to secure a top
tether.
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the 1. For rear seating positions,
vehicle’s safety belts. This may if the head restraint interferes
damage these parts. If necessary, with the proper installation of
move buckled safety belts to the child restraint, the head
avoid rubbing the LATCH restraint may be removed. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
attachments.
Reinstallation” at the end of
Do not fold the rear seatback this section.
when the seat is occupied. Do not 2. If the child restraint
fold the empty rear seat with a 2.1. Pull the release switch in
manufacturer's instructions
safety belt buckled. This could the trunk to fold the rear
recommend that the top tether
damage the safety belt or the seatback forward to
be attached, attach the top
seat. Unbuckle and return the access the top tether
tether to the top tether anchor.
safety belt to its stowed position, anchors. See Rear Seats
Refer to the child restraint
before folding the seat. 0 50 for additional
instructions and the following
information.
steps:
2.2. Adjust the top tether to its
If you need to secure more than one
full length and route the
child restraint in the rear seat, see
top tether according to
Where to Put the Restraint 0 75.
your child restraint
This system is designed to make instructions and the
installation of child restraints easier. following instructions:
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead use the vehicle's lower
anchors and child restraint
attachments to secure the restraints.
7/18/16
If you are using a single If you are using a dual

tether in a rear seating tether in a rear seating
position, route the tether position, route the tether
under the head restraint. around the sides of the 2.3. Attach the top tether hook
head restraint. to the anchor on the back
of the rear seatback.
Make sure that you
secure the top tether to
the top tether anchor and
not to the seatback latch.
2.4. Push rearward on the
seatback until it locks into
its upright position. Push
If you are using a single and pull on the seatback
tether in a rear seating If you are using a dual to make sure it is secured
position and the head tether in a rear seating properly.
restraint has been position and the head 3. Put the child restraint on the
removed, route the single restraint has been seat. Attach and tighten the
tether over the seatback. removed, route the dual lower LATCH attachments on
tether over the seatback. the child restraint to the lower
7/18/16
anchors. If the child restraint Head Restraint Removal and 3. Store the head restraint in the
does not have lower Reinstallation trunk of the vehicle.
attachments or the desired 4. When the child restraint is
seating position does not have The rear outboard head restraints
can be removed if they interfere with removed, reinstall the head
lower anchors, secure the child restraint before the seating
restraint with the safety belts the proper installation of the child
restraint. position is used.
and the top tether. Refer to
your child restraint To remove the head restraint:
manufacturer instructions and
1. Pull the release switch in the
{ Warning
see Securing Child Restraints
trunk to fold the seatback With head restraints that are not
(With the Safety Belt in the
forward. See Rear Seats 0 50 installed and adjusted properly,
Rear Seat) 0 83 or Securing
for additional information. there is a greater chance that
Child Restraints (With the
Safety Belt in the Front occupants will suffer a neck/
Seat) 0 85. spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
4. Tighten the top tether. all occupants are installed and
5. Before placing a child in the adjusted properly.
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
of movement for proper
installation. 2. Press both buttons on the head
restraint posts at the same
time, and pull up on the head
restraint.
7/18/16
To reinstall the head restraint: Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints
Parts After a Crash (With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat)
{ Warning When securing a child restraint in a
A crash can damage the LATCH rear seating position, study the
system in the vehicle. A damaged instructions that came with the child
LATCH system may not properly restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even If the child restraint has the LATCH
death in a crash. To help make system, see Lower Anchors and
sure the LATCH system is Tethers for Children (LATCH
working properly after a crash, System) 0 76 for how and where to
see your dealer to have the install the child restraint using
1. Insert the head restraint posts LATCH. If a child restraint is
system inspected and any
into the holes in the top of the secured in the vehicle using a
seatback. The notches on the necessary replacements made as
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
posts must face the driver side soon as possible.
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
of the vehicle. Children (LATCH System) 0 76 for
2. Push the head restraint down. If the vehicle has the LATCH system top tether anchor locations.
and it was being used during a
3. Try to move the head restraint Do not secure a child seat in a
crash, new LATCH system parts position without a top tether anchor
to make sure that it is locked in may be needed.
place. if a national or local law requires
New parts and repairs may be that the top tether be anchored, or if
necessary even if the LATCH the instructions that come with the
system was not being used at the child restraint say that the top strap
time of the crash. must be anchored.
7/18/16
In Canada, the law requires that child restraint and see Lower Position the release button on
forward-facing child restraints have Anchors and Tethers for the buckle, away from the child
a top tether, and that the tether be Children (LATCH System) 0 76. restraint system, so that the
attached. 3. Put the child restraint on safety belt could be quickly
If the child restraint or vehicle seat the seat. unbuckled if necessary.
position does not have the LATCH 4. Pick up the latch plate, and run
system, you will be using the safety the lap and shoulder portions
belt to secure the child restraint. of the vehicle's safety belt
Be sure to follow the instructions through or around the restraint.
that came with the child restraint. The child restraint instructions
If more than one child restraint will show you how.
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 75.
1. If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of
the child restraint, the head
restraint may be removed. See 6. Pull the shoulder belt all the
“Head Restraint Removal and way out of the retractor to set
Reinstallation” under Lower the lock. When the retractor
Anchors and Tethers for lock is set, the belt can be
Children (LATCH System) 0 76. tightened but not pulled out of
2. If the child restraint the retractor.
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether, adjust the 5. Push the latch plate into the
top tether to its full length and buckle until it clicks. If the latch
attach it to the top tether plate will not go fully into the
anchor. Refer to the buckle, check if the correct
instructions that came with the buckle is being used.
7/18/16
8. Tighten the top tether. See Securing Child Restraints

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 76.
(With the Safety Belt in
9. Before placing a child in the
the Front Seat)
child restraint, make sure it is This vehicle has airbags. A rear
securely held in place. To seat is a safer place to secure a
check, grasp the child restraint forward-facing child restraint. See
at the safety belt path and Where to Put the Restraint 0 75.
attempt to move it side to side In addition, the vehicle has a
and back and forth. When the passenger sensing system which is
child restraint is properly designed to turn off the front
installed, there should be no outboard passenger frontal airbag
7. To tighten the belt, push down more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of and knee airbag under certain
on the child restraint, pull the movement. conditions. See Passenger Sensing
shoulder portion of the belt to To remove the child restraint, System 0 63 and Passenger Airbag
tighten the lap portion of the unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and Status Indicator 0 101 for more
belt, and feed the shoulder belt let it return to the stowed position. information, including important
back into the retractor. When If the top tether is attached to a top safety information.
installing a forward-facing child tether anchor, disconnect it. If the
restraint, it may be helpful to Never put a rear-facing child seat in
head restraint was removed, the front. This is because the risk to
use your knee to push down on reinstall it before the seating
the child restraint as you the rear-facing child is so great,
position is used. See “Head if the airbag deploys.
tighten the belt. Restraint Removal and
Try to pull the belt out of the Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
retractor to make sure the and Tethers for Children (LATCH
retractor is locked. If the System) 0 76.
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
7/18/16
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

{ Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions:
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat as far back as it
This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a will go before securing the
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System seatback to an upright position,
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 63 for additional information. if needed, to get a tight
child restraint can be seriously installation of the child
injured or killed if the front restraint.
outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and When the passenger sensing
in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH system has turned off the front
System) 0 76 for top tether anchor outboard passenger frontal
Even if the passenger sensing locations. airbag and knee airbag, the off
system has turned off the front indicator on the passenger
Do not secure a child seat in a
outboard passenger airbag(s), no airbag status indicator should
position without a top tether anchor
system is fail-safe. No one can light and stay lit when you start
if a national or local law requires
guarantee that an airbag will not the vehicle. See Passenger
that the top tether be anchored, or if
deploy under some unusual Airbag Status Indicator 0 101.
the instructions that come with the
circumstance, even though the child restraint say that the top strap 2. Put the child restraint on
airbag(s) are off. must be anchored. the seat.
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
in a rear seat, even if the forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be of the vehicle's safety belt
(Continued) attached.
7/18/16
through or around the restraint.

The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
4. Push the latch plate into the tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
buckle until it clicks. the retractor. back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
Position the release button on
restraint, it may be helpful to
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
safety belt could be quickly
tighten the belt.
unbuckled if necessary.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7/18/16
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side-to-side
and back-and-forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 63.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
7/18/16
Storage 89
Storage Storage Glove Box

Compartments Lift up on the lever to open the
glove box.
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 89 { Warning The glove box features a pen
holder.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 89
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Do not store heavy or sharp The intermediate shelf can be
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 objects in storage compartments. removed by pulling on the
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 91 In a crash, these objects may front edge.
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury. To reinstall the shelf, slide it into the
side guides and push back until it
engages into the rear panel.
Instrument Panel Storage
Rear Storage
Rear Trunk Partition
The rear trunk partition must be
folded out for the convertible top to
move. If the partition is not
completely folded out, including the
pass-through flap behind the rear
seats, a warning chime will sound
and a DIC message will display.
See Rear Seats 0 50.
Pull down to open.

7/18/16
90 Storage
To enlarge the rear storage Cargo Tie-Downs

compartment when the convertible
top is closed, the rear storage
partition can be folded in. Push
upward on the partition near the
loop area.
See Convertible Top 0 37.
Shopping Bag Hooks
Pull the strap downward to the rear.

The pass-through flap must be
closed in the vertical position. The cargo tie-downs can be used to
secure small loads.
The hooks along the upper edge of

the trunk can be used for hanging
up to 5 kg (11 lb).
7/18/16
Storage 91
Center Console Storage
There may be a small storage

drawer on the rear of the console.
To access the storage, the armrest
must be in the rearward position.
Press the button and lift.
7/18/16
92 Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Charging System Light . . . . . . . 102

Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Information Displays
Driver Information
Controls (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 102
Brake System Warning
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Vehicle Messages

Electric Parking Brake Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 93 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Vehicle Personalization
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 93 Service Electric Parking Brake
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 113
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 94 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 94 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . 105
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Power Steering Warning
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Lane Departure Warning
Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Indicators Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 106
Warning Lights, Gauges, and StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 106
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Traction Control System (TCS)/
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 107
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 108
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 108
Engine Coolant Temperature Adaptive Forward Lighting
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 100 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 109
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 101 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 109
Passenger Airbag Status Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 109
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
7/18/16
Instruments and Controls 93
Controls Steering Wheel Controls infotainment system. Press again to

turn the sound on. Press to cancel
Depending on the vehicle options, voice recognition.
Steering Wheel some audio functions can be
Adjustment controlled through the steering _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio
wheel controls. source.
Use the thumbwheel to select the
next or previous favorite radio
station, CD, USB, AUX, and
Bluetooth Audio. See AM-FM Radio
0 138, Satellite Radio 0 141 (if
equipped), CD Player 0 157,
Bluetooth Audio 0 166, or Auxiliary
Devices 0 165.
Use _ SRC to skip to the next song
or show using Pandora (if equipped)
or Stitcher. See Pandora Internet
Radio 0 147 or Stitcher Internet
To adjust the steering wheel: Radio 0 152.
1. Pull the lever down. b / g : Press to answer an + x − : Press + to increase the
incoming call, interact with volume. Press − to decrease.
2. Move the steering wheel up
Bluetooth, or start voice recognition.
or down.
See Bluetooth 0 198 or Voice
3. Pull or push the steering wheel Recognition 0 192.
closer or away from you.
$ / i : Press to decline an
4. Lift the lever up to lock the incoming call or to end a current
steering wheel in place. call. Press to silence the vehicle
Do not adjust the steering wheel speakers while using the
while driving.
7/18/16
Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades and windshield before using
them. If frozen to the windshield,
carefully loosen or thaw them.
Damaged blades should be
replaced. See Wiper Blade
With the ignition in ACC/
Replacement 0 273.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move
the windshield wiper lever to select Heavy snow or ice can overload the
the wiper speed. wiper motor. See Electrical System
Overload 0 281.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes. Wiper Parking
( : If equipped with a heated When using Rainsense wipes, the
steering wheel, press to turn it on or wipers pause briefly on the
off. A light on the button displays windshield. If the wiper lever is
when the feature is turned on. moved to OFF or if Rainsense and
The steering wheel takes about additional wipes are not required,
three minutes to start heating. the wipers may move to the base of
the windshield.
Horn If the ignition is turned OFF while
INT : Move the lever up to INT, then the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT,
Press a on the steering wheel pad
turn the x INT band up or down they will immediately stop.
to sound the horn.
for more or less sensitivity to
moisture. See “Rainsense” later in
this section.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
7/18/16
If the windshield wiper lever is then . Turn the band up for more lever is released or the maximum
moved to OFF before the driver sensitivity to moisture. wash time is reached. When the
door is opened or within 10 minutes, . Turn the band down for less windshield wiper lever is released,
the wipers will restart and move to sensitivity to moisture. additional wipes may occur
the base of the windshield. depending on how long the
. Move the windshield wiper lever windshield washer had been
If the ignition is turned OFF while out of the INT position to
the wipers are performing wipes due activated. See Washer Fluid 0 269
deactivate Rainsense. for information on filling the
to windshield washing or Rainsense
wipes, the wipers continue to run Wiper Arm Assembly Protection windshield washer fluid reservoir.
until they reach the base of the
windshield.
If equipped with wiper arm assembly
protection, when using an automatic
{ Warning
Rainsense car wash, move the windshield In freezing weather, do not use
wiper lever to OFF. This disables the washer until the windshield is
A sensor detects the amount of the automatic Rainsense windshield
water on the windshield and warmed. Otherwise the washer
wipers. fluid can form ice on the
controls the frequency of the
windshield wiper. With Rainsense, if the transmission windshield, blocking your vision.
is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
INT : Move the windshield wiper speed is very slow, the wipers will
lever to INT. Turn the x INT band automatically stop at the base of the Compass
on the wiper lever to adjust the windshield. The vehicle may have a compass
sensitivity. The wiper operations return to display on the Driver Information
normal when the transmission is no Center (DIC). The compass receives
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle its heading and other information
speed has increased. from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna,
n L : Pull the windshield wiper StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
lever toward you to spray windshield information.
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until the
7/18/16
The compass system is designed to There is one accessory power outlet When adding electrical equipment,
operate for a certain number of on the center stack below the be sure to follow the installation
miles or degrees of turn before climate controls and one on the rear instructions included with the
needing a signal from the GPS of the center floor console. These equipment. See Add-On Electrical
satellites. When the compass outlets are powered when the key is Equipment 0 253.
display shows CAL, drive the in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
vehicle for a short distance in an or until the driver door is opened Caution
open area where it can receive a within 10 minutes of turning off the
GPS signal. The compass system vehicle. See Retained Accessory Hanging heavy equipment from
will automatically determine when a Power (RAP) 0 231. the power outlet can cause
GPS signal is restored and provide damage not covered by the
a heading again. Caution vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
Clock Leaving electrical equipment accessory power plugs only, such
plugged in for an extended period as cell phone charge cords.
The infotainment system controls
are used to access the time and of time while the vehicle is off will
date settings through the menu drain the battery. Always unplug
system. The clock menu can only electrical equipment when not in
be used with the radio while in ON/ use and do not plug in equipment
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. See that exceeds the maximum
“Time and Date Settings” under 20 amp rating.
Configure Menu 0 185.
Certain electrical accessories may
Power Outlets not be compatible with the
The accessory power outlets can be accessory power outlet and could
used to plug in electrical equipment, overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
7/18/16
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
7/18/16
Instrument Cluster
7/18/16
Speedometer Caution
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
The speedometer shows the vehicle fuel door is on.
speed in kilometers per hour (km/h) If the engine is operated with the
and miles per hour (mph). rpm’s in the warning area at the When the fuel is low, a message
high end of the tachometer, the may appear in the Driver
Odometer vehicle could be damaged, and Information Center (DIC), and a
the damage would not be covered chime will sound.
The odometer shows how far the
by the vehicle warranty. Do not Here are four things that some
vehicle has been driven, in either
operate the engine with the rpm’s owners ask about. None of these
kilometers or miles.
in the warning area. show a problem with your fuel
gauge:
Trip Odometer
. At the service station, the fuel
The trip odometer shows how far Fuel Gauge pump shuts off before the gauge
the vehicle has been driven since reads full.
the trip odometer was last reset.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
The trip odometer is accessed and to fill up than the gauge
reset through the Driver Information indicated. For example, the
Center (DIC). See Driver gauge may have indicated the
Information Center (DIC) 0 110. tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
Tachometer half the tank's capacity to fill
The tachometer displays the engine the tank.
speed in revolutions per . The gauge moves a little while
minute (rpm). turning a corner or speeding up.
When the ignition is on, the fuel

gauge tells you about how much
fuel you have left in your tank.
7/18/16

. The gauge takes a few seconds If the vehicle has been operated If the driver safety belt is buckled,
to stabilize after the ignition is under normal driving conditions, pull neither the light nor the chime
turned on, and will go back to off the road, stop the vehicle, and comes on.
empty when the ignition is turn off the engine as soon as
turned off. possible. Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders There is a passenger safety belt
Temperature Gauge reminder light near the passenger
Driver Safety Belt Reminder airbag status indicator. See
Light Passenger Sensing System 0 63.
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this

light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
When the vehicle is started, this their safety belt. Then the light stays
light flashes and a chime may come on solid until the belt is buckled.
This gauge shows the engine This cycle continues several times if
coolant temperature. on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays the passenger remains or becomes
If the indicator needle moves to the on solid until the belt is buckled. unbuckled while the vehicle is
hot side of the gauge toward the This cycle may continue several moving.
shaded area, the engine is too hot. times if the driver remains or If the passenger safety belt is
becomes unbuckled while the buckled, neither the chime nor the
vehicle is moving. light comes on.
7/18/16
The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on
reminder light and chime may turn for several seconds when the
on if an object is put on the seat vehicle is started. If the light does
such as a briefcase, handbag, not come on then, have it fixed
grocery bag, laptop, or other immediately.
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
{ Warning When the vehicle is started, the
the safety belt. passenger airbag status indicator
If the airbag readiness light stays
will light ON and OFF for several
on after the vehicle is started or
seconds as a system check. Then,
Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means after several seconds, the status
This light shows if there is an the airbag system might not be indicator will light either ON or OFF
electrical problem with the airbag working properly. The airbags in to let you know the status of the
system. The system check includes the vehicle might not inflate in a front outboard passenger frontal
the airbag sensor(s), passenger crash, or they could even inflate airbag and knee airbag.
sensing system, the pretensioners, without a crash. To help avoid
If the word ON is lit on the
the airbag modules, the roll bars, injury, have the vehicle serviced
passenger airbag status indicator, it
the wiring, and the crash sensing right away.
means that the front outboard
and diagnostic module. For more passenger frontal airbag and knee
information on the airbag system, airbag are allowed to inflate.
see Airbag System 0 58. Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator If the word OFF is lit on the
passenger airbag status indicator, it
The vehicle has a passenger means that the passenger sensing
sensing system. See Passenger system has turned off the front
Sensing System 0 63 for important outboard passenger frontal airbag
safety information. The center stack and passenger knee airbag.
has a passenger airbag status
indicator. If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
7/18/16
problem with the lights or the The light turns off when the engine
passenger sensing system. See is started. If it does not, have the
your dealer for service. vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light stays on, or comes on
{ Warning while driving, there could be a
problem with the electrical charging
If the airbag readiness light ever system. Have it checked by your Malfunctions are often indicated by
comes on and stays on, it means dealer. Driving while this light is on the system before any problem is
that something may be wrong could drain the battery. noticeable. Being aware of the light
with the airbag system. To help and seeking service promptly when
avoid injury to yourself or others, If a short distance must be driven
it comes on may prevent damage.
with the light on, be sure to turn off
have the vehicle serviced right
all accessories, such as the radio
away. See Airbag Readiness Caution
and air conditioner.
Light 0 101 for more information,
including important safety If the vehicle is driven continually
information.
Malfunction Indicator with this light on, the emission
Lamp (Check Engine control system may not work as
Light) well, the fuel economy may be
Charging System Light lower, and the vehicle may not
This light is part of the vehicle’s
run smoothly. This could lead to
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on costly repairs that might not be
while the engine is running, a covered by the vehicle warranty.
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
The charging system light comes on ON/RUN with the engine not
briefly when the ignition is turned running. See Ignition
on, but the engine is not running, as Positions 0 228.
a check to show the light is working.
7/18/16
If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your
Caution safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer.
off and wait at least 10 seconds
Modifications to the engine, before restarting the engine. If the Emissions Inspection and
transmission, exhaust, intake, light is still flashing, follow the Maintenance Programs
or fuel system, or the use of previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions
replacement tires that do not dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the
meet the original tire possible. test equipment will likely connect to
specifications, can cause this light the vehicle's Data Link
If the light is on steady : A
to come on. This could lead to Connector (DLC).
malfunction has been detected.
costly repairs not covered by the
Diagnosis and service may be
vehicle warranty. This could also required.
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following:
Maintenance test. See . A loose or missing fuel cap may
Accessories and cause the light to come on. See
Modifications 0 255. Filling the Tank 0 250. A few
driving trips with the cap
properly installed may turn the The DLC is under the instrument
If the light is flashing : A panel to the left of the steering
light off.
malfunction has been detected that wheel. Connecting devices that are
could damage the emission control . Poor fuel quality can cause not used to perform an Emissions
system and increase vehicle inefficient engine operation and Inspection/Maintenance test or to
emissions. Diagnosis and service poor driveability, which may go service the vehicle may affect
may be required. away once the engine is warmed vehicle operation. See Add-On
up. If this occurs, change the Electrical Equipment 0 253. See
To help prevent damage, reduce
fuel brand. It may require at your dealer if assistance is needed.
vehicle speed and avoid hard
least one full tank of the proper
accelerations and uphill grades.
fuel to turn the light off. See
Fuel 0 249.
7/18/16
The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning

inspection if:
Light
{ Warning
. The light is on when the engine The brake system might not be
is running. The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one working properly if the brake
. The light does not come on circuit is not working, the remaining system warning light is on.
when the ignition is in ON/RUN circuit can still work to stop the Driving with the brake system
with the engine not running. vehicle. For normal braking warning light on can lead to a
. Critical emission control systems performance, both circuits need to crash. If the light is still on after
have not been completely be working. the vehicle has been pulled off
diagnosed. If this happens, the the road and carefully stopped,
The brake system warning light will
vehicle would not be ready for have the vehicle towed for
come on when there is a brake
inspection and might require problem. service.
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for If the warning light stays on, have
the vehicle inspected by your dealer If the light comes on while driving, a
inspection. This can happen if chime sounds. Pull off the road and
the 12-volt battery has recently right away.
stop. The pedal might be harder to
been replaced or run down, or if push or go closer to the floor.
the vehicle has been recently It might also take longer to stop.
serviced. If the light is still on, have the
See your dealer if the vehicle will vehicle towed for service. See
not pass or cannot be made ready Towing the Vehicle 0 318.
for the test.
This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.
7/18/16
Electric Parking Brake The parking brake warning light If the light does not come on, have
should come on briefly when the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Light starting the vehicle. If it does not If the ABS light comes on and stays
come on, have it fixed so it will be on while driving, stop as soon as
ready to warn if there is a problem. possible and turn the ignition off.
If this light stays on, there is a Start the engine again to reset the
problem with the Electric Parking system. If the light stays on after
Brake (EPB) system or another driving at a speed above 20 km/h
system on the vehicle that is (13 mph), see your dealer for
causing the parking brake system to service. A chime may also sound
The parking brake status light work at a reduced level. The vehicle when the light comes on steady.
comes on when the brake is can still be driven, but should be
applied. If the light continues If the regular brake system warning
taken to a dealer as soon as light is not on, the vehicle still has
flashing after the parking brake is possible. See the information for the
released, or while driving, there is a brakes, but not antilock brakes.
EPB under Electric Parking If the regular brake system warning
problem with the Electric Parking Brake 0 237.
Brake (EPB) system. light is also on, the vehicle does not
have antilock brakes and there is a
If the light does not come on, Antilock Brake System problem with the regular brakes.
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
(ABS) Warning Light See Brake System Warning
Light 0 104.
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light Operate Pedal Light
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)

light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
7/18/16
This light comes on when the brake Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator
pedal needs to be applied to release
the Electric Parking Brake (EPB).
(LDW) Light
Power Steering Warning

Light
If equipped, this indicator will

If equipped, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it detected ahead
does not come on, have the vehicle See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
serviced. System 0 246.
If equipped, this light comes on
This light is green if LDW is on and
briefly when the ignition is turned to
ready to operate. StabiliTrak® OFF Light
ON/RUN as a check to show it is
working. This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
If it does not come on have the
marking has been crossed without
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
using a turn signal in that direction.
If this light stays on, or comes on
See Lane Departure Warning
while driving, the system may not be
(LDW) 0 248.
working. If this happens, see your
dealer for service. This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
7/18/16
This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady
StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak This indicates that one or more of
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. the tires are significantly
Control System (TCS) is also off. A Driver Information Center (DIC) underinflated.
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the message may display. Check the
DIC messages to determine which Stop as soon as possible, and
system does not assist in controlling inflate the tires to the pressure value
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and feature(s) is no longer functioning
and whether the vehicle requires shown on the Tire and Loading
the StabiliTrak systems, and the Information label. See Tire
warning light turns off. service.
Pressure 0 295.
See Traction Control/Electronic If the light is on and flashing, the
Stability Control 0 240. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system When the Light Flashes First and
is actively working. Then Is On Steady
Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic If the light flashes for about a minute
Stability Control 0 240. and then stays on, there may be a
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light problem with the TPMS. If the
Tire Pressure Light problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 297.
Engine Oil Pressure Light

This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started. Caution
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the light does not come on, have Monitor System (TPMS), this light Lack of proper engine oil
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. comes on briefly when the engine is maintenance can damage the
If the system is working normally, started. It provides information engine. Driving with the engine oil
the indicator light turns off. about tire pressures and the TPMS. low can also damage the engine.
(Continued)
7/18/16
Caution (Continued)
Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always The security light should come on
follow the maintenance schedule briefly as the engine is started. If it
for changing engine oil. does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
This light comes on for a few If the light stays on and the engine
seconds when the ignition is turned
does not start, there could be a
on as a check to indicate it is problem with the theft-deterrent
working. If it does not come on, system. See Immobilizer
have it fixed.
Operation 0 32.
This light should come on briefly as The low fuel warning light comes on
the engine is started. If it does not and a chime sounds when the High-Beam On Light
come on, have the vehicle serviced vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
by your dealer. off when fuel is added to the
fuel tank.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
7/18/16
The high‐beam on light comes on Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light
when the high-beam headlamps are
in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 120 for more information.
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) Light
If equipped, this light comes on For vehicles with cruise control, the
when the fog lamps are on. cruise control light is white when the
The light goes out when the fog cruise control is on and ready, and
lamps are turned off. See Fog turns green when the cruise control
Lamps 0 123. is set and active.
The light turns off when the cruise
Lamps On Reminder control is turned off. See Cruise
This light should come on briefly as Control 0 242.
the vehicle is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced Door Ajar Light
by your dealer.
This light comes on solid when
there is a problem with the AFL
system. It flashes when the system
is switching between lighting This light comes on when the
modes. See Adaptive Forward exterior lamps are in use. See
Lighting (AFL) 0 121. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 119.
If equipped, this light comes on
when a door is open or not securely
latched. Before driving, check that
all doors are properly closed.
7/18/16
Information Displays DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Menu Items

Press MENU on the turn signal
Driver Information lever until the Trip/Fuel Menu is
Center (DIC) displayed. Use w / x to scroll
through the following menu items:
The DIC displays information about
the vehicle. It also displays warning . Digital Speedometer
messages if a system problem is . Trip 1
detected. See Vehicle Messages 1. SET/CLR: Press to set,
or press and hold to clear, the . Trip 2
0 113. All messages appear in the
DIC display in the center of the menu item displayed. . Fuel Range
instrument cluster.
2. w / x: Use to scroll through . Average Fuel Economy
DIC Operation and Displays the items in each menu. . Instantaneous Fuel Economy
A small marker will move
The DIC has different displays . Average Vehicle Speed
across the bottom of the page
which can be accessed by using the
as you scroll through the items. . Timer
DIC buttons on the turn signal lever.
This shows where each page is
The DIC displays trip, fuel, and . Navigation
in the menu.
vehicle system information, and
warning messages if a system 3. MENU: Press to get to the Trip/ Digital Speedometer
problem is detected. Fuel Menu and the Vehicle The speedometer shows how fast
Information Menu. This button the vehicle is moving in either
The bottom of the DIC display
is also used to return to or exit kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
shows the position of the shift lever
the last screen displayed on per hour (mph). The speedometer
and the odometer. It may also show
the DIC. cannot be reset.
the direction the vehicle is driving.
Trip 1 and Trip 2
These displays show the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
7/18/16
the last reset for the trip odometer. can be reset by pressing SET/CLR Timer
The trip odometer can be reset to while the Average Fuel Economy This display can be used as a timer.
zero by pressing SET/CLR, or the display is showing. To start the timer, press SET/CLR
trip odometer reset stem in the while Timer is displayed. The
instrument cluster, while the trip Instantaneous Fuel Economy
display will show the amount of time
odometer display is showing. The instantaneous fuel economy that has passed since the timer was
display shows the current fuel last reset, not including time the
Fuel Range economy in liters per 100 kilometers ignition is off. Time will continue to
This display shows the approximate (L/100 km) or miles per gallon be counted as long as the ignition is
distance the vehicle can be driven (mpg). The instantaneous fuel on, even if another display is being
without refueling. The fuel range economy reflects only the current shown on the DIC. The timer will
estimate is based on an average of approximate fuel economy, and record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,
the vehicle's fuel economy over changes frequently as driving and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after
recent driving history and the conditions change. Unlike average which the display will return to zero.
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel economy, this display cannot be To stop the timer, press SET/CLR
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. reset. briefly while Timer is displayed. To
Average Fuel Economy Average Vehicle Speed reset the timer to zero, press and
hold SET/CLR.
This display shows the approximate This display shows the average
average liters per 100 kilometers speed of the vehicle in kilometers Navigation
(L/100 km) or miles per gallon per hour (km/h) or miles per This display is used for the
(mpg). Average fuel economy is hour (mph). This average is Navigation System Turn-by-Turn
calculated based on the number of calculated based on the various guidance. If equipped with
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the vehicle speeds recorded since the navigation, see Using the
last time this menu item was reset. last reset of this value. The average Navigation System 0 168.
This number reflects only the speed can be reset by pressing
approximate average fuel economy SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle
that the vehicle has right now, and Speed display is showing.
will change as driving conditions
change. The average fuel economy
7/18/16
Vehicle Information Menu Tire Pressure Remember, the Remaining Oil Life
Items The display will show a vehicle with display must be reset after each oil
the approximate pressures of all change. It will not reset itself. Also,
Press MENU on the turn signal be careful not to reset the
lever until the Vehicle Information four tires. Tire pressure is displayed
in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds Remaining Oil Life display
Menu is displayed. Use w / x to accidentally at any time other than
per square inch (psi). See Tire
scroll through the following menu when the oil has just been changed.
Pressure Monitor System 0 296 and
items: It cannot be reset accurately until
Tire Pressure Monitor
. Unit Operation 0 297. the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press SET/
. Tire Pressure Remaining Oil Life CLR while the Remaining Oil Life
. Remaining Oil Life This display shows an estimate of display is active. See Engine Oil
the oil's remaining useful life. Life System 0 262.
. Battery Voltage
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is Battery Voltage
Unit displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains. This display shows the current
Press SET/CLR to set. Move w / battery voltage. If the voltage is in
x to switch between metric or US When the remaining oil life is low, the normal range, the value will
when the set Unit display is active. the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON display. For example, the display
Press SET/CLR to confirm the message will appear on the display. may read Battery Voltage 15.0
setting. This will change the The oil should be changed as soon Volts. The vehicle's charging system
displays on the cluster and DIC to as possible. See Engine Oil 0 260. regulates voltage based on the state
either metric or English (US) In addition to the engine oil life of the battery. The battery voltage
measurements. system monitoring the oil life, can fluctuate while viewing this
additional maintenance is information on the DIC. This is
recommended in the Maintenance normal. See Charging System
Schedule. See Maintenance Light 0 102.
Schedule 0 332.
7/18/16

.
Vehicle Messages Driver Assistance Systems Vehicle
. Cruise Control
Messages displayed on the DIC Personalization
indicate the status of the vehicle or . Lighting and Bulb Replacement
Use the audio system controls to
some action that may be needed to . Wiper/Washer Systems access the personalization menus
correct a condition. Multiple
. Doors and Windows for customizing vehicle features.
messages may display one after the
other. . Convertible Top The following are all possible
personalization features. Depending
The messages that do not require . Safety Belts on the vehicle, some may not be
immediate action can be
. Airbag Systems available.
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing SET/CLR. The messages . Engine and Transmission Infotainment System Audio
that require immediate action cannot . System Controls
Tire Pressure
be cleared until that action is
performed. All messages should be . Battery Using the Faceplate
taken seriously and clearing the Z Knob
messages does not correct the . Press the outer diameter
problem.
(chrome ring) to enter, select,
Follow the instructions given in the or activate a highlighted menu
messages. The system displays option.
messages regarding the following . Turn to highlight a menu option.
topics:
. Press the outer diameter
. Service Messages
(chrome ring) to enable or
. Fluid Levels disable a system setting.
. Vehicle Security BACK
. Brakes . Press to exit a menu.
. Ride Control Systems . Press to return to a previous
screen.
7/18/16
Using the Touch Screen . Radio Settings . Software Versions Menu

Touch a screen feature to: . Phone Settings Auto Volume
. View more feature options. . Navigation Settings This feature adjusts the volume to
. Enable or disable the feature. . Display Settings minimize the effects of unwanted
background noise that can result
w : Touch to scroll up. . Vehicle Settings from changing road surfaces, driving
x : Touch to scroll down. Each menu is detailed in the speeds, or open windows. This
following information. feature works best at lower volume
Back : Touch to return to the settings where background noise is
previous menu. Languages typically louder than the sound
To access the Select Languages, then select from system volume.
personalization menu: the available language(s). Select Off, Low, Medium, or High.
1. Touch Config on the Home
Time and Date Gracenote Options
Page of the infotainment
display or press CONFIG on Manually set the time and date. See Select and the following may
the faceplate. Clock 0 96. display:
2. Select the desired feature to Radio Settings . Normalization
display a list of available
Select and the following may Normalization
options.
display: This feature improves voice
3. Select the desired feature
. Auto Volume recognition and media groupings.
setting.
. See CD Player 0 157, USB 0 160
Gracenote Options
Personalization Menus Auxiliary Devices 0 165, and
. SXM Channel Art Bluetooth Audio 0 166.
The following list of menu items may
be available: . Max Startup Volume Select to enable or disable.
. Languages . Number of Favorites Pages
. Time and Date . SXM Categories
7/18/16
SXM Channel Art Software Versions Menu Navigation Settings

This feature turns the SXM Audio Select to display information about See Configure Menu 0 185.
page background on the SXM the system and update software if
Channel display on and off. available. Display Settings
Select to enable or disable. Phone Settings Select and the following may
display:
Max Startup Volume Select and the following may . Home Page Menu
This feature sets the maximum display:
. Rear Camera Options
startup volume. If the vehicle is . Bluetooth
started and the volume is greater . Display Off
than this level, the volume is Bluetooth
. Map Settings
adjusted to this level. Select and the following may
Select + or − to increase or display: Home Page Menu
decrease the volume. . Device List Select and the following may
. display:
Number of Favorite Pages Pair Device
. Customize
Select to set the number of favorite Device List
pages to display. . Sort
Select to connect to a different
Select the desired number. phone source, disconnect a phone, . Restore Home Page Defaults
or delete a phone. Customize
SXM Categories
This allows which available SXM Pair Device This feature allows the selection of
Categories are used and displayed. Select to pair a new device. See what icons will be on the first
Bluetooth 0 198. Home Page.
Select to enable or disable available
categories. Select and follow the screen
prompts.
7/18/16
Sort Display Off . Auto Rear Defog

This feature allows the icons on the Select to turn the display off. The Auto Fan Speed
Home Page to be moved. display will return when any radio
buttons are pressed or the screen is Choose the blower speed setting.
Select and follow the screen
prompts. touched (if equipped). Select High, Medium, or Low.
Restore Home Page Defaults Map Settings Remote Start Auto Heat Seat
This feature will restore the Home See "Map Settings" in Configure When on, this feature will turn the
Page to the factory settings. Menu 0 185. heated seats on when using remote
start on cold days.
Select and follow the screen Vehicle Settings
prompts. Select to enable or disable.
Select and the following may
Rear Camera Options display: Auto Rear Defog
Select and the following may . Climate and Air Quality When on, this feature turns on the
display: rear window defogger at vehicle
. Comfort and Convenience start when the interior temperature
. Symbols . Collision Detection Systems is cold and fog is likely. The auto
. Guide Lines . Lighting rear defog function can be disabled
by selecting 1. When off, the
Symbols . Power Door Locks
feature can be turned on by
See Assistance Systems for Parking . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start selecting 1. See “Rear Window
or Backing 0 244. . Return to Factory Settings? Defogger” under Dual Automatic
Select to enable or disable. Climate Control System 0 213.
Climate and Air Quality
Guide Lines Select to enable or disable.
Select and the following may
See Assistance Systems for Parking display: Comfort and Convenience
or Backing 0 244. . Auto Fan Speed Select and the following may
Select to enable or disable. . display:
Remote Start Auto Heat Seat
7/18/16

. Chime Volume . Exit Lighting Select to enable or disable.
. Button Chime Vehicle Locator Lights Auto Door Unlock
Chime Volume This allows the vehicle locator lights This allows selection of which doors
This allows the selection of the to be turned on or off. will automatically unlock when the
chime volume level. Select to enable or disable. vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
Select Low or High. Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off.

Exit Lighting
Button Chime This allows the selection of how Delay Door Lock
This allows the Button Chime long the exterior lamps stay on When on, this feature will delay the
feature to be turned on or off. when leaving the vehicle when it is locking of the doors. See Delayed
dark outside. Locking 0 28.
Select to enable or disable.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, Select to enable or disable.
Collision Detection Systems or 2 Minutes.
Remote Lock/Unlock/Start
Select and the following may Power Door Locks
display: Select and the following may
Select and the following may display:
. Park Assist display: . Remote Unlock Feedback
Park Assist . Open Door Anti Lock Out . Remote Lock Feedback
This allows the Parking Assist . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Door Unlock
feature to be turned on or off. . Delay Door Lock
Select Off or On. Remote Unlock Feedback
Open Door Anti Lock Out When on, the exterior lamps will
Lighting When on, this feature will keep the flash when unlocking the vehicle
Select and the following may driver door from locking until the with the RKE transmitter.
display: door is closed. If this feature is Select Flash Lights or Off.
. Vehicle Locator Lights turned on, the Delay Door Lock
menu will not be available.
7/18/16
Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what
feedback is provided when
unlocking the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter.
Select Lights and Horn, Lights Only,
Horn Only, or Off.
Remote Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock on the first press of K on
the RKE transmitter. If Driver Door
is selected, all doors will unlock on
the second press of K within
five seconds of the prior press.
Select Driver Door or All Doors.
Return to Factory Settings?
This returns all of the vehicle
personalization settings to the
factory settings.
Select Yes or No.
7/18/16
Lighting 119
Lighting Battery Power Protection . . . . . 125

Exterior Lighting Battery
Exterior Lighting
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 119
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
The exterior lamp control is to the
Headlamp Leveling Control . . . 122
left of the steering column on the
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 122
instrument panel.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 There are four positions:
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 O : Briefly turn to this position to
Interior Lighting turn the automatic lamp control off
Instrument Panel Illumination or on again.
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 AUTO : Turns the headlamps on
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 automatically at normal brightness,
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 together with the parking lamps,
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 taillamps, license plate lamps,
Lighting Features instrument panel lights, and
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 sidemarker lamps.
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Battery Load Management . . . 125
7/18/16
120 Lighting
; : Turns on the parking lamps 3 : Push the turn signal lever away Daytime Running
including all lamps, except the from you and release to turn the Lamps (DRL)
headlamps. high beams on.
DRL can make it easier for others to
5 : Turns on the headlamps To return to low beams, push the see the front of your vehicle during
together with the parking lamps and lever again or pull it toward you and the day. Fully functional DRL are
instrument panel lights. A warning release. required on all vehicles first sold in
chime sounds if the driver door is Canada.
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on. The dedicated DRL will come on
when all of the following conditions
# : If equipped, press to turn the are met:
fog lamps on or off.
. The ignition is in the ON/
See Fog Lamps 0 123. RUN mode.
When the lights are on, ; will be This indicator light turns on in the . The exterior lamp control is
lit. See Lamps On Reminder 0 109. instrument cluster when the in AUTO.
high-beam headlamps are on.
. The vehicle is not in P (Park).
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer Flash-to-Pass The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
To flash the high beams, pull the
headlamps depending on the
turn signal lever all the way toward
darkness of the surroundings and
you. Then release it.
information provided by the rain
sensor. The other lamps that come
on with the headlamps will also
come on.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps go off and the DRL
come on.
7/18/16
Lighting 121
To turn the DRL off or on again, turn instrument panel brightness control AFL will operate when the vehicle
the exterior lamp control to O and is in the full bright position. See speed is greater than 3 km/h
then release. For vehicles first sold Instrument Panel Illumination (2 mph). AFL will not operate when
in Canada, this control only works Control 0 123. the transmission is in R (Reverse).
when the transmission is in AFL is not immediately operable
Lights On with Wipers after starting the vehicle; driving a
P (Park).
If the windshield wipers are short distance is required to
Automatic Headlamp activated in daylight with the engine calibrate the AFL. See Exterior
on, and the exterior lamp control is Lamp Controls 0 119.
System in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
Curve Lighting
When it is dark enough outside and lamps, and other exterior lamps
the exterior lamp control is in the come on. The transition time for the The light beam pivots based on the
automatic position and the engine is lamps coming on varies based on steering wheel position and vehicle
running, the headlamps come on wiper speed. When the wipers are speed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph).
automatically. See Exterior Lamp not operating, these lamps turn off. The headlamps shine at an angle of
Controls 0 119. Move the exterior lamp control to P up to 15 degrees to the right or left
of the direction of travel.
The system may also turn on the or ; to disable this feature.
headlamps when driving through a Corner Lighting
parking garage or tunnel. Adaptive Forward On tight bends or when making a
If the vehicle is started in a dark Lighting (AFL) turn, depending on the steering
garage, the automatic headlamp angle or the turn signal lamp, an
The AFL system adjusts the additional left or right reflector is
system comes on immediately. If it
headlamps to provide greater road turned on to illuminate the road at a
is light outside when the vehicle
illumination in various driving right angle to the direction of travel.
leaves the garage, there is a slight
conditions. It is activated up to a speed of
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the To enable AFL, set the exterior lamp 40 km/h (25 MPH).
DRL. During that delay, the control to the AUTO position.
instrument cluster may not be as Moving the control out of the AUTO
bright as usual. Make sure the position will deactivate the system.
7/18/16
122 Lighting
Reversing Function Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change

If the headlamps are on and the Signals
shift lever is in R (Reverse), both
corner lights are turned on. They
remain on for 20 seconds after
moving the shift lever out of
R (Reverse) position or until the
vehicle is driving forward faster than
16 km/h (10 mph).
Headlamp Leveling
Control
Move the lever all the way up or
The level of the headlamps is down to signal a turn.
adjusted automatically based on
vehicle load. | : Press to make the front and An arrow on the instrument cluster
rear turn signal lamps flash on and will flash in the direction of the turn
off. This warns others that you are or lane change.
having trouble. Press again to turn Raise or lower the lever until the
the flashers off. arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
In the event of an accident with change. The turn signal flashes
airbag deployment the hazard three times.
warning flashers are activated The lever returns to its starting
automatically. position when it is released.
If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out. Replace any
7/18/16
Lighting 123
burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not Some localities have laws that Interior Lighting
burned out, check the fuse. See require the headlamps to be on
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 282. along with the fog lamps.
Instrument Panel
Fog Lamps Illumination Control
If equipped, the front fog lamp This feature controls the brightness
button is on the exterior lamp of the instrument panel controls and
control to the left of the steering infotainment display screen. The
column. thumbwheel is to the left of the
steering column on the instrument
The ignition must be on to turn on panel.
the fog lamps.
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on D : Move the thumbwheel up or
down and hold, to brighten or dim
or off. An indicator light on the the instrument panel controls and
instrument cluster comes on when infotainment display screen.
the fog lamps are on.
The fog lamps come on together
with the parking lamps.
7/18/16
124 Lighting
Courtesy Lamps ' : Press to turn on the dome Lighting Features

lamps.
The courtesy lamps come on
automatically when any door is Entry Lighting
opened and the dome lamp is in the Reading Lamps
Some exterior lamps and most of
door position. The front reading lamps are in the the interior lamps turn on briefly at
overhead console. night or in areas with limited lighting
Dome Lamps when the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter K button is
pressed. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 23. After
about 30 seconds the exterior lamps
turn off, then the dome lamps and
remaining interior lamps dim to off.
Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by changing the ignition
out of the OFF position, or by
pressing the RKE transmitter Q
button.
This feature can be changed. See
The interior lamps control in the # or $ : Press the button near Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
overhead console controls both the each lamp to turn it on or off.
front and rear interior lamps. Exit Lighting
( : Press to turn the lamps off, Some exterior lamps come on at
even when a door is open. night, or in areas with limited
lighting, when the key is removed
H : Press to turn the lamps on from the ignition. The dome lamps
automatically when a door is also come on when the key is
opened. removed from the ignition. The
7/18/16
Lighting 125
exterior lamps and dome lamps voltage move up or down. This is Normally, these actions occur in
remain on after the door is closed normal. If there is a problem, an steps or levels, without being
for a set amount of time, then alert will be displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the
automatically turn off. The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action,
The exterior lamps turn off idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the
immediately by turning the exterior high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might
lamps control off. This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended
(alternator) may not be spinning fast that the driver reduce the electrical
This feature can be changed. See loads as much as possible. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 113. enough at idle to produce all of the
power needed for very high Driver Information Center
electrical loads. (DIC) 0 110.
Battery Load
A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection
Management several of the following are on, such
The vehicle has Electric Power as: headlamps, high beams, rear The battery saver feature is
Management (EPM) that estimates window defogger, climate control fan designed to protect the vehicle's
the battery's temperature and state at high speed, heated seats, engine battery.
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads If some interior lamps are left on
for best performance and extended plugged into accessory power and the ignition is turned off, the
life of the battery. outlets. battery rundown protection system
When the battery's state of charge EPM works to prevent excessive automatically turns the lamp off after
is low, the voltage is raised slightly discharge of the battery. It does this some time.
to quickly bring the charge back up. by balancing the generator's output
When the state of charge is high, and the vehicle's electrical needs. Exterior Lighting Battery
the voltage is lowered slightly to It can increase engine idle speed to Saver
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle generate more power whenever
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage needed. It can temporarily reduce The exterior lamps turn off about
display on the Driver Information the power demands of some 10 minutes after the ignition is
Center (DIC), you may see the accessories. turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
7/18/16
126 Lighting
the battery. To restart the 10-minute

timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position.
7/18/16
Infotainment System 127
Infotainment OnStar System

OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Trademarks and License
Agreements
System Navigation
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Using the Navigation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Introduction Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . 172
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 132 Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 OnStar® Destination
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Radio Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Global Positioning
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . 141 System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Problems with Route
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 147 Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Quick Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 If the System Needs
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . 147 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Stitcher Internet Radio . . . . . . . . 152 Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Database Coverage
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Audio Players
Avoiding Untrusted Media Voice Recognition
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Bluetooth Phone/Devices
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
7/18/16
128 Infotainment System
Introduction features are also available through Customer Assistance

the instrument cluster and steering
Assistance is available to help with
wheel controls.
Overview Bluetooth pairing, application
Before driving: downloading and installation, other
Read the following pages to mobile device interface, and
become familiar with the . Become familiar with the
operation, center stack controls, operation support of the
infotainment system features. infotainment system. Specialists are
and infotainment displays.
available when calling this
{ Warning . Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
Customer Assistance number:
1-855-4SUPPORT (478-7767).
Taking your eyes off the road for tone, and adjusting the
too long or too often while using speakers.
any infotainment feature can . Set up phone numbers in
cause a crash. You or others advance so they can be called
could be injured or killed. Do not easily by touching a single
give extended attention to display command or by using a
infotainment tasks while driving. single voice command if
Limit your glances at the vehicle equipped with Bluetooth phone
displays and focus your attention capability.
on driving. Use voice commands See Defensive Driving 0 218.
whenever possible.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
The infotainment system has built-in Accessory Power (RAP) 0 231.
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
7/18/16
Infotainment System Overview

The infotainment system is
controlled by using the center stack
controls, infotainment display,
steering wheel controls, and voice
recognition.
See Using the System 0 132.
Radio with Navigation Shown, Radio Without Navigation Similar
1. F (Home) 5. O /n (Power/Volume)
2. SRCE (Source) 6. \ ¨ (Seek Down)
3. s © (Seek Up) 7. AS 1/2 (Autostore)
4. Presets 1–6 8. FAV 1/2/3 (Favorites)
7/18/16
9. NAVI (Navigation) F : Press to access the Home . CD, USB/iPod, Bluetooth Audio,
10. PHONE Page on the infotainment display. or AUX: Press to seek the
11. DEST (Destination) See “Home Page” following in this beginning of the current or
12. RPT (Repeat) section. previous track. See CD Player
13. BACK 0 157, Bluetooth Audio 0 166,
For radios without navigation touch or Auxiliary Devices 0 165.
14. Inner Rocker Knob Home at the top bar of the
15. Z (Tune/Menu) infotainment display to access the . CD, USB/iPod, Bluetooth Audio,
Home Page. or AUX: Press and hold to
16. INFO (Information)
quickly reverse through a track.
17. TONE SRCE : Press to change the audio Release to return to playing
18. CONFIG (Configuration) sources such as AM-FM radio, speed. See CD Player 0 157,
19. CD Slot SiriusXM (if equipped), CD, USB/ Bluetooth Audio 0 166, or
20. Z (Eject) iPod, Pandora (if equipped), Auxiliary Devices 0 165.
Stitcher, Bluetooth Audio, and AUX.
21. H (Clock) See AM-FM Radio 0 138, Satellite Presets 1–6 : The presets
Radio 0 141 (if equipped), Pandora numbered one through six can be
Infotainment Center Stack Internet Radio 0 147 (if equipped), used to select stored AM-FM
Controls Stitcher Internet Radio 0 152, CD stations and SiriusXM channels.
The controls on the center stack are Player 0 157, Bluetooth Audio
used to start primary functions while 0 166, or Auxiliary Devices 0 165. O /n :
using the infotainment system. 1. Press to turn the system on
s©: and off.
Center stack controls on radios
without navigation replace SRCE . AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if 2. Turn to adjust the volume.
with RADIO/BAND, CD, and AUX. equipped): Press to seek to the
See AM-FM Radio 0 138, Satellite previous strong station. See \¨:
Radio 0 141 (if equipped), CD AM-FM Radio 0 138 or Satellite . AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
Player 0 165, and Auxiliary Radio 0 141 (if equipped).
equipped): Press to seek to the
Devices 0 165. next strong station. See AM-FM
Radio 0 138 or Satellite Radio
0 141 (if equipped).
7/18/16

. CD, USB/iPod, Bluetooth Audio, 2. Continue pressing to cycle Toggle the inner directional rocker
and AUX: Press to seek to the through the full map view and knob to navigate through a map
beginning of the current or next split map displays. display only.
track. See CD Player 0 157, PHONE : See Bluetooth 0 198. INFO : Press to toggle through an
Bluetooth Audio 0 166, or audio or navigation information
Auxiliary Devices 0 165. DEST : display.
. CD, USB/iPod, Bluetooth Audio, 1. Press to enter a destination. TONE : Press to access the sound
and AUX: Press and hold to fast 2. If a destination has already menu to adjust bass, midrange, and
forward through a track. Release been entered, press to access treble. See AM-FM Radio 0 138.
to return to playing speed. See the Destination Menu. See
CD Player 0 157, Bluetooth CONFIG : Press to adjust features
Destination 0 174. for audio, navigation, display,
Audio 0 166, or Auxiliary
Devices 0 165. RPT : Press to repeat the last voice phone, vehicle, and time. See
guidance prompt. Configure Menu 0 185.
AS 1/2 : Autostore searches and
stores FM and AM stations with the BACK : Press to return to the Z : Press to eject a disc from the
strongest signal. previous screen in a menu. CD player. See CD Player 0 157.
FAV 1/2/3 : Press to display the If on a page accessed directly by a H : Press to adjust the time.
current page number above the center stack control or Home Page
icon, pressing BACK will go to the Autostore
presets. The stored stations for
each list display on the preset at the homepage. To use Autostore:
bottom of the screen. The number of Inner Rocker Knob : Move the 1. Press SRCE to select FM
preset FAV lists can be changed in rocker knob in different directions to or AM.
the Configuration Menu. navigate through the map
2. Press AS 1/2 for two seconds.
NAVI : display only.
3. The radio searches and
1. Press to view the vehicle's Z : Turn to highlight a feature. automatically stores the six
current position on the Press the outer chrome ring to
strongest stations.
map view. activate the highlighted feature.
Press AS 1/2 to alternate between
the Autostore stations and favorites.
7/18/16
Autostore does not delete $ / i : Press to decline an Using the System

previously stored favorite stations. incoming call or to end a current
Autostore does not function with call. Press to silence the vehicle Infotainment Display Icons and
SiriusXM radio channels. speakers while using the Commands
infotainment system. Press again to The infotainment system is
Steering Wheel Controls turn the sound on. Press to cancel controlled by touching the
voice recognition. infotainment display and by using
Depending on the vehicle options,
some audio functions can be _ SRC ^ : Press to select an audio the knobs and other controls.
controlled through the steering source. Infotainment display icons and
wheel controls. Use the thumbwheel to select the commands are on the screen and
next or previous favorite radio highlighted when a feature is
station, CD, USB, AUX, and available. Some toggle features
Bluetooth Audio. See AM-FM Radio highlight when active and gray out
0 138, Satellite Radio 0 141 (if when inactive.
equipped), CD Player 0 157, Controls and knobs on the center
Bluetooth Audio 0 166, or Auxiliary stack are used by pressing and/or
Devices 0 165. turning to access features on the
Use _ SRC to skip to the next song infotainment system.
or show using Pandora (if equipped) Voice recognition, through the
or Stitcher. See Pandora Internet steering wheel controls, can be
Radio 0 147 or Stitcher Internet used to control the infotainment
Radio 0 152. features.
+ x − : Press + to increase the Press b / g on the steering wheel
b / g : Press to answer an volume. Press − to decrease. controls to begin voice recognition.
incoming call, interact with See Voice Recognition 0 192.
Bluetooth, or start voice recognition.
See Bluetooth 0 198 or Voice
Recognition 0 192.
7/18/16
Home Page q Previous : Touch to go to the 4. Touch Done.

previous page. To move icons:
Next r : Touch to go to the 1. Touch Sort.
next page. 2. Touch to select an icon to
Home Page Customization move and swap with another
icon on the first Home
Page only.
3. Touch Done.
To restore Home Page 1 defaults:
Infotainment Displays 1. Touch Menu.
The Home Page allows access to 2. Touch Restore Home Page
many of the features. Defaults.
Back : Touch to return to the 3. Touch Yes or Cancel.
previous page.
The first Home Page can be Home Page Features
Home : Touch to go back to the customized.
Home Page. Touch infotainment display icons are
To add icons: highlighted when a feature is
Fav : Touch to display a page of
stored (favorite) AM-FM stations or 1. Touch Menu. available.
SiriusXM (if equipped) channels. 2. Touch Customize. Various functions are disabled when
Keep touching Fav to scroll through the vehicle is moving.
the favorite pages. 3. Touch an icon to add or
remove from the first Home
More r : This option may display Page. A h indicates it will be
depending on the number of displayed. The maximum
features stored on the Home Page. number of icons on Home
Touch to go to the next page. Page is eight.
7/18/16
Navigation System 0 185, Maps

0 172, Navigation Symbols 0 172,
and Configure Menu 0 185.
Touch Now Playing to display the Touch Config to display the Config
active source page. The sources main page. From this display, adjust
available are AM, FM, SiriusXM (if features such as time and date,
equipped), CD, USB/iPod, Pandora audio, phone, navigation, vehicle,
(if equipped), Stitcher, Bluetooth Touch Destination to display the and display. See Configure
Audio, and AUX. Destination Entry main page or the Menu 0 185.
See AM-FM Radio 0 138, Satellite Destination Menu. The available
Radio 0 141, CD Player 0 157, icons provide easy access to a
Pandora Internet Radio 0 147, variety of ways to enter a
Stitcher Internet Radio 0 152, and destination. See Destination 0 174.
Auxiliary Devices 0 165.
Touch Tone to display the Tone

main page. Adjust the tone and
speakers by touching the display
options to change the levels of
Touch Phone to display the Phone sound for treble, midrange, bass,
Touch Navigation if equipped, to main page. See Bluetooth 0 198. fade, and balance. See AM-FM
display a map of your current Radio 0 138.
vehicle position. See Using the
7/18/16
Touch AM to display the AM main

page and play the current or last
tuned AM station. See AM-FM
Radio 0 138.
Touch Pictures to view pictures on Touch Stitcher (if equipped) to

your USB device or SD card. display the Stitcher main page and
Pictures on the SD card can only be stream news, sports, and
viewed through a USB adapter. See entertainment shows through the
Pictures 0 156. audio system. See Stitcher Internet
Touch XM (if equipped) to display Radio 0 152.
the XM main page and play the
current or last tuned SiriusXM
channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 138
and Satellite Radio 0 141.
Touch FM to display the FM main

page and play the current or last Touch CD to display the CD main
tuned FM station. See AM-FM page and play the current or last CD
Radio 0 138. track selected. See CD
Player 0 157.
Touch Pandora (if equipped) to
display the Pandora main page and
stream personalized radio stations
based on artists, songs, genres, and
comedians. See Pandora Internet
Radio 0 147.
7/18/16
Touch E Bluetooth to display the Touch Fuel (if equipped) to display

Bluetooth Audio main page to play detailed nationwide fuel pricing See
music through a Bluetooth device. “SiriusXM Travel Link Fuel Pricing”
See Bluetooth Audio 0 166. under Satellite Radio 0 141.
Touch AUX to access any

connected auxiliary device. See
Auxiliary Devices 0 165.
Touch iPod to display the iPod main Touch Movies (if equipped) to show
page and play the current or last details of local movie theater
track selected. See Auxiliary listings, start times, and ratings if
Devices 0 165. available. See “SiriusXM Travel Link
Movie Listings” under Satellite
Touch Weather (if equipped) to Radio 0 141.
display the weather main page.
Select other weather-related options
from that list. See “SiriusXM Travel
Link Weather” under Satellite
Radio 0 141.
Touch USB to display the USB main
page and play the current or last
track selected. See Auxiliary Touch Quick Info to access
Devices 0 165. information on Audio playing,
OnStar Turn-by-Turn (if equipped),
5-day Forecast, Nearby Fuel
Stations, and Movie Showtimes.
See Quick Info 0 147.
7/18/16
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Software Updates

and Vehicle Information and
See www.buick.com for software
Radio Displays updates.
For vehicles with high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays, use a
microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces.
Touch Messages (if equipped) to Before wiping the surface with the
display the Text Message Inbox. microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle
See Text Messaging 0 205. brush to remove dirt that could
scratch the surface. Then use the
microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to
clean. Never use window cleaners
or solvents. Periodically hand wash
the microfiber cloth separately,
using mild soap. Do not use bleach
or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly
If equipped, Apps requires a Wi-Fi and air dry before next use.
Internet connection as part of a
smartphone or other mobile device Caution
data service plan. On most
smartphones, activation is in the Do not attach a device with a
Settings menu under Mobile suction cup to the display. This
Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, may cause damage and would
Mobile Hotspot, Wi-Fi Hotspot, not be covered by the vehicle
or similar. After activation of Wi-Fi warranty.
on the smartphone, touch Apps on
the radio Home Page. Follow the
prompts to configure the Internet
connection and set up an account.
See www.buick.com/intellilink (U.S.).
7/18/16
Radio Some radios may stay on longer Infotainment System Settings

and reset the time for 10 minutes if
there are any additional presses of Tone Settings
AM-FM Radio O /n . To access the tone settings, touch
Playing the Radio The radio can be turned off at any Tone Settings on the Home Page.
Tone settings are specific to each
time by pressing O /n on the
O /n : center stack.
source.
. Press to turn the radio on or off. The tone settings can also be
Audio Source accessed by pressing TONE on the
. Turn to increase or decrease the center stack.
volume of the active source.
To adjust the settings:
The steering wheel controls can
also be used to adjust the volume. . Bass: Touch + or − to change
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 132. the level.
Radio Operation . Mid (Midrange): Touch + or − to
change the level.
The radio will work when the key is Press SRCE on the center stack or
in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. . Treble: Touch + or − to change
SRC on the steering wheel controls
When the key is turned from ON/ to display and scroll through the the level.
RUN to LOCK/OFF, the radio will available sources AM, FM, SiriusXM . EQ: Press and turn the Z
continue to work for 10 minutes or (if equipped), Pandora (if equipped), knob to cycle through the preset
until the driver door is opened. Stitcher, CD, USB, AUX, and EQ options.
The radio can be turned on by Bluetooth Audio.
. Fade: Touch F or R for more
pressing O /n on the center For radios without navigation, press sound from the front or rear
stack and will stay on for RADIO/BAND, CD, or AUX to scroll speakers. The middle position
10 minutes. Opening the driver door through the sources. balances the sound between the
will not turn the radio off when front and rear speakers.
pressing O /n.
7/18/16

. Balance: Touch L or R for more AM FM
sound from the left or right
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
left and right speakers.
Finding a Station
Press SRCE on the center stack or
press SRC on the steering wheel
controls to select AM, FM, SiriusXM
(if equipped), Pandora (if equipped),
Stitcher (if equipped), CD, USB, 1. Touch AM on the Home Page 1. Touch FM on the Home Page
AUX, and Bluetooth Audio. or select AM by pressing or select FM by pressing SRCE
SRCE on the center stack or on the center stack or pressing
Turn the Z knob to find a radio pressing SRC on the steering SRC on the steering wheel
station. To select a preset station, wheel controls, or say “Tune controls, or say “Tune FM” or
press FAV 1/2/3 to scroll through the AM” or “AM” through voice “FM” through voice recognition.
favorite pages and then press a recognition. For radios without navigation,
preset on the center stack or touch
For radios without navigation, press RADIO/BAND on the
the display icon.
press RADIO/BAND on the center stack to select FM.
Seeking a Station center stack to select AM. 2. Touch Menu to display the FM
Press s © or ¨ \ to search for a 2. Touch Menu to display the AM stations or categories.
station. stations or categories. 3. Touch to select an option. To
3. Touch to select an option. To update the station list, touch
update the station list, touch Refresh.
Refresh.
7/18/16
SiriusXM (If Equipped) Storing Radio Station Presets To change the number of favorite
pages displayed:
Up to 36 preset stations can be
stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if 1. Touch Config on the
equipped) can be mixed. Home Page.
1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM 2. Touch Radio Settings.
main page, press and hold any 3. Touch Number of Favorite
of the 1−6 presets on the Pages.
center stack or one of the
presets at the bottom of the Recalling a Preset Station
infotainment display. After a To recall a preset station from a
1. Touch XM on the Home Page few seconds, a beep is heard favorites page, do one of the
or select XM by pressing and the new preset information following:
SRCE on the center stack or displays on that preset.
pressing SRC on the steering . Touch Fav at the top bar of the
2. Repeat for each preset. infotainment display and the
wheel controls, or say “Tune
XM” or “XM” through voice Mixed-Band Presets preset pop-up will appear. Touch
recognition. one of the presets to go to the
Each favorite page can store selected preset station.
For radios without navigation, six preset stations. The presets
press RADIO/BAND on the within a page can be different radio . In the AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
center stack to select XM. bands. equipped) main page, touch one
of the presets to go to the
2. Touch Menu to display the XM To scroll through the pages, press selected preset station.
categories. FAV 1/2/3 on the center stack or
3. Touch a category and then turn touch Fav on the top bar of the
infotainment display. The current
the Z knob to scroll the
page number appears above the
station list. Touch to select an presets. The stored stations for
option. each favorite page display on the
presets.
7/18/16
Radio Data System (RDS) program type (PTY) for current When SiriusXM is active, the station
programming and the name of the name, number, category name,
RDS features are available for use program being broadcasted. song title, and artist display on the
only on FM stations that broadcast screen. SiriusXM may update the
RDS information. With RDS, the Satellite Radio background picture at any time.
radio can:
. Seek to stations broadcasting SiriusXM® Satellite Radio TuneSelect
the selected type of
programming.
. Receive announcements
concerning local and national
emergencies.
. Display messages from radio
stations.
This system relies on receiving
specific information from these An alert will be sent when the radio
stations and only works when the Vehicles with a valid SiriusXM
satellite radio subscription can sees that search criteria on any
information is available. It is SiriusXM channel is met and will
possible that a radio station could receive SiriusXM programming.
offer the option to tune to that song
broadcast incorrect information that SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide or artist. Up to 10 artists and songs
causes the radio features to work variety of programming and can be saved in the TuneSelect list.
improperly. If this happens, contact commercial-free music, coast to
the radio station. coast, and in digital-quality sound. To store an Artist or Song:
When information is broadcast from See www.siriusxm.com or call 1. Touch Menu when the Artist or
the current FM station, the station 1-866-601-6296. Song is playing on SiriusXM.
name or call letters display on the 2. Select TuneSelect to access
audio screen. RDS can provide a the TuneSelect Menu.
7/18/16
SiriusXM Categories 4. Select or deselect any category

to be used while in the
SiriusXM stations are organized in
SiriusXM mode. A checkmark
categories.
will indicate that the category is
Adding or Removing XM selected.
Categories Touch Show All XM Categories to
restore all SiriusXM categories.
SiriusXM Channel Art
3. Select Save Alert for Artist SiriusXM provides updated category
Playing or Save Alert for Song background graphics and the radio
Playing. will automatically update the screen.
4. Touch OK to confirm. SiriusXM may send updated
category graphics to the vehicle.
To turn TuneSelect on or off: When this happens, the background
1. Touch Menu when in SiriusXM. graphics may appear to be incorrect
To customize which SiriusXM but the radio will update once all of
2. Select TuneSelect.
categories are used and displayed the graphics have been downloaded
3. Select Alerts Active to turn the in the system: from SiriusXM.
alerts on or off.
1. Press CONFIG on the center To turn SiriusXM channel graphics
To delete TuneSelect Alerts: stack or touch Config on the on or off:
1. Touch Menu when in SiriusXM. Home Page.
1. Press F on the centerstack to
2. Touch Manage TuneSelect. 2. Select Radio Settings from the go to the Home Page or touch
Settings Menu list. Home on the top bar of the
3. Touch Delete Alerts.
3. Select XM Categories. infotainment display.
4. Select the alert to delete.
2. Select XM on the Home Page.
5. Touch OK to confirm.
3. Touch Menu on the XM Now
Playing Screen.
7/18/16
4. Touch the XM Channel Art . Traffic flow information (rate of All Traffic Events : Touch to view a
option to turn on or off. speed data). Flow data may not list of reported traffic conditions for
be available in all markets. up to approximately 100 km (70 mi).
NavTraffic® (If Equipped) It could take some time to display
Traffic information is delivered to the
The navigation system may have a vehicle by SiriusXM radio satellites. the information received.
SiriusXM NavTraffic receiver. It is a SiriusXM NavTraffic provides The information is displayed with an
subscription service provided continuously updated traffic arrow and distance. The arrow
through SiriusXM Satellite Radio. information. indicates the distance is a straight
A service fee is required to receive line and the direction of the event
the SiriusXM NavTraffic service. SiriusXM NavTraffic currently
broadcasts the traffic information for from the vehicle's current position.
Real-time traffic information is
provided to fully integrate the many markets nationally. The Traffic Events on Route : Touch to
navigation system to display current service may be available in more display a list of reported traffic
traffic conditions for the chosen cities in the future. See conditions on the current route. The
route. See “Traffic Settings” later in www.xmnavtraffic.com for more icon is toned down if no route is
this section. details on local coverage. active.
A message displays to indicate the To access the traffic features, touch Traffic Settings : Touch to
SiriusXM NavTraffic subscription is Traffic from the Navigation Menu or customize traffic options.
not activated. map display.
SiriusXM Travel Link (If
If activated, traffic information Available)
displays:
The infotainment system may have
. Unscheduled traffic incident SiriusXM Travel Link®. It is a
data, such as accidents and subscription service provided
disabled vehicles. through SiriusXM Satellite radio.
. Scheduled traffic incident data, A service fee is required to receive
such as road construction and the SiriusXM Travel Link service.
road closures. When subscribed to SiriusXM Travel
Link, one or more services may be
available:
7/18/16

. Travel Link Fuel Pricing: distance represents the straight line If equipped with Navigation when
Detailed nationwide fuel pricing distance between the vehicle the fuel station is selected, see
information may be available. location and the fuel station. Destination 0 174 for more
. Travel Link Movie Listings: From the Home Page, touch Fuel. information of navigation routing
Detailed local movie theater The system will display a list of fuel features.
listings, start times, and ratings stations close to the vehicle. Allow up to five minutes after turning
may be available. Change the fuel information on the on the vehicle for the fuel
. Travel Link Weather: National display by touching the Fuel Menu information to appear.
and Local Weather gives current option to: SiriusXM Travel Link Movie
and forecasted weather. . Sort Fuel Stations By Price or By Listings
For more detailed information and Distance: The default sort When SiriusXM Travel Link
coverage details on SiriusXM Travel method is by distance. information is available, the Movie
Link see www.siriusxm.com. . Choose Fuel Type: The feature provides movie showtime
SiriusXM Travel Link Fuel Pricing available fuel types are Regular and theater information for movies
(unleaded), Mid-Range, close to the vehicle location.
When SiriusXM Travel Link Premium, and Diesel.
information is available, the system From the Home Page, touch
will display a list of fuel stations For more information on the fuel Movies. The system displays the
close to the vehicle location. The list station, select the fuel station name. Movie and Theater search page.
will include the fuel station name, The display will show the fuel To search movies:
direction, distance and price. The station name, address, phone
. Touch the Movie field to choose
list can be sorted by distance or number, distance, amenities, and
the last time the fuel price was a movie name.
price and there are four different
fuel types to choose from. As the updated. If a fuel station does not . Touch the Theater field to
vehicle is moving, a direction arrow appear in the list, it may be new or choose a specific theater.
and distance to fuel station will the price may not have been . Touch the Date field to choose
update. The arrow represents the updated in the past 24 hours. which date to search movies
direction to the gas station from the and/or theaters.
current vehicle position. The
7/18/16

. Touch Search to view a list of SiriusXM Travel Link Weather 5 Day Forecast
movies or theaters. SiriusXM Travel Link Weather uses Touch to show the extended 5 Day
When searching by movie, a list of the same sources that professional forecast.
movies will appear. When a movie is pilots and mariners rely on.
selected, a theater list will appear Forecast Along Route
with a direction arrow and distance. If a destination is set, weather
The direction and distance will conditions can be viewed for up to
update every 10 seconds as the three locations along the route:
vehicle is moving. The direction . Current vehicle position.
arrow represents the location of the
theater from the current vehicle . Midway point from current
location. The distance represents position to final destination.
the straight line distance between . Current weather condition of the
the current vehicle location and the destination city.
theater. From the Home Page, touch
Weather. The system displays the Nearby Ski Conditions
Movie details are available when a
movie is selected. Select the XM Weather Menu. Some options Touch to show the nearby weather
appropriate option to display more may only be available on vehicles conditions for sking.
information: equipped with navigation.
Location
. Cast and Synopsis 3 Hour / 6 Hour Forecast
Select this option to view weather
. Playtime The 3 Hour / 6 Hour Forecast page conditions around or in a specific
. shows the current weather condition city entered by name or selected
Rating (G, PG-13, R, etc.)
in the city of the vehicle's current from the map.
. Theater Name position.
. Showtimes Allow up to 15 minutes for the
Theater information includes current weather in the area to
address, phone number, distance, display.
and amenities.
7/18/16
Travel Link Messages that automatically works to reduce

No GPS Signal : Move the vehicle interference, some static can occur,
into a position that is visible to especially around tall buildings or
the sky. hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
Acquiring Signal : Radio is
downloading the activation AM
information or not receiving a good The range for most AM stations is
signal. Move the vehicle to open sky greater than for FM, especially at
The options available are: and restart the vehicle. night. The longer range can cause
. Around Current Position No SXM Signal : Reception is station frequencies to interfere with
blocked. Move the vehicle into each other. Static can occur when
. Around Destination things like storms and power lines
open sky.
. Select Weather Station interfere with radio reception. When
Radio Reception this happens, try reducing the treble
Current Weather Advisories on the radio.
From the XM Weather Menu, touch Frequency interference and static
Current Weather Advisories to can occur during normal radio SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
display any current weather reception if items such as cell phone Service
advisory warnings in effect near the chargers, vehicle convenience SiriusXM Satellite radio service
current position. accessories, and external electronic gives digital radio reception from
devices are plugged into the coast to coast in the 48 contiguous
Troubleshooting accessory power outlet. If there is United States, and in Canada. Just
SiriusXM Travel Link services use interference or static, unplug the as with FM, tall buildings or hills can
the SiriusXM® Satellite Signal and item from the accessory power interfere with satellite radio signals,
GPS Satellite Signal to provide this outlet. causing the sound to fade in and
feature. FM out. In addition, traveling or standing
When the vehicle is started, it can under heavy foliage, bridges,
FM signals only reach about 16 to
take up to five minutes for the radio 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
to receive the Travel Link services. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
7/18/16
garages, or tunnels may cause loss Quick Info 5-day Forecast : Displays the
of the SiriusXM signal for a period 5-day forecast for the weather
of time. station closest to the current
location. See “SiriusXM Travel Link
Cellular Phone Usage Weather” in Satellite Radio 0 141.
Cell phone usage, such as making Nearby Fuel Stations : Displays
or receiving phone calls, charging, fuel prices and distances for close
or having the phone on may cause fuel stations. See “SiriusXM Travel
static interference in the radio. Link Fuel Pricing” in Satellite
Unplug the phone or turn it off if this Radio 0 141.
happens.
Movie Showtimes : Displays a list
Quick Info gives access to quick of movies playing in the theaters
Multi-Band Antenna information on Audio playing, closest to the current location. See
The multi-band antenna is used for OnStar Turn-by-Turn (if equipped), “SiriusXM Travel Link Movie
OnStar, the SiriusXM Satellite Radio 5-day Forecast, Nearby Fuel Listings” in Satellite Radio 0 141.
Service System, and GPS (Global Stations, and Movie Showtimes.
Positioning System), if the vehicle To access, touch Quick Info on the Pandora Internet Radio
has these features. Keep the Home Page or press INFO on the
antenna clear of obstructions for center stack. Depending on the Pandora® is a free Internet radio
clear reception. system and if the options are service that streams personalized
available for that region, some radio stations based on artists,
If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is songs, genres, and comedians.
open, reception can also be options may be grayed out.
Create stations using the Pandora
affected. Audio Info : Displays information website or smartphone application,
on the current item playing. then use - (thumbs up) or }
OnStar Turn-by-Turn : Displays the (thumbs down) to personalize
next maneuver in a route. See stations. To set up an account, or for
OnStar® Destination more information, go to
Download 0 184.
7/18/16
www.pandora.com. Pandora may 0 165 or Bluetooth 0 198. For If nothing happens when the
not be available in Canada or first-time use, set up stations before available Pandora icon is touched,
Mexico. connecting to the vehicle. The download the latest Pandora
A phone or tablet with Internet Pandora icon will be available on application and retry.
connection and the Pandora the Home Page and the source Pandora will always be highlighted
application installed is required. pop-up displays if the latest on the Home Page when an iPhone,
Personal cell phone data plans are application is installed on the iPad, or iPod touch is connected
used. Make sure the latest version device. using the USB port. To use, log into
is installed on the device and the Using an iPhone, iPod touch, your account.
volume is turned up. or iPad If the “Please See Device” message
To install Pandora: 1. Plug the device into the USB is shown, the login screen may
. On an Android™ phone or port. The phone screen must display on the device.
Android Tablet, go to the Android be unlocked. If Pandora is shut down on the
Play Store, and search for 2. To launch, do one of the phone or another audio app is used,
Pandora. Install to the phone, following: Pandora may not start on the next
not to the SD card. ignition cycle. If iPod source is
. Launch the application on
. On a BlackBerry® phone, go to selected, it may show iPod and then
the device.
the BlackBerry App World™ and switch to Pandora.
. Touch Pandora on the
search for Pandora. Using an Android Phone
Home Page.
. On an iPhone®, iPad®, or iPod 1. Pair the Android phone using
touch®, go to the iTunes® Store . Press b / g and say Bluetooth.
and search for Pandora. “Pandora” or “Tune
Pandora.” 2. Use one of the following to
Launching Pandora launch:
. Accept any notifications on
Connect the iPhone, iPad, or iPod the device screen. . Launch the application on
touch to the USB port, or connect the device.
an Android or BlackBerry through To relaunch Pandora, press SRCE
on the center stack or press SRC on . Touch Pandora on the
Bluetooth. See Auxiliary Devices Home Page.
the steering wheel controls.
7/18/16
. Press b / g and say 2. Use one of the following to Pandora Menus

“Pandora” or “Tune launch:
Pandora.” . Launch the application on
After Pandora has been launched, the device.
press SRCE on the center stack or . Touch Pandora on the
press SRC on the steering wheel Home Page.
controls to access Pandora
features. . Press b / g and say
“Pandora” or “Tune
If nothing happens when the Pandora.”
available Pandora icon is touched,
download the latest Pandora After Pandora has been launched, Touch Menu on the Pandora
application and retry. press SRCE on the center stack or main page.
press SRC on the steering wheel Pandora has a menu system with
If the “Please See Device” message controls to access Pandora
is shown, the login screen may the following:
features.
display on the device. Shuffle : Touch to play the stations
If nothing happens when the in random order.
If the “Please Unlock the Phone or available Pandora icon is touched,
Restart the App and Try again” download the latest Pandora Touch a user-created station to play
message is shown, then the phone application and retry. from the displayed list.
may be locked. Unlock the phone,
close the app, and then restart the If the “Please See Device” message Pandora Features
app to ensure proper is shown, the login screen may Pandora has features to rate tracks,
communication. display on the device. skip tracks, or change stations.
Using a BlackBerry Phone If the “Please Unlock the Phone or
Restart the App and Try again”
The phone must be unlocked. To message is shown, then your phone
launch Pandora service: may be locked. Unlock the phone,
1. Pair the BlackBerry phone close the app, then restart the app
using Bluetooth. to ensure proper communication.
7/18/16
J : Touch J on the infotainment Switching Between Pandora and

display to pause playback. Touch Stitcher
again to resume. To switch between Pandora and
Tuning Pandora Stations : When Stitcher, press the application icon
on the iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad.
Pandora is playing, use b / g on
This is not required for Android
the steering wheel to tune to any
devices. See Stitcher Internet
Pandora station on the device.
Radio 0 152.
} : Touch while playing a track to 1. Press b / g on the steering Pandora Troubleshooting
bookmark either the track or the wheel.
artist. Bookmarks are viewable on Unable to Connect Device to
2. Say “Tune Pandora <Classic
www.pandora.com. Vehicle
Rock> Radio.”
} : When touched, Pandora stores If the device is unable to connect to
Pandora voice control will not work
the information, changes to the next the USB or Bluetooth:
until Pandora is launched the first
track, and does not play the track on time during that ignition cycle. 1. Turn the vehicle off.
this station again. This helps
Pandora choose which tracks Pandora Skip Limit 2. Remove the key from the
should not play on this station. This ignition.
Pandora limits the number of skips
feature is only available on user allowed on their service. When the 3. Open and close the driver door,
created stations. skip limit is reached, } will not skip wait about 30 seconds, and try
- : When touched, Pandora stores to connect the device again.
the currently playing track, but }
this information and - is feedback will be recorded. Unable to Start Pandora
highlighted for the remainder of the If the device is unable to launch
track. This helps Pandora choose Pandora Advertisement
Pandora:
which tracks should play on this Pandora may display
station. advertisements. Artist name and . Check that the latest version of
track title will not display and the Pandora is installed.
d : When touched, Pandora
changes to the next track. skip track option is not available.
7/18/16

. Check that there is an active Loss of Audio If the connection is lost between the
account logged into Pandora. Loss of Pandora audio can happen application and device, a message
. Have at least one station in different ways: “Please Unlock the Phone or
created. Restart the App and Try again” will
. Weak or lost data connection. display. Touch OK to retry.
. For Android and BlackBerry . Device needs to be charged. If touching OK does not clear the
devices, check that the device is
paired with the vehicle, and the . Application needs to be issue on the phone, see "Please
Bluetooth icon on the display is relaunched. Unlock the Phone or Restart the
highlighted. App and Try again” under "Common
. Connection between phone and Pandora Messages" following.
. For iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad radio lost.
devices, check that the USB Common Pandora Messages
. If any iPhone, iPod touch,
cable is connected to the USB or iPad is connected to Please See Device : When not
port and the screen is unlocked. Bluetooth and the dock logged in or when authentication
. Close Pandora on the device connector, go to the Airplay icon failed, see the device. Touch OK to
and launch again. Devices that on the device and select dock continue.
allow multitasking may require connector or disconnect and Paused or Audio Paused :
an extra step to quit the Pandora reconnect the dock connector on Playback is paused on the radio or
application. See the cell phone the device.
on the device. Touch J or play on
manufacturer's user guide. . The volume is too low. Turn up the device.
Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down the volume on the device.
No Stations Found : Logged in but
Error . The battery saver and task no stations have been created.
If there is an error trying to rate a manager applications on the Touch OK to continue.
phone can cause Pandora to
track with the } or - icons, an Please Unlock the Phone or
function incorrectly. Remove
error message will display. Touch those apps from the phone or Restart the App and Try again :
OK to retry. remove Pandora and Bluetooth Communication failure between the
from the task lists. radio and the phone application,
or the device is locked.
7/18/16
Devices that allow multitasking may data plans are used. Make sure the Using the iPhone, iPod touch,
require an extra step to quit the latest version is installed on the or an iPad
Pandora application. Close Pandora device and the volume on the 1. Plug the device into the USB
on the device and launch again. device is turned up. port. The phone screen must
Unlock the phone and check that BlackBerry phones are not be unlocked.
the Home Page shows on the supported for this application. 2. Use one of the following to
phone/device. To install Stitcher: launch :
See the cell phone manufacturer's . On an Android phone or Tablet . Press the application on the
user guide. with Internet connection, go to device.
See www.pandora.com/help for the Android Play Store, search . Touch Stitcher on the
more information. If the service will for Stitcher, and install to the Home Page.
not work, see your dealer for phone, not to the SD card.
assistance. . On an iPhone, iPad, or iPod . Press b / g and say
touch, go to the iTunes Store “Stitcher” or “Tune Stitcher.”
Stitcher Internet Radio and search for Stitcher. . Accept any notifications on
Stitcher SmartRadio® is an Internet Launching Stitcher
the device screen.
radio service that streams news, 3. If Stitcher does not begin
sports, and entertainment shows Connect the iPhone, iPad, or iPod
playing, select a category and
through the audio system. Create touch to the USB port, or connect
then a station.
personalized, on-demand stations or Android through Bluetooth. See
use Stitcher's preset stations. To set Auxiliary Devices 0 165 or Bluetooth After Stitcher has been launched,
up an account, download the 0 198. For first-time use, set up the press SRCE on the center stack or
application from the Android Market stations before connecting to the press SRC on the steering wheel
or iTunes Store, or go to vehicle. The Stitcher icon will be controls to access Stitcher features.
www.stitcher.com. available on the Home Page and If nothing happens when the
source pop-up displays if the latest available Stitcher icon is touched,
A phone or tablet with Internet application is installed on the
connection is required for this download the latest Stitcher
device. application and retry.
application. Personal cell phone
7/18/16
Stitcher will always be highlighted 3. If Stitcher does not begin Stitcher Menus
on the Home Page when an iPhone, playing, select a category and
iPad, or iPod touch is connected then a station.
using the USB port. To use, log into After Stitcher has been launched,
your account. press SRCE on the center stack or
If the “Please See Device” message press SRC on the steering wheel
is shown, the login screen may controls to access Stitcher features.
display on the device. If nothing happens when the
If the “Please Unlock the Phone or available Stitcher icon is touched,
Restart the App and Try again” download the latest Stitcher
message is shown, then the phone application and retry. Touch Menu on the Stitcher
may be locked. Unlock the phone, If the “Please See Device” message main page.
close the app, then restart the app is shown, the login screen may Stitcher has a menu system with the
and make sure the home page is display on the device. following:
visible on the phone/device.
If the “Please Unlock the Phone or My On Demand Stations : Displays
Using an Android Phone Restart the App and Try again” a list of favorite stations and shows.
1. Pair the Android phone using message is shown, then your phone
Select and store programs as
Bluetooth. may be locked. Unlock the phone,
favorites on the device. Favorite
close the app, then restart the app
2. Use one of the following to station lists can be created to
to ensure proper communication.
launch: include favorite shows which can be
. Press the application on the accessed through My On Demand
Stations.
device.
. Touch Stitcher on the Stitcher Station Categories :
Displays categories by topic.
Home Page.
When a category then sub-category
. Press b / g and say is selected, the radio will start
“Stitcher” or “Tune Stitcher.” playing the first program in that
sub-category.
7/18/16
Turn the Z knob to display the - : When touched, Stitcher stores Stitcher Troubleshooting
first 24 stations of that sub-category. this information and - is Unable to Connect Device to
Current Station Playlist : While highlighted for the remainder of the Vehicle
listening to a show, turn the Z show. This helps Stitcher provide a
personalized listening experience. If the device is unable to connect to
knob to display the menu list of the USB or Bluetooth:
shows available for the current d : When touched, Stitcher 1. Turn the vehicle off.
station. changes to the next show.
J : Touch on the center stack to 2. Remove the key from the
Stitcher Features ignition.
pause playback. Touch again to
Stitcher service has features to rate resume. 3. Open and close the driver door,
or skip shows, or change stations. wait about 30 seconds, and try
Stitcher Advertisement to connect the device again.
Stitcher may display The battery saver and task manager
advertisements. Artist name and title applications on the phone can
may not display and the skip track cause Stitcher to function
option is not available. incorrectly. Remove those apps
Switching Between Pandora and from the phone or remove Stitcher
Stitcher and Bluetooth from the task lists.
To switch between Pandora and Unable to Start Stitcher
Stitcher, press the application icon
q : When touched, the current on the iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad.
If the device is unable to launch
show is added to the favorites Stitcher:
This is not required for Android
station. devices. See Pandora Internet . Check that the latest version of
} : When touched, Stitcher Radio 0 147. Stitcher is installed.
changes to the next show. This . Check that there is an active
helps Stitcher provide a account logged into Stitcher.
personalized listening experience.
7/18/16

. For Android devices, check that connector, go to the Airplay icon Please See Device : When the user
the device is paired with the on the device and select dock is not logged in or when
vehicle, and the Bluetooth icon connector or disconnect and authentication failed, see the
on the display is highlighted. reconnect the dock connector on device. Touch OK to continue.
. For iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad the device. Disconnect the phone from the radio
devices, check that the USB . The volume is too low. Turn up and follow the Stitcher account login
cable is connected to the USB the volume on the device. process on the phone.
port and the screen is unlocked If the connection is lost between the No Stations Found : The user is
and the Home Page is showing. application and device, a message logged in but no stations have been
. Close Stitcher on the device and “Please Unlock the Phone or created. Touch OK to continue.
launch again. Devices that allow Restart the App and Try again” will Please Choose a New Station :
multitasking may require an display. Touch OK to retry. The end of the station has been
extra step to quit the Stitcher If touching OK does not clear the reached and there is no more
application. See the cell phone issue, see “Please Unlock the content to play. Select a new station
manufacturer's user guide. Phone or Restart the App and Try through the Stitcher menu.
Loss of Audio again” under “Common Stitcher Please Unlock the Phone or
Messages” following. Restart the App and Try again :
Loss of Stitcher audio can happen Communication failure between the
due to: Common Stitcher Messages radio and the phone application or
. Weak or lost data connection. Please Try Again Later : A general the device is locked.
. Device needs to be charged. error has occurred. A data See www.stitcher.com/help for more
connection may be unavailable due information. If the service will not
. Application needs to be to a weak or lost signal or the
relaunched. work, send an email to
Stitcher service being temporarily feedback@stitcher.com or see your
. Connection between phone and down. Touch OK to continue. dealer.
radio is lost. Paused or Audio Paused :
. If any iPhone, iPod touch, Playback is paused on the radio or
or iPad is connected to on the device. Touch J or play on
Bluetooth and the dock the device.
7/18/16
Pictures 3. A list displays. Select a picture Timer, and Shuffle Images display
to view. as options for configuring the view
Pictures can only be viewed using of images stored in the system.
USB devices. If pictures are on an
SD card, transfer to a USB device If the displayed picture screen is not
or use a USB-SD adapter. used within six seconds, the upper
A maximum 5Mb uncompressed and lower bar options will disappear.
photo size is supported, however to Touch-tap the screen to re-display
achieve this, use a 4 Megapixel or the upper and lower bar.
lower resolution camera setting.
Only jpeg, bmp, gif, and png files
are supported.
1. Touch Pictures on the 4. Once a picture displays, the
Home Page. following options are available:
2. The system does a search to Info : Touch to turn file name
find the picture folders. information on or off.
A “Please wait” message
displays until the search is
S : Touch to display a previous
picture if not in slide show mode.
finished.
r : Touch to toggle between slide
show mode and manual mode.
T : Touch to display a next picture if
not in slide show mode.
E : Touch to manually rotate a
picture 90 degrees
counterclockwise.
Menu : Touch to open the Picture
Viewer Settings screen. Slide
Picture Viewer Main, Slideshow
7/18/16
Audio Players method of recording, the quality of

the music recorded, or how the disc
2. Insert a disc into the slot, right
side up. The player pulls it in
has been handled. the rest of the way. If the disc
Avoiding Untrusted Media is damaged or improperly
There may be increased skipping,
Devices difficulty reading recorded tracks, loaded, there is an error and
finding tracks, and/or loading and the disc ejects.
When using media devices such as
CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs®, SD ejecting. If these problems occur, The disc automatically plays once
cards, USB devices, and mobile check the disc for damage or try a loaded.
devices, consider the source. known good disc.
Untrusted media devices could Press Z to eject a disc from the
To avoid damage to the CD player: CD player. If the disc is not removed
contain files that affect system
operation or performance. Avoid use . Do not use scratched or within a short period of time, it is
if the content or origin cannot be damaged discs. automatically pulled back into the
trusted. player.
. Do not apply labels to discs. The
labels could get caught in the Playing an Audio CD
CD Player player.
The CD player is capable of playing: . Insert only one disc at a time.
. Most audio CDs . Keep the loading slot free of
. CD-R foreign materials, liquids, and
debris.
. CD-RW
. Use a marking pen to label the
. MP3, unprotected WMA, and top of the disc.
AAC formats
Loading and Ejecting Discs
When playing any compatible
To load a disc: 1. Touch CD on the Home Page
recordable disc, the sound quality
or select CD from the source
may be reduced due to the disc, the 1. Turn the vehicle on. pop-up to display the CD
main page.
7/18/16
For vehicles without navigation, ¨\: . The air is very humid. Try the
press CD on the center stack disc again later.
to access the CD main page. . Press to seek to the next track.
. There was a problem while
2. Touch the Menu icon to display . Press and hold to fast forward burning the disc.
the menu options. through a track. Release to
return to playing speed. Elapsed . The label is caught in the CD
3. Touch to select the option. time displays. player.
On the CD main page, the track Z Knob : Turn to the right or If the CD is not playing correctly, try
number displays and the Song, left to select the next or previous a known good CD.
Artist, and Album information track. Press the outer ring of this If any error continues, contact your
displays when available. knob to select from the list. If a track dealer.
Use the following radio controls to is selected from the menu, the
play the disc: system plays the track and returns MP3
to the CD screen.
J : Use to pause or resume play. Playing an MP3 CD
Error Messages
s©: To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc instructions as “Playing an
. Press to seek to the beginning of comes out, it could be due to:
the current or previous track. Audio CD”.
. The disc has an invalid or
If the track has been playing for The following guidelines must be
less than five seconds, it seeks unknown format. met when creating an MP3 disc,
to the previous track. If longer . The disc is very hot. Try the disc otherwise the CD might not play:
than five seconds, the current again when the temperature . Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
track starts from the beginning. returns to normal. 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
. Press and hold to fast reverse . The road is very rough. Try the 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
through a track. Release to disc again when the road is . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
return to playing speed. Elapsed smoother. 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
time displays. . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
or upside down. and 320 kbps.
7/18/16

. Maximum number of folders: Artists : Touch to view the list of Root Directory
eight folders with 255 files per artists stored on the disc. Select an The root directory is treated as a
folder. artist name to view a list of all songs folder. All files contained directly
. Maximum of 1,000 files on by the artist. There might be a delay under the root directory are
a disc. before the list displays. Select a accessed prior to any root directory
song from the list to begin playback. folders.
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW.
Albums : Touch to view the albums
. The Artist/Album/Song Titles/ on the disc. Select the album to Empty Folders
Genre information requires a CD view a list of all songs on the album. If a root directory or folder is empty
to be fully scanned before the There might be a delay before the or contains only folders, the player
music navigator works with list displays. Select a song from the advances to the next folder in the
these menus. list to begin playback. file structure that contains a
MP3 Music Menu Song Titles : Touch to display a list compressed audio file. The empty
of all songs on the disc. Songs are folder(s) are not displayed or
Touch Menu on the infotainment numbered.
display while that source is active to displayed as stored on the disc.
access the menu. There might be a delay before the No Folder
list displays. To begin playback,
Touch any of the following options When the CD only contains
select a song from the list.
on the MP3 Menu: compressed audio files without any
Genres : Touch to view the genres. folders or playlists, all files are
Shuffle Songs : Touch to play the Select a genre to view a list of all under the root folder.
tracks randomly. Touch again to songs of that genre. Select a song
stop shuffle. from the list to begin playback. File System and Naming
Play Lists : Touch to view the Folders : Touch to open a folder list The song titles, artists, albums, and
playlists stored on the disc. Select a to access the files within the folder genres are taken from the file's ID3
playlist to view the list of all songs in structure. tag and are only displayed if present
that playlist. There might be a delay in the tag. If a song title is not
before the list displays. Select a present in the ID3 tag, the radio
song from the list to begin playback. displays the file name as the
track name.
7/18/16
Preprogrammed Playlists Gracenote® media library; normalization will

The radio recognizes group all those into one rock genre.
Gracenote technology embedded
preprogrammed playlists; however, Normalization default is off.
into the radio helps manage and
there is no editing capability. These navigate the USB device music
playlists are treated as special collection. When a USB device is
folders containing compressed connected to the radio, Gracenote
audio song files. identifies the music collection and
delivers the correct album, artist
USB name, genres, and cover art on the
screen. If information is missing,
Playing from a USB Gracenote will fill it in.
A USB mass storage or Certified Searching Music Library Using
Windows Vista®/Media Transfer Voice Recognition To turn Normalization On:
Protocol (MTP) device can be
connected to the USB port. Voice Recognition : Gracenote 1. Press CONFIG on the center
improves music search and stack or touch Config on the
If equipped, the USB port is in the navigation by identifying bands, Home Page.
center console. artists, and albums names that may
be hard to pronounce, irregular 2. Touch Radio Settings, then
The USB icon displays when the
spellings, and nicknames as voice touch Gracenote Options.
USB device is connected.
commands to access music. See 3. Touch Normalization to turn on
USB Media Formats Voice Recognition 0 192. or off.
The USB port will support the Normalization : If equipped, Cover Art
following media formats: normalization helps to improve the
The Gracenote embedded database
. MP3 voice recognition accuracy for titles
contains cover art or album art
that sound similar. It also helps
. Unprotected WMA information for the music on the
group long lists of genres into 10
. USB device. If the music is
Unprotected AAC common genres. For example, there
recognized by Gracenote and does
may be multiple rock genres in the
Other formats may be supported. have cover art, Gracenote will use
7/18/16
the cover art found in the embedded menu. Voice recognition music will . File systems supported: FAT32,
database and display it on the radio. not be available until the radio has NTFS, Linux, and HFS+.
User predefined cover art will completed indexing the device. . The following restrictions apply
always be used first. If no cover art Devices with more music may take for the data stored on a USB
is found, Gracenote will use generic longer to index. The device will MP3 player or USB device:
genre graphics or images of artists. index when plugged into the radio
for the first time. When Indexing is ‐ Maximum folder structure
More Like This removed from the screen, the radio depth: 8 levels.
The Gracenote database contains is ready to support music search. ‐ Maximum number of MP3/
attributes for music, such as genre, On the next connection or ignition WMA files that can be
era of music, region, artist type, cycle, Indexing will show briefly on displayed: 10,000.
mood, etc. Use this to create a the screen. The radio is searching
playlist of up to 30 songs "more for changes to the device and ‐ Playlist entries must be in the
like" the currently playing song. This preparing the music list. If there are form of relative paths.
playlist will be stored in the Playlist no changes, the voice recognition ‐ The system attribute for
Menu when the device is music search will be available. The folders/files that contain audio
reconnected. If songs are removed radio will index and store two data must not be set.
from the device, the system will skip devices with up to 10,000 songs on
over those songs and play the next each device. To play a USB device, do one of the
available song. following:
USB MP3 Players and USB Drives . Connect the USB and it begins
Use the infotainment display or
. The USB MP3 players and USB to play.
voice recognition to create a More
Like This Play List. See “Voice devices connected must comply . Touch Now Playing on the
Recognition Commands” in Voice with the USB Mass Storage Home Page.
Recognition 0 192. Class specification (USB MSC).
. Press SRCE to scroll until the
. Hard disk drives are not
Gracenote Indexing USB source screen is available.
supported.
While Gracenote is indexing, For vehicles without navigation,
. The radio will not be able to play
infotainment features are available press AUX on the center stack.
back write-protected music.
including selecting music from the
7/18/16
. Press b / g on the steering J : Touch to start, pause, Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks
wheel controls to play CD, Artist, or resume play of the current media randomly. Touch again to stop
Album, Song Title, or Song source. shuffle.
Genre. See Voice Play More Like This : Touch to
Recognition 0 192. s©: automatically create a playlist of
The following playlist formats are . Touch to seek to the beginning songs that are like the song
supported: of the current or previous track. currently playing.
If the track has been playing for The radio will show Playlist Creation
. M3U (Standard and Extended)
less than five seconds, the Succeeded and continue playing the
. iTunes previous track plays. If playing current song.
. longer than five seconds, the
PLS (Standard) Playlist Creation Failed may appear
current track restarts.
. WAX if a song is not found in the
. Touch and hold to reverse Gracenote Database.
. ASX quickly through playback.
Release to return to playing Delete Automatic Playlist : Touch
. RMP
speed. Elapsed time displays. to delete a More Like This playlist.
The radio supports plugging a cell Folders : Touch to open a folder list
phone in as a USB device as long ¨\: to access the files within the folder
as the cell phone supports USB structure.
. Touch to seek to the next track.
mass storage class or has USB disc
drive support enabled. . Touch and hold to advance Playlists:
While the USB source is active, use quickly through playback. 1. Touch to view the playlists on
the following to operate USB Release to return to playing the USB.
function: speed. Elapsed time displays.
2. Select a playlist to view the list
Z Knob : Turn to scroll through USB Menu of all songs in that playlist.
the list. Turn quickly to fast scroll The following are available through 3. Select a song from the list to
alphabetically through large lists. the USB Menu: begin playback.
7/18/16
Artists: 2. Songs are displayed as they . When connecting an iPod on

1. Touch to view the list of artists are stored on the disc. To begin which a more recent version of
on the USB. playback, select a song from the firmware is installed than is
the list. supported by the infotainment
2. Select an artist name to view a system.
list of all albums by the artist. File System and Naming
. When connecting an iPod on
3. To select a song, touch Songs The songs, artists, albums, and which firmware from other
List or touch an album and genres are taken from the file’s providers is installed.
then select a song from the list. song information and are only
displayed if present. The radio To connect an iPod:
Albums: displays the file name as the track 1. Connect one end of the
1. Touch to view the albums on name if the song information is not standard iPod USB cable to the
the USB. available. iPod's dock connector.
2. Select the album to view a list Playing from an iPod® 2. Connect the other end to the
of all songs on the album. This feature supports the following USB port in the center console.
3. Select a song from the list to iPod models: iPod music information displays on
begin playback. . iPod classic® (6th generation) the radio’s display and begins
playing through the vehicle’s audio
Genres: . iPod nano® (3G, 4G, 5G, 6G, system.
1. Touch to view the genres on and 7G)
The iPod battery recharges
the USB. . iPod touch® (1G, 2G, 3G, 4G, automatically while the vehicle is on.
2. Select a genre to view a list of 5G, and 6G) The iPod shuts off and stops
all songs of that genre. There may be problems with the charging when the vehicle is
3. Select a song from the list to operation and function in the shut off.
begin playback. following situations: If the iPod is an unsupported model,
it can still be listened to in the
Songs:
vehicle by connecting to the
1. Touch to display a list of all auxiliary input jack using a standard
songs on the USB. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.
7/18/16
iPod Menu 2. The radio will show Playlist 2. Select an album name to view
Creation Succeeded and a list of all songs on the album
continue playing the or select Songs List to view all
current song. songs on the iPod.
Delete Automatic Playlist : Touch 3. Select the song from the list to
to delete a More Like This playlist. begin playback.
Playlists: Genres:
1. Touch to view the playlists on 1. Touch to view the genres on
the iPod. the iPod.
Use the iPod Menu to select: 2. Select a playlist name to view 2. Select a genre name to view a
a list of all songs in the playlist. list of artists of that genre.
Shuffle : Touch to play the tracks
randomly. Touch again to stop 3. Select the song from the list to 3. Select an artist to view all
shuffle. begin playback. albums of that genre.
Play More Like This : Allows the Artists: 4. Select Album to view songs.
radio to create playlists with songs/ 5. Select the song from the list to
1. Touch to view the artists on
tracks that are similar to what is begin playback.
the iPod.
being listened to. The radio will
create a playlist with up to 30 similar 2. Select an artist name to view a Songs:
songs. The playlist will appear in the list of all albums with songs by 1. Touch to view a list of all songs
Playlist category of the menu for the artist. on the iPod.
future listening. 3. Select an album. 2. Select the song from the list to
1. Touch to automatically create a 4. Select the song from the list to begin playback.
playlist of songs that are similar begin playback.
to the song currently playing. Podcasts:
Albums: 1. Touch to view the podcasts on
1. Touch to view the albums on the iPod.
the iPod.
7/18/16
2. Select a podcast name to Album,” “Play Song,” or “Play 3. Touch Software

begin playback. Genre.” See Voice Versions Menu.
Recognition 0 192. 4. Touch Clear and Reset Radio.
Composers:
1. Touch to view the composers iPhone, iPod touch, and iPad 5. Touch Yes.
on the iPod. Troubleshooting
Pair the phone again and the device
2. Select the composer to view a When an iPhone, iPod touch, will have to index again.
list of songs by that composer. or iPad is connected through USB
and Bluetooth, the audio may not be Bluetooth Audio and Voice
3. Select a song from the list to heard when the iPod source on the Recognition
begin playback. radio is selected. If a phone call is See Bluetooth Audio 0 166 and
Audio Books: received while listening to the iPod Voice Recognition 0 192 for
source and there is no audio for the information on using voice
1. Touch to view the audio books iPod after the source, then go to the recognition with Bluetooth audio.
on the iPod. Airplay icon on the device and
select dock connector or disconnect Make sure all devices have the
2. Select the audio book from the latest software downloaded.
list to begin playback. and reconnect the dock connector
on the device.
Playing from an iPhone
Some functionality may differ based
Auxiliary Devices
or iPad® on operating system version on If equipped, this vehicle has an
This feature supports the following device. auxiliary input jack in the center
iPhone or iPad models: console. Possible auxiliary audio
USB Troubleshooting sources include:
. iPhone® (2G, 3G, 3GS, 4, 4S, 5,
6, and 6 plus) If the device is not being recognized . Laptop computer
or the music is missing screen
. iPad® (1G, 2G) information, restore the radio . MP3 player
Follow the same instructions as defaults: . Tape player
stated earlier for using an iPod. To 1. Touch Config.
use voice recognition to play music,
say “Play USB,” “Play Artist,” “Play 2. Touch Radio Settings.
7/18/16
This jack is not an audio output. Do Bluetooth Audio The music can be controlled by
not plug headphones into the either the infotainment controls or
auxiliary input jack. Set up any If equipped, music may be played the controls on the device.
auxiliary device while the vehicle is from a paired Bluetooth device. See
“Pairing a Phone/Device” under When a phone is connected to the
in P (Park). system through Bluetooth Audio, the
Bluetooth 0 198.
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable phone notifications and sounds may
from the auxiliary device to the To play music through a Bluetooth not be heard on the phone until
auxiliary input jack. When a device device: Bluetooth is disconnected.
is connected, the system 1. Power on the device, pair, and Notification features may vary based
automatically begins playing audio connect the device. on the phone. Check the phone
from the device over the vehicle manufacturer’s information for
speakers. 2. Music can be launched by notification support.
doing one of the following:
If an auxiliary device has already Bluetooth Audio Menu
. Touch Bluetooth on the
been connected, but a different
source is currently active, do one of Home Page. Touch Menu while sourced to
the following: . Press SRCE until Bluetooth Bluetooth Audio and the following
may display:
. Press SRCE to scroll all of the Audio is selected.
available audio source screens, Shuffle : Press the outer ring of the
For vehicles without
until the AUX source display is navigation, press AUX on
Z knob to turn shuffle on or off.
selected. Not all devices support the shuffle
the center stack until
Bluetooth Audio is selected. feature.
For vehicles without navigation,
press AUX on the center stack. . When selecting Bluetooth audio, the
Press SRC on the steering
Bluetooth device internal music
. Say “Play Front AUX” using wheel controls until
player may not open depending on
voice recognition to play the Bluetooth Audio is selected.
See Steering Wheel the status of the device. All devices
auxiliary device. See Voice launch and play back audio
Recognition 0 192. Controls 0 132.
differently. Make sure the correct
. . Use voice recognition. See audio source is playing on the
Touch AUX on the Home Page.
Voice Recognition 0 192. device for Bluetooth audio playback
7/18/16
on the radio. When the vehicle is For iPhone/iPod touch and iPad OnStar System
not moving, use the device to begin devices, Bluetooth Audio will not
playback. work if the device is connected OnStar® with 4G LTE
When selecting Bluetooth audio as through the USB and Bluetooth at
a source, the radio may source to the same time.
the Bluetooth Audio Paused option As new devices are introduced, see
with no audio playing. Press play on Software Updates 0 137.
the device or touch J to begin
playback. This may happen
depending on how the device
communicates over Bluetooth. If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up
Some phones support sending to seven devices, such as
Bluetooth music information to smartphones, tablets, and laptops,
display on the radio. When the radio can be connected to high-speed
receives this information, it will Internet through the vehicle’s built-in
check to see if any album art is Wi-Fi hotspot.
available and display it. Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
When playing music on the radio (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an
from a Bluetooth device, make sure OnStar Advisor for assistance. See
the Bluetooth device is unlocked www.onstar.com for a detailed
and the intended music application instruction guide, vehicle availability,
is showing on the home screen. details, and system limitations.
7/18/16
Services and apps vary by make, Navigation

model, year, carrier, availability, and
conditions. 4G LTE service is
available in select markets. 4G LTE Using the Navigation
performance is based on industry System
averages and vehicle systems
design. Some services require a
data plan.
The Menu option at the bottom right

side of the display accesses the
Navigation Menu.
The touch-sensitive features
available are:
Press NAVI on the center stack or
touch Navigation on the Home Page
to access the navigation map.
Press NAVI again to change
between alternative views of the
normal split and full map views.
Destination Entry/Route Menu

Touch to enter the Destination Entry
display where a destination can be
entered when guidance is inactive.
7/18/16
Touch to enter Route Menu to Map Modes Map Settings

modify the current route, cancel a
destination, or add a waypoint when
guidance is active.
Heading Indicator
Touch to change the view of the Touch Map Settings to display the
maps while using the navigation Map Display option. Touch Map
function. The system offers a variety Display to select one of the
of full and split views. Some views available features:
are only selectable when route . Automatic
Touch Heading Indicator to display guidance is active.
the Map View. There are three . Day
indicator settings:
. Night
. 2D North Up: Displays North at
the top of the map screen See Configure Menu 0 185.
regardless of the direction the Select Speed Limits to toggle the
vehicle is traveling. speed limit display on or off.
. 2D Heading Up: Displays the
direction the vehicle is traveling. Another way to change the view of
The shaded triangle icon points the maps is to touch the map
North. mode icon.
. 3D Heading Up: Is the same as
2D Heading Up, but the map is
in 3D.
7/18/16
Traffic Show POIs POIs Along Route

Touch to display a search list of
POIs that lie along or near the route
to the destination. Select the
desired POI.
Exit List
Touch to display a list of the next
three highway exits if available.
Select an exit to display a list of
POIs associated with that exit that
Touch Traffic to display the Traffic Touch to customize which major
can be routed.
Menu. Touch one of the options: POI categories are displayed on
. All Traffic Events: View all the map. Switch Route Time/Destination
reported traffic events while on Nearby POIs Touch to customize the arrival/travel
or off a planned route. time and waypoint/destination
. Traffic Events on Route: View information displayed in the main
traffic events while on a planned map screen.
route. Current Position Info
. Traffic Settings: Customize traffic Touch to display a split screen
options. This feature can also be showing detailed information about
accessed by touching the traffic the vehicle position. This feature
light icon at the left lower side of can also be accessed by touching
the map screen. See Configure the vehicle information tab on the
Menu 0 185. Touch to display a search list of lower center of the display. The
nearby POIs. Select the location can be saved to the
desired POI. Address Book by touching Save in
the split screen.
7/18/16
Destination Position Info . Touch the Map Scale + or − . Touch and hold the screen in
Touch to display a split map screen icons on the lower corners of the any direction outside the scroll
showing the final destination. map screen or the different symbol to scroll the map in that
zoom indications to change the direction.
Map Adjustments zoom level. . Scroll speed increases when
The system lets you adjust the scale The map scale bar times out if touching closer to the edge of
of view on the map. Also, as you the zoom level is not changed the screen.
drive, the map scrolls automatically within a few seconds. . Press NAVI or BACK on the
based on the direction of travel. The scale can be configured for center stack to exit map scrolling
Map Scales English or metric units. To change and return to the current vehicle
from English to metric, see Driver location on the map.
Information Center (DIC) 0 110.
Scroll Features
Touch the cycling arrows at the top

of the map screen to toggle from the
There are two ways to change the normal top bar (Back, Home, and
. To scroll within the map, touch Fav) to the audio information bar.
map scale:
anywhere on the map screen
. Turn the Z knob clockwise and the scroll symbol displays.
or counterclockwise to zoom out . Tap the map to center at that
or in. location on the screen.
7/18/16
Maps gas stations, tourist attractions, and

historical monuments. The map
database may not include data for
newly constructed areas, map
database corrections, or long term
construction projects. The
navigation system provides full The destination symbol marks the
route guidance in the detailed map final destination after a route has
areas. been planned.
Navigation Symbols
This section includes basic Following are the most common
information about the map symbols that appear on a map
database. screen.
The maps are stored in an internal
flash memory that is used in the
navigation system. The waypoint symbol marks one or
more set waypoints.
Detailed Areas
A waypoint is a stopover destination
Road network attributes are point added to the planned route.
contained in the map database for
detailed areas. Attributes include The vehicle symbol indicates the The estimated time and distance to
information such as street names, current position and heading the destination are displayed.
street addresses, and turn direction of the vehicle on the map.
restrictions. A detailed area includes
all major highways, service roads,
and residential roads. The detailed
areas include points of interest
(POIs) such as restaurants, airports,
banks, hospitals, police stations,
7/18/16
Select this screen symbol to change The No GPS symbol appears when
the view to Heading up or 3D. there is no Global Positioning
System (GPS) satellite signal.
This symbol indicates that the map

view is Heading up. This symbol at the bottom of a map
Heading up view displays the screen changes the current map
If waypoints have been added to the direction the vehicle is traveling at mode screen.
current route, each waypoint the top of the map screen. The
destination displays estimated time shaded triangle indicates North.
and distance.
Touch this screen symbol to change
to 3D mode.
The 3D symbol is the same as the
Heading up symbol, but the map is
in 3D. This symbol on the right of the map
screen displays the speed limit
while on a route. The speed limit
This symbol indicates that the map may not be accurate due to
view is North up. North up displays changes from the Department of
North at the top of the map screen Transportation, the local
regardless of the direction the municipalities, or older map data.
vehicle is traveling. Always follow the posted speed limit
on the road.
7/18/16
Driving on a Route Destination ABC or QWERTY : Touch to toggle

between ABC or QWERTY
Urgent Maneuver Alert keyboard character layouts.
The system will give an indication ÄÖ : Touch to access an alternate
that the next maneuver is close. language keyboard.
Sym : Use to select symbols.
Space : Use to enter a space
between characters or the words of
a name.
Delete : Touch to delete an
If route guidance is not active, touch incorrect character that has been
Destination on the Home Page to selected.
access Destination Entry. Several
Driving on a Highway options can be selected to plan a Last 5 : Touch to select any of the
route by entering destinations. last five cities or street names
Some destination entry items such entered if available.
as Previous Destinations, Address Address Entry
Book, and My Home may be grayed
out if no destination was previously
entered or saved.
Alpha-Numeric Keyboard
Letters of the alphabet, symbols,
Driving on a Residential Road punctuation, and numbers, when
available, display on the navigation Touch Address to display Address
screen as alpha/numeric keyboards. Entry. Set a route by entering the
The alpha keyboard displays when state name, city name, street name,
data needs to be entered. house number, and intersection.
7/18/16
If no state has been entered Junction : Enter a street name that

previously, the city and state fields intersects with the selected street.
are not available. Touch display at To enter the city name first:
the right of the city name to select a
state. 1. Enter the city name.
If the state was previously set and is 2. Enter the street name. Use the
displayed, touch the display at the Delete option to delete an
right of the city name to change the incorrectly entered character.
selected state. A list displays if six or fewer
5. Touch the Start Guidance
To make name selection easier, the names are available. If there
option and the route calculates.
system highlights only characters are more than six, there is a
that are available after the match counter with a number Entering a Destination in Other
previously entered one. of available streets. Touch the Countries
Done option to view the list and
To change the destination address
select the street.
from the United States to another
3. Enter the house number. country, the country will need to
4. Touch the Done option at any change in the navigation system.
time and the system tries to To change the country address:
resolve a destination based on
1. Touch Destination on the
the entered information, then
Home Page.
displays it on the screen.
2. Touch Address to display the
City : Enter a city name. Address Entry option.
State : Enter a state name. 3. Go to State and select. The
State entry displays. Select the
Street : Enter a street name. Country option. The available
House # : Enter a valid address Country List displays.
number.
7/18/16
4. Select the desired country. For 3. Enter the POI name.

example, select Canada as a 4. Select a few of the characters
default country. or spell the name in full, by
5. Enter State. For example, enter using the alpha keyboard.
Ontario and confirm the 5. Select the Done option, or if
selection. the list has six or fewer items,
The destination in other countries a list of POIs will immediately
can also be changed using voice display.
recognition. See Voice The POI List allows selection of a 6. Touch the desired POI.
Recognition 0 192. destination search by Category,
Point of Interest (POI) Name, or Telephone Number.
Entering by POI name:
1. Select to search By Name.
Touch POI on the Destination Entry

page. Several options can be 7. Touch Start Guidance and the
selected to plan a route. route calculates.
2. Make sure the correct country

and city are present, then
select Search. Add the city
location to narrow down the
results of the search.
7/18/16
Previous Destinations 2. Enter an address using any of 3. Touch Start Guidance and the
the destination methods route calculates.
(Address Entry, POI To edit Address Book entries:
Entry, etc.).
1. Select an item from the
3. On the Destination address book.
Confirmation screen,
select Save. 2. On the Destination
Confirmation display,
Select a destination from the 4. The system displays the select Edit.
Previous Destination List. Up to options Name, Number, Icon,
15 points that have been previously and Done. Touch Done to save 3. The system displays the
entered can be recalled. If the list is the destination. options Name, Number, Icon,
full, the oldest destinations are and Delete. Touch Delete to
5. To customize the address book delete the destination from the
automatically deleted once the entry, select Name, Number,
newest destinations are added. address book.
or Icon.
4. To customize the address book
Address Book If a destination is already saved to entry, select Name, Number,
the address book, touch Destination or Icon.
on the Home Page to display
Address Book. Latitude/Longitude Coordinates
Choose a destination by selecting
an address that has been stored in
the address book.
If no destination is saved to the 1. Touch Address Book. A list
address book, save a destination: displays the address book
entries.
1. Touch Destination on the
Home Page. 2. Select the destination from Choose a destination based on
the list. latitudinal and longitudinal
coordinates.
7/18/16
Favorite Routes 1. Touch Destination on the Home

Page to display the Favorite
Routes option.
2. Touch Favorite Routes to
display a list of available
favorite routes.
3. Scroll and select a favorite
Adding a Favorite Route: route.
To enter the location as coordinates, 4. Touch Start Guidance. The
latitude and longitude: 1. Touch Destination on the Home
Page to display the Favorite route calculates.
1. Touch Destination on the Home Routes option. Deleting a Favorite Route:
Page. Touch the Latitude and
Longitude option to display the 2. Touch Favorite Routes to 1. Touch Destination on the Home
screen above. display New Favorite Route. Page to display the Favorite
3. Select New Favorite Route and Routes option. Touch this
2. Select Latitude or Longitude to option to display the list of
change. Enter the coordinates enter a favorite route name.
available favorite routes.
in degrees, minutes, and 4. Touch OK and the display
seconds. returns to the favorite 2. Scroll and select the route to
routes list. be deleted.
3. Touch Search if the information
is correct. 5. Select the favorite route and 3. Touch Edit.
4. Touch the Start Guidance add a waypoint using any of 4. Touch Delete Favorite Route.
option. The route calculates. the destination methods, such
as address entry, POI Changing the route name:
entry, etc. 1. Touch Destination on the Home
Selecting a Favorite Route: Page to display the Favorite
Routes option. Touch this to
display the list of available
favorite routes.
7/18/16
2. Touch the Edit option. Select from Map Travel Guide

3. Select Edit Name.
4. Using the keypad, enter
the name.
5. Touch the Done option. The
new name will be in the
Favorite Routes Menu.
1. Touch Destination on the Home Touch Travel Guide on the
My Home Page to display Select from Destination Entry page. Several
Map. Touch this option to options can be selected to plan a
display the map screen with a route.
scroll symbol centered on
the map.
2. Touch the Zoom in/out option
on the screen and touch the
If no home destination is entered, map to locate the destination to
save a destination by touching the select. Touch and hold a finger
Destination icon on the Home Page. on the map to activate fast
Enter a destination using any of the scrolling.
destination entry methods (Address 3. Touch Go on the bottom of the
Entry, POI Entry, etc.). Select Save screen to display Destination The Travel Guide POI entry list
as Home from the Destination Confirmation. allows selection of a destination
Confirmation screen. 4. Touch Start Guidance. The search by category or name.
If a destination is already saved as route calculates.
home, touch Destination on the
Home Page to display My Home.
Touch this option to start route
guidance.
7/18/16
Entering by POI Category 4. Select Category from the POI

Selection menu to access the
POI List.
1. Select to search By Name.

1. Select Category from the POI 2. Make sure the correct country,
List menu to access the POI state, and city are present,
Selection option. then select Search.
5. Select any of the line options
2. Enter the necessary such as All POIs. 3. Enter the POI name.
information by first selecting 6. Select Sort Method from the 4. Select a few of the characters
the location option to access POI Selection menu to access or spell the name in full, by
the Location menu. the Search Order menu. Select using the alpha keyboard.
one of the two options: By 5. Touch Done, or if the list has
Distance or By Name. six or fewer items, a list of
7. Select Search. POIs will immediately display.
8. Select the desired POI. 6. Touch the desired POI.
Entering by POI name:
3. Select any of the line options

such as Nearby.
7/18/16
Destination Confirmation Save as Home : Touch to save the

displayed destination as your home
destination. The home destination
will be stored at the top of the list of
destinations in the address book.
Route Options : Touch to change
route options. See “Route Options”
following.
The Travel Guide POI will have Route Options
some detailed information about the
selection made. This information Multiple options are available on the
may include: Destination Confirmation screen:
. Brief Description Start Guidance : Touch to start a
route calculation to the displayed
. Address destination.
. Number Show on Map : Touch to switch to
. Hours of Operation the map view with the displayed
destination centered on the map.
. Price
Save/Edit : Touch to save the Touch to display various route
. Website
displayed destination into the options.
Photos may not be available for address book. If the displayed
certain locations or countries. Alternative Routes : If enabled, the
destination is already stored in the
system will provide an additional
address book, Edit will show as the
screen after Start Guidance has
menu item.
been selected. Select Fastest,
Call : Touch to initiate a phone call Shortest, or Eco calculated routes
to the displayed phone number, before selecting Go.
if phone capability is available.
7/18/16
Fastest : This calculates the Use Car Train : Deselect to avoid Destination List
quickest route. car trains.
Shortest : This calculates the Menu with Route Guidance
shortest route. Active
Eco : This calculates the most fuel
efficient route based on speed and
distance.
Under the Route Options menu,
there are route preferences that by
default are all enabled.
A checkmark placed next to each Select Destination List to view
preference indicates this. All of options for organizing waypoints.
these preferences are used when Turn List
calculating the route. If any of these
preferences are unselected, the Several functions can be performed
route will be calculated without after a destination has been
including these preferences. entered. Touch the Home Page
Destination Entry display to access
Use Highways : Deselect to avoid the Route Menu screen.
major roads.
Cancel Guidance
Use Toll Roads : Deselect to avoid
toll roads. Touch Cancel Guidance to cancel
the current route.
Use Ferries : Deselect to avoid
ferries. Select Turn List to view a list of
maneuvers for the entire route.
Use Tunnels : Deselect to avoid Touch Avoid next to one of the turn
tunnels. maneuvers to avoid a segment of
Use Time Restricted : Deselect to roads. A maximum of eight avoided
avoid time restricted roads. segments are allowed.
7/18/16
Avoid List
Select Avoid List to display a list of
avoided road segments with the
option to remove the avoided items
from the list.
Voice Prompt
Select Voice Prompt to view options
to disable or manage navigation
To add a waypoint: 3. Select the waypoints to be
voice prompts and traffic alert
prompts. 1. From the Destination List deleted. Touch Delete.
menu, touch Add Waypoint. The Sort Waypoint feature allows
Detour
2. Enter the waypoint by any of reorganization of the destination list.
Touch Detour to display the route the add destination methods.
detour options. Select to detour the To sort a waypoint:
The system calculates and
whole route or by a specific highlights the route and the 1. From the Destination menu,
distance. route can be started. touch Destination List.
Route Options 3. To add more waypoints, touch 2. Touch Sort Waypoints.
This feature can be accessed from Add Waypoint to add the 3. Select the waypoint to move.
the Destination Confirmation Menu waypoint in the order desired
on the route. 4. Select the location to move the
and Destination Menu with Route waypoint to.
Guidance Active. See “Destination To delete a waypoint:
Confirmation” previously in this Instead of deleting individual
section. 1. From the Destination menu, waypoints, select Delete All
touch Destination List. Waypoints to delete all waypoints at
Waypoints the same time.
2. Touch Delete Waypoint.
Up to three waypoints can be added To save a destination list as a
to the current route. The waypoints favorite route, select Save as
can be sorted (moved) or deleted. Favorite Route.
7/18/16
OnStar® Destination Route Guidance Not Active Save as Home : Touch to set an
address as a home destination.
Download If an OnStar destination is
downloaded while route guidance is Route Guidance Active
The destination download lets an not activated, the navigation system
OnStar® Subscriber ask an OnStar displays a pop-up screen with the If an OnStar destination is
Advisor to download a destination to following functions: downloaded while route guidance is
the navigation system. OnStar will already active, the system displays
send address information and a pop-up screen with the following
location coordinates of the screen function:
destination into the navigation . Touch Start Guidance; the
system. navigation system adds the
Using Destination Download downloaded destination before
the next waypoint of the existing
The navigation radio screen must route (closest to the current
be turned on before a download. vehicle position).
The navigation system displays . All other options on the pop-up
“Please wait” as the address is display operate as described
searched within the map database. Start Guidance : Touch to start
under “Route Guidance Not
route calculation to the
If the address is not found within the Active.”
destination(s) received.
map database, the system may use Previous Destinations
latitude and longitude coordinates to Show on Map : Touch to display
locate the destination. the Map Screen. Previously downloaded OnStar
Save : Touch to save the destinations are saved under
If the system is unable to locate the Previous Destinations in the
address, the Downloading OnStar downloaded destination to the
address book. navigation system, where they can
destination failed screen displays. be accessed or saved to the
Call : Touch to initiate a call with Address Book.
Bluetooth Phone or OnStar
Hands-Free Calling (if available).
7/18/16
Configure Menu change. See Vehicle From the Time and Date Setting
Personalization 0 113 on menu, touch to display the Time and
The Configuration Menu is used to adjusting most vehicle settings. Date menu.
adjust features and preferences, See “Navigation Settings” and
such as Sound, Radio, Nav Automatic Clock Update : When
“Navigation Setting Displays” enabled, this feature will set the
(Navigation), Display, or Time later in this section.
Settings. clock automatically.
Languages Set Time : Touch + or − to increase
Touch Config on the Home Page or or decrease the Hours and Minutes
press CONFIG on the center stack displayed on the clock.
to enter the menu options. Turn the Set Date : Touch + or − to increase
Z knob or touch-tap the scroll or decrease the day.
bar to scroll through the available
12 hr / 24 hr Format : Touch 12
options. Press the Z knob or Hour for standard time; touch 24
1. Touch Config on the Home press Languages to display the
Page or press CONFIG on the Hour for military time.
languages. Select the desired
center stack. language. Touch Back to save the
adjustments.
Time and Date Settings
Radio Settings
Touch Config on the Home Page or
press CONFIG on the center stack
to enter the menu options. Turn the
Z knob or touch-tap the scroll
bar to scroll through the available
options. Press the Z knob or
touch Radio Settings to display the
2. Touch-tap the scroll bar until radio settings menu. Touch this
the desired option displays. feature to make changes for radio
Select the desired settings to information displayed, preset pages,
7/18/16
Auto Volume, and XM Categories Max Startup Volume : Touch to set Navigation Setting Displays
Restore. See Satellite Radio 0 141, the maximum volume level for
for information about XM startup that will be used even if a
Categories. higher volume had been set when
The Radio Settings are: the radio was turned off.
Auto Volume : Select Off, Low, Number of Favorite Pages : Touch

Medium, or High sensitivity to to select the number of favorite
automatically adjust the volume to pages to be displayed.
minimize the effects of unwanted XM Categories : Touch to
background noise that can result customize which available XM
from changing road surfaces, driving Categories are used and displayed.
Various navigation system settings
speeds, or open windows. This Software Version Information : are available through the
feature works best at lower volume Touch to display information about Configuration Settings menu. Some
settings where background noise is the system and update software if options are only available after a
typically louder than the sound available. route is planned.
system volume.
Gracenote Options : Touch to Phone Settings
enable/disable Normalization used See Bluetooth 0 198.
to improve voice recognition and
media groupings. See CD Player Navigation Settings
0 157, USB 0 160, Auxiliary Devices Touch Config on the Home Page to
0 165, and Bluetooth Audio 0 166. enter the setup menu. Turn the
XM Channel Art : Touch to enable/ Z knob or touch-tap the scroll
disable the XM Audio page bar until the Navigation Settings
background on the XM Channel option displays. Select this feature
display. to make changes to Voice Prompt, Touch Navigation Settings to access
Traffic Settings, Guidance Alert, the navigation system settings.
Delete Saved Destinations, Bread
Crumbs, and Route Simulation.
7/18/16
Voice Prompt Traffic Settings . Recalculation after Confirmation:

Touch to enable route
recalculation after confirmation.
Sort Method : Touch to display a
submenu of sort options.
. Sort by Distance: Touch to
display traffic events in order of
distance with the closest event
shown first.
. Sort by Road Name: Touch to
The Voice Prompt menu allows Touch to display the Traffic display traffic events in
changes to the voice prompt Settings menu. alphabetical order.
features. Traffic Events (On/Off) : Touch to Show Traffic Events on Map :
Navigation Voice Prompts : Select enable or disable the traffic feature. Touch to display traffic icons on
On or Off to turn the voice Traffic Alert Prompts (On/Off) : the map.
instructions on or off while traveling Touch to enable or disable the traffic
on a planned route. voice prompts.
Traffic Alert Prompts : Select the Route Based on Traffic
On or Off to turn the traffic voice Conditions : Touch to display a
prompt on or off while traveling on a submenu of options.
planned route.
. Route Based on Traffic
Navigation Volume : Select to Conditions: Touch to enable or
change the volume of the navigation disable the route feature.
prompts.
. Automatic Recalculation: Touch
Mute Voice Prompts while in . Show All: Touch to enable
to enable automatic route
Calls : Select to mute voice recalculation. display of all traffic icons on
prompts while in a call. the map.
7/18/16

. Hide All: Touch to disable Closed Roads, Traffic Delays,
display of all traffic icons on Roadworks, Incidents, and
the map. Advisories
. User Defined: Touch to define Select the traffic event group for
the individual types of icons that display on the map screen. Some
are displayed for traffic flow and events may cover more than one
traffic conditions. traffic condition. See the following Lane Narrows Road Work,
traffic conditions. Construction
Traffic Flow Status
Traffic Conditions
The traffic flow status will display in
green, yellow, or red lines beside The following traffic condition icons
the road. may display:
. Red indicates significantly
impaired traffic flow with average
speed less than 40 km/h
(25 mph). Alert Road Condition
. Yellow indicates slightly impaired
traffic flow with average speed Stopped Traffic Traffic Jam
between 40 and 73 km/h (25 and
45 mph).
. Green indicates normal traffic
flow with average speed above
73 km/h (45 mph).
Road Visibility Other
Accident Road Closed

7/18/16
Guidance Alert Touch to delete all saved Use Previous Destination : Select
destinations. A Delete Saved to start the simulation from a
Destinations submenu displays. previous destination.
Select the desired options for Use Specified Location : Select to
deletion and touch Delete at the start the simulation from a specified
bottom to continue. A confirmation location.
screen displays requesting to delete
or cancel. Once the starting position for the
simulation is selected, select
Bread Crumbs Navigation and the Map display will
Bread crumbs, when displayed, be in Simulation mode. SIM is
Touch to enable the guidance alert show a previously followed route. displayed on the map.
pop-up to be viewed on the map or Select and enter the destination as
Select Display to enable bread
on the main screens such as audio, for a normal journey and select Start
crumbs on the map display.
weather, phone, etc. A checkmark Guidance to calculate the route in
appears to indicate the guidance It is possible to record and store Simulation mode.
alert mode is on. bread crumbs to retrieve journeys
for future reference. Touch Next to skip to the next turn,
Delete Saved Destinations or touch Stop to pause the
Previously stored bread crumbs can simulation.
be loaded from the Saved menu
item, and then displayed by To stop the simulation, press DEST
selecting Show on Map. and select Cancel Guidance.
Route Simulation To exit from Simulation mode, return
to the Navigation Settings menu,
Select to display a route simulation. select Route Simulation, then select
Use Last Known Position : Select Cancel Route Simulation.
to start the simulation from the last
known position.
Vehicle Settings
See Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
7/18/16
Display Settings . The Day setting brightens the The GPS shows the current position
map background. of the vehicle using signals sent by
Touch Config on the Home Page or
. The Night setting darkens the GPS Satellites. When the vehicle is
press CONFIG on the center stack,
map background. not receiving signals from the
then select Display Settings from
satellites, a symbol appears on the
the list. To change the overall brightness map screen. See Navigation
The following options may display: setting for the display, use the Symbols 0 172.
vehicle interior lighting instrument
Home Page Menu : Touch to This system might not be available
panel illumination control.
customize the first page of the or interference can occur if any of
Home Page. Speed Limits : Touch to enable or the following are true:
disable displayed speed limits on
Rear Camera Options : Touch to . Signals are obstructed by tall
the map.
enable or disable Symbols and buildings, trees, large trucks,
Guide Lines.. or a tunnel.
Global Positioning
Display Off : Touch to turn off the . Satellites are being repaired or
display. The display will return when
System (GPS) improved.
any center stack control is pressed The position of the vehicle is
For more information if the GPS is
or the screen is touched (if determined by using satellite
not functioning properly, see
equipped). signals, various vehicle signals, and
Problems with Route Guidance
Map Settings : Touch to enter the map data.
0 191 and If the System Needs
submenu to change Map Display At times, other interference such as Service 0 192.
settings and enable Speed Limit the satellite condition, road
display on map. configuration, condition of the Vehicle Positioning
Map Display : Touch to change the vehicle, and/or other circumstances
can affect the navigation system's At times, the position of the vehicle
screen background. on the map could be inaccurate due
ability to determine the accurate
. The Automatic setting adjusts position of the vehicle. to one or more of the following
the screen background reasons:
automatically depending on the . The road system has changed.
exterior lighting conditions.
7/18/16

. The vehicle is driving on slippery . Tire chains have been installed. . There is no route guidance when
road surfaces such as sand, . The tires are replaced or worn. turning at an intersection.
gravel, or snow. . Plural names of places might be
. The tire pressure for the tires is
. The vehicle is traveling on announced occasionally.
incorrect.
winding roads or long straight . It could take a long time to
roads. . This is the first navigation use
after the map data is updated. operate automatic rerouting
. The vehicle is approaching a tall during high-speed driving.
building or a large vehicle. . The 12-volt battery was
. Automatic rerouting might
disconnected for several days.
. The surface streets run parallel display a route returning to the
to a freeway. . The vehicle is driving in heavy set waypoint if heading for a
traffic where driving is at low destination without passing
. The vehicle has been transferred speeds, and the vehicle is through a set waypoint.
by a vehicle carrier or a ferry. stopped and started repeatedly.
. . The route prohibits the entry of a
The current position calibration
vehicle due to a regulation by
is set incorrectly. Problems with Route time or season or any other
. The vehicle is traveling at high Guidance regulation which may be given.
speed.
Inappropriate route guidance can . Some routes might not be
. The vehicle changes directions occur under one or more of the searched.
more than once, or the vehicle is following conditions: . The route to the destination
turning on a turn table in a . The turn was not made on the
parking lot. might not be shown if there are
road indicated. new roads, if roads have
. The vehicle is entering and/or recently changed, or if certain
. Route guidance might not be
exiting a parking lot, garage, or a roads are not listed in the map
available when using automatic
lot with a roof. data. See Maps 0 172.
rerouting for the next right or
. The GPS signal is not received. left turn. To recalibrate the vehicle's position
. A roof carrier is installed on the . The route might not be changed on the map, park with the vehicle
vehicle. when using automatic rerouting. running for two to five minutes, until
the vehicle position updates. Make
7/18/16
sure the vehicle is parked in a online. To order map data, have the Voice Recognition
location that is safe and has a clear vehicle’s Vehicle Identification
view of the sky and away from large Number (VIN) available. See Voice recognition allows for
obstructions. Vehicle Identification Number hands-free operation of the system
(VIN) 0 344. features.
If the System Needs After receiving the updated map Voice recognition can be used when
Service data, see Maps 0 172. the radio is on or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
If the navigation system needs
service and the steps listed here Database Coverage See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 231. The system maintains
have been followed but there are Explanations a minimum volume level.
still problems, see Problems with Coverage areas vary with respect to
Route Guidance 0 191. the level of map detail available for Using Voice Recognition
any given area. Some areas feature 1. Press b / g on the steering
Map Data Updates greater levels of detail than others. wheel. The audio system
The map data in the vehicle is the If this happens, it does not mean mutes. A voice prompt states,
most up-to-date information there is a problem with the system. “Please say a command.” Wait
available when the vehicle was As the map data is updated, more until the tone is heard before
produced. The map data is updated detail can become available for speaking.
periodically, provided that the map areas that previously had limited
information has changed. detail. See Map Data If there is no tone, make sure
Updates 0 192. that the volume is turned up.
For questions about the operation of
the navigation system or the update While voice recognition is
process, contact the GM Nav Disc active, the system displays a g
Center toll-free phone number, symbol in the top right of the
1-877-NAV-DISC (1-877-628-3472) screen.
or go to the center’s website, 2. Clearly speak one of the
www.gmnavdisc.com. If updates are commands listed later in this
needed, call the GM Nav Disc section.
Center or order a new Map Update
7/18/16
Press b / g twice on the steering . When the system does not adjusted during a voice
wheel to skip the voice prompt recognize the command, the recognition session, a Volume
messages. system says “Pardon.” bar appears on the screen
. If experiencing difficulty with the showing the voice volume level
Canceling Voice Recognition system recognizing a command, as it is being adjusted. This also
changes the volume of the
1. Press and release $ / i on confirm that the command is
guidance prompts.
the steering wheel control to correct. Try saying the command
cancel a command, if the clearly or wait for a brief moment . When using navigation
system response does not after the tone. commands, take the time to
match the voice command, . Background noise such as a become familiar with the
or say “Goodbye” or “Cancel.” climate control fan positioned on address. Long delays when
high, open windows, and very giving the address can result in
2. The system replies, “Goodbye.” the system not recognizing the
loud outside noises, even if the
Helpful Hints for Speaking windows are closed, can cause address or routing to a different
Commands voice commands to be location than intended.
misunderstood. . When providing the house
. When multiple commands are
. The system is able to recognize number portion of the address,
available, choose the command
commands in different the system recognizes both digit
that works best for you.
languages, such as English, format and numerical text. An
. Words in parentheses are example would be to say,
Canadian French, and Spanish.
optional. For example, for the “3-0-0-0-1” or “Thirty
The system only recognizes
command “Tune FM Thousand One.”
commands based on the
(frequency),” saying “Tune FM .
language selected. If the system provides the
87.7” or “Tune FM” are both
. To increase or decrease the destination in another country on
valid commands.
voice volume during a voice several attempts, say the
. When the command is “Change Country” command and
recognition session, turn the
recognized, the system will say the country of interest. The
volume knob of the radio,
either perform the function or country default is the United
or press the volume steering
ask to confirm the choice. States. To enter a destination in
wheel control. If the volume is
7/18/16
Canada or Mexico, the country Voice Recognition Commands Phone Commands

will first have to be changed in
The following list shows the voice Dial or Call (phone number or
the system.
commands available for the system contact) : Instructs the system to
Voice Recognition Help with a brief description of each. The start a phone call. For example, say
commands are listed with the “Dial 1 248 123 4567.” To call a
To enter the help playback session, optional words in parentheses. To phone book contact, say “Dial” or
clearly speak one of the help use the voice commands, see the “Call,” say the name and location,
commands. previous instructions. and then say “Dial.” For example,
Help : The system plays back more say “Call John at Home” or “Call
specific help commands such as Radio Commands John at Work.” If a number is not
Radio Settings to choose from. Tune AM, Tune FM, Tune XM, recognized, the first number in the
Radio : Use this command to learn Tune Pandora, Tune Stitcher : list will be called.
about how to select a band (AM, Instructs the system to go to the Pair or Connect : Instructs the
FM, or SiriusXM), and how to specific band and the last station. system to begin pairing a device.
change radio stations by speaking Tune AM (frequency), Tune FM Digit Dial : Instructs the system to
frequency numbers. (frequency), Tune XM (station dial a phone number one digit at a
Phone : Use this command to learn number or name) : Instructs the time. After saying the digits,
about how to dial, pair a device, system to go to the specific station. say “Dial.”
or delete a device. Thumbs Up : Instructs the system Redial or Redial Last Number :
My Media : Use this command to to give the current song or station a Instructs the system to dial the last
learn how to play specific tracks, thumbs up in Pandora or Stitcher. phone number called.
artists, albums, devices connected Thumbs Down : Instructs the Select Device or Change Phone :
to the USB port, or to change system to give the current song or Instructs the system to switch to a
sources. station a thumbs down in Pandora different paired device. The device
Settings : Use this command to or Stitcher. must be selected from the screen or
learn about how to turn Verbose on using the Z knob.
or off, or set the language.
Delete Device : Instructs the
system to delete a paired device.
7/18/16
Read Text Messages or Read SMS Play Genre (genre name) : Search Podcast (podcast name) :
Messages : Instructs the system to Instructs the system to play songs Instructs the system to show a list of
begin reading text messages from a of a particular genre. all tracks in a specific podcast.
paired device. Search Artist (artist name) : More Like This : Instructs the
Not all devices support text Instructs the system to show a list of system to create a playlist of tracks
messages. Applicable where all songs by a specific artist. similar to the current track playing.
equipped. Search Composer (composer Settings Commands
My Media Commands name) : Instructs the system to
show a list of all songs by a specific Verbose (set) on (mode), Verbose
CD, AUX, USB, or Bluetooth composer. (set) off (mode) : Instructs the
Audio : Instructs the system to system to turn voice prompts on or
change the source. Search Album (album name) : off. When off, this feature turns off
Instructs the system to show a list of voice prompts.
Play CD : Instructs the system to all songs on a specific album.
play a CD. Language (language) : Instructs
Search Genre (genre name) : the system to set the language.
The following commands only apply Instructs the system to show a list of
to USB, iPod, and iPhone sources. all songs for a specific genre. List Devices : Instructs the system
They are supported after the device to give a list of devices to use.
has been indexed. Search Folder (folder name) :
Instructs the system to show a list of Other Commands
Play Artist (artist name) : Instructs all songs in a specific folder.
the system to play songs by a Goodbye : Instructs the system to
specific artist. Search Playlist (playlist name) : end a phone call or voice
Instructs the system to show a list of recognition.
Play Album (album title) : Instructs all songs in a specific playlist.
the system to play a specific album. Cancel : Instructs the system to
Search Audio Book (audio book cancel an action.
Play Song (song title) : Instructs name) : Instructs the system to
the system to play a specific song. Go Back, Back, Previous :
show a list of all tracks in a specific Instructs the system to go back to a
audio book. prior menu.
7/18/16
Main Menu : Instructs the system to If there is no tone, make sure Directed Address : Allows an
go to the main menu. the volume is turned up. address to be stated one step at a
Yes, Yep, Yup, Ya, Sure, Right, While voice recognition is time. The format will be State, City,
Correct, OK, Positive, You Got it, active, the system displays a Street, then House Number.
Probably, You Bet : These can be symbol in the top right of the Intersection : Allows an
used to say “Yes.” screen. Intersection to be stated as the
No, Nope, Na, No way, Wrong, 2. Clearly speak the command destination. The format will be
Incorrect, Negative, Not really, No “Navigation.” State, City, Street, then Intersection.
I said, No I Did Not, No I Do Not : 3. Clearly speak one of the Contact : When a phone is paired
These can be used to say “No.” commands in this section. to the system, which contains
Next Page, Page Down : Instructs Address Information stored for
The following commands only apply contacts, the address associated
the system to scroll forward one once the Navigation command is
page in a list. with that contact can become a
given. route. If the system cannot resolve
Previous Page, Page Up : Instructs Change Country : Changes the the address, an error displays.
the system to scroll back one page country origin to input a destination
in a list. Home : Instructs the system to start
from that region. The system will guidance to the address saved as
Navigation Commands (If accept United States, Canada, My Home.
Equipped) or Mexico.
Points of Interest or POI : Allows a
To activate the navigation voice Address or Destination : Allows Point of Interest to be stated as a
recognition: an address to be stated as a destination.
one-shot method. The system will
1. Press b / g on the steering recognize the address if stated all at Say the name or list item number of
once or say a city center. An the category and subcategory to
wheel. The audio system
example is to say, “200 return a list of POIs. Say the item
mutes. A voice prompt says,
Renaissance Street, Detroit, number to select a POI from the list.
“Please say a command.” Wait
until the tone is heard before Michigan” or “Detroit, Michigan.”
speaking.
7/18/16
POI commands for Nearby, Along Entering a Destination in Other OnStar : These commands can be
Route, and Around Destination will Countries used after OnStar is pressed.
be available if route guidance is For the voice recognition to respond
active. Help Commands
to a local address, the
. Help
Add Waypoint : Allows addition of corresponding country needs to be
individual waypoints or the set in the navigation system. . Hands-Free Calling (if available)
destination. The system will ask for The country can also be set using . Turn-by-Turn Directions
the choice of entry method to voice commands. However, the
continue. An example is to say, “POI . OnStar Info
country will change back to the
Along Route” or “Intersection.” default country when the vehicle is After each list of help commands,
Delete Waypoint : When guidance keyed off. the following are available:
is active, this command allows the . Go Back
deletion of individual waypoints or 1. Press b / g on the steering
the destination. If guidance is not wheel. . Repeat
active, the system will indicate the 2. Say “Navigation.” . Cancel
destination list is empty.
3. Say “Change Country.” . Help
Where Am I?, My Location,
4. Say the country name. For . Goodbye
or Current Position : Instructs the
system to give the current position example, say “Canada.”
Hands-Free Calling (if available)
of the vehicle. OnStar Command (If . Call
Help : The system plays back more Equipped)
. Store
specific help commands associated To activate OnStar voice
with Navigation or a Navigation . Commands
sub-feature. recognition, press = on the mirror
‐ Call
or press b / g on the steering
Cancel Guidance or Cancel ‐ Store
wheel and say “OnStar” after the
Route : Instructs the system to
beep. This will active the OnStar ‐ My Number
cancel guidance.
voice control. See OnStar
Overview 0 360. ‐ Minutes
7/18/16
‐ Store Last Number ‐ Messages Bluetooth Phone/

‐ Digit Dial ‐ Virtual Advisor
Devices
‐ Redial ‐ My Number
‐ Dial ‐ Minutes Bluetooth
‐ Number Recall ‐ Number Recall Overview
‐ Directory ‐ Advisor Playback For vehicles equipped with
‐ Digit Store . Virtual Advisor Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones and
Turn-by-Turn Directions (if Virtual Advisor (if available) devices, allowing:
available) Choose this option to connect to a . Placing and receiving hands-free
. Directory live Advisor. calls.
. Plan Route Voice Pass-Thru . Sharing of the cell phone’s
. Commands Voice pass-thru allows access to the address book or contact list with
voice recognition commands on the the vehicle. The phone book will
‐ Directory only display when that phone is
cell phone, namely Siri® or Voice
‐ Store Destination Command. See the cell phone connected.
‐ Plan Route manufacturer's user guide to see if . Placing outgoing calls by voice
the cell phone supports this feature. recognition.
‐ Delete Destination
To activate the phone voice The system can be used while in
‐ Mute Directions
recognition system, press and hold ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
OnStar Info (if available) b / g on the steering wheel for or Retained Accessory Power
. Messages approximately two seconds. (RAP). The range of the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
. Minutes The radio can connect to most
. My Number
. Commands
7/18/16
Bluetooth-enabled phones. Phone : Press to enter the Phone adjusted volume level remains in
Available features and functions main menu. Press and hold to mute memory for later calls. The system
may be dependent on the device. or unmute. maintains a minimum volume level.
On a current phone call screen, an Voice Recognition See Voice Recognition 0 192.
image of the contact from your
phone's contact list can be The voice recognition system uses Bluetooth Audio
displayed. Not all phones are commands to control the system See Bluetooth Audio 0 166.
compatible with this feature. and dial phone numbers.
When using voice recognition:
Pairing with Infotainment
Bluetooth Controls Controls
. The system may not recognize
Use the controls on the center stack voice commands if there is too A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
and the steering wheel to operate much background noise. must be paired and then connected
the Bluetooth system. to the vehicle before it can be used.
. A tone sounds to indicate that See the cell phone manufacturer's
Steering Wheel Controls the system is ready for a voice user guide for Bluetooth functions
b / g : Press to answer incoming command. Wait for the tone and before pairing the cell phone. If a
calls and start voice recognition. then speak. Bluetooth phone is not connected,
$ / i : Press to end a call, . Speak clearly in a calm and calls will be made using OnStar
decline an incoming call, or cancel natural voice. Hands-Free Calling, if available.
voice recognition. See OnStar Overview 0 360.
See Voice Recognition 0 192.
+ x − : Press + or − to increase or Pairing Information
Audio System
decrease the volume. . A Bluetooth-enabled phone and
Sound comes through the vehicle's an audio playback device can be
Infotainment System Controls front audio system speakers and paired to the system at the
For information about how to overrides the audio system. Use the same time.
navigate the menu system using the VOL/n knob during a call to . Up to five devices can be paired
infotainment controls, see change the volume level. The to the Bluetooth system.
Overview 0 128.
7/18/16

. The pairing process is disabled Identification Number (PIN), it screen. Drag down the task bar
when the vehicle is moving. will display. The PIN is used in and look for connection/
. Pairing only needs to be Step 5. phonebook request and accept.
completed once, unless the 4. Start the pairing process on the 7. Repeat to pair additional
pairing information on the cell cell phone to be paired to the phones.
phone changes or the cell phone vehicle. See the cell phone
is deleted from the system. manufacturer's user guide. Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones/Devices
. Only one paired cell phone can 5. Locate and select the device
1. Press CONFIG on the center
be connected to the Bluetooth named after the vehicle make
and model in the list on the cell stack.
system at a time.
. phone. Follow the instructions 2. Select Phone Settings.
If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the on the cell phone to enter the 3. Select Device List.
radio will connect to the first PIN provided in Step 3, or to
confirm the six-digit code Deleting a Paired Phone/Device
phone in the list or to the phone
that was previously connected. matches. The system 1. Press CONFIG on the center
recognizes the new connected stack.
Pairing a Phone/Device phone after the pairing process
is complete. 2. Select Phone Settings.
1. Press CONFIG or PHONE on
the center stack. 6. If the phone prompts to accept 3. Select Device List.
2. Select Phone Settings. connection or allow phone 4. Select the phone to delete and
book download, select always follow the screen prompts.
3. Select Pair Device (Phone). accept and allow. The phone
The radio displays “Please book may not be available if Connecting to a Different Phone
start Bluetooth search on your not accepted. Some phones To connect to a different phone, the
phone. Confirm or enter will put connection request or a new phone must be in the vehicle
number :”. If the device phonebook request in a pull and available to be connected to the
supports a four-digit Personal down task bar at the top of the Bluetooth system before the
process is started.
7/18/16
1. Press CONFIG on the center confirm or enter the PIN Listing All Paired and Connected
stack. number provided on the Phones
2. Select Phone Settings. screen.” The system can list all cell phones
3. Select Device List. 3. Start the search for Bluetooth paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
devices on the phone. Then also connected to the vehicle, the
4. Select the new phone to select the device and follow the system responds to confirm that
connect to and follow the instructions on the phone by phone name is connected.
screen prompts. either entering the four-digit
PIN or confirming the six-digit 1. Press b / g. The system
Pairing with Voice Recognition passcode. The PIN is used in responds “Please say a
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone Step 4. command,” followed by a tone.
must be paired and then connected 2. Say “Device List.”
4. Locate and select the device
to the vehicle before it can be used.
named after the vehicle make Deleting a Paired Phone
See the cell phone manufacturer's
and model in the list on the cell
user guide for Bluetooth functions If the phone name to delete is
phone. Follow the instructions
before pairing the cell phone. If a unknown, see “Listing All Paired
on the cell phone to enter the
Bluetooth phone is not connected, and Connected Phones.”
PIN provided in Step 3 or to
calls will be made using OnStar
confirm the six-digit code 1. Press b / g. The system
Hands-Free Calling, if available.
matches. The system responds responds “Please say a
See OnStar Overview 0 360.
“Successfully paired.” command,” followed by a tone.
Pairing a Phone 5. Repeat Steps 1−4 to pair 2. Say “Delete Device.”
1. Press b / g. The system additional phones.
3. The system responds: “To
responds “Please say a
delete a device, please select
command,” followed by a tone.
its name from the list.” Select
2. Say “Pair.” The system the device to delete on the
responds with “Please search display and it will be removed.
for Bluetooth devices on your
phone, select your vehicle,
7/18/16
To cancel this command, press $ / the cell phone manufacturer‘s user 3. Select the letter group of the
i on the steering wheel control or guide or contact the wireless phone book entry to scroll
press BACK on the center stack. provider to find out if this feature is through the list of names/
supported. numbers.
Connecting to a Different Phone
or Device When a cell phone supports the 4. Select the name.
phone book feature, the Phone 5. Select the number to call.
To connect to a different cell phone, Book and Call Lists menus are
the system looks for the next automatically available. To make a call using the Call
available cell phone. Depending on Lists menu:
the cell phone to be connected, this The Phone Book menu allows
access to the phone book stored in 1. Press PHONE on the center
command may need to be repeated. stack or touch the Phone icon
the cell phone to make a call.
1. Press b / g. The system The Call Lists menu allows access
on the Home Page.
responds “Please say a to the phone numbers from the 2. Select Call Lists.
command,” followed by a tone. Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and 3. Select the Incoming Calls,
2. Say “Change Phone.” Missed Calls menus on the cell Outgoing Calls, or Missed
phone to make a call. Calls list.
. To select a device, touch
the name on the display. The radio will display the first 4. Select the name or number
1,000 contacts and the phone to call.
. If another cell phone is not
numbers for each contact including
found, the original phone Home, Work, Mobile, and Other. Making a Call Using the
remains connected.
To make a call using the Phone Infotainment Controls
Making a Call Using Phone Book menu: To make a call:
Book and Infotainment
1. Press PHONE on the center 1. Press PHONE on the center
Controls stack or touch the Phone icon stack or touch the Phone icon
For cell phones that support the on the Home Page. on the Home Page.
phone book feature, the Bluetooth 2. Select Phone Book. 2. Touch Enter Number.
system can use the contacts stored
on the cell phone to make calls. See 3. Enter the phone number.
7/18/16
4. Select OK to start dialing the Switching Between Calls (Call Conference Calling Using the
number. Waiting Calls Only) Infotainment Controls
5. Select Call to place the call. To switch between calls, turn and Conference calling and three-way
To make a call using voice press the outer ring of the Z calling must be supported on the
recognition, see “Making a Call” knob and select Switch Call or Bluetooth phone and enabled by the
under Bluetooth 0 198. select Switch Call on the screen. wireless service carrier to work. This
feature is only supported when the
Accepting or Declining a Call Call Waiting Using Steering vehicle is not moving.
When an incoming call is received,
Wheel Controls
To start a conference while in a
the infotainment system mutes and Call waiting must be supported on current call:
a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier. 1. Turn and press the outer ring of
Using the Infotainment Controls the Z knob and select
. Press b / g to answer an Enter Number.
Turn the Z knob to “Answer” or
incoming call when another call
“Decline” and press the outer ring of is active. The original call is 2. Enter the phone number and
the Z knob or touch Accept or placed on hold. select OK.
Decline on the screen. 3. After the call has been placed,
. Press b / g again to return to
Using Steering Wheel Controls turn the Z knob and
the original call.
choose Merge Calls.
Press b / g to answer or $ / i to . To decline answering the
incoming call, touch Decline on 4. To add more callers to the
decline the call.
the display or take no action. conference call, repeat Steps 1
Call Waiting Using the −3. The number of callers that
Infotainment Controls . Press $ / i to disconnect the can be added is limited by your
current call and switch to the call wireless service carrier.
Call waiting must be supported on
on hold.
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.
7/18/16
Ending a Call To Transfer Audio from the 2. Enter the phone number,
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone or select Enter Number on the
Using the Infotainment Controls display and select digits, then
During a call with the audio in the
Turn and press the outer ring of the vehicle, touch the Transfer Call touch OK.
Z knob and select Hang Up or option on the screen or press and Hands-Free Phone
touch Hang Up on the screen.
hold b / g on the steering wheel
Using Steering Wheel Controls Using Bluetooth Voice
controls.
Recognition
Press $ / i to end or decline an To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
System from a Cell Phone To use voice recognition, press b /
incoming call.
g on the steering wheel controls.
Muting a Call Use the audio transfer feature on Use the commands below for the
the cell phone. See your cell phone various voice features. For
During a call, all sounds from inside manufacturer's user guide for more additional information, say “Help”
the vehicle can be muted so that the information. Touch the Transfer Call while in a voice recognition menu.
person on the other end of the call option on the screen or press and
cannot hear them. hold b / g on the steering wheel Making a Call
Using the Infotainment Controls controls. Calls can be made using the
following commands.
Turn and press the outer ring of the Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
Z knob and select Mute Call. (DTMF) Tones Dial or Call : These commands can
Press again to cancel mute. be used interchangeably to dial a
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can phone number.
Transferring a Call send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu-driven Digit Dial : This command allows a
Audio can be transferred between phone number to be dialed by
the Bluetooth system and the cell phone system.
entering the digits one at a time.
phone. Using the Infotainment Controls
Redial : This command dials the
The cell phone must be paired and 1. Turn and press the outer ring of last number used on the cell phone.
connected with the Bluetooth the Z knob and select
system before a call can be
Enter Number.
transferred.
7/18/16
To call a number: 1. Press b / g. The system Once connected, the person called
responds “Please say a will be heard through the audio
1. Press b / g. The system speakers.
responds “Please say a command,” followed by a tone.
command,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” Clearing the System
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, Unless information is deleted out of
to dial. After each digit is the vehicle Bluetooth system, it will
3. Say the entire number without
entered, the system repeats be retained. This includes phone
pausing, followed by “Dial.”
back the digit it heard followed pairing information. For directions
Once connected, the person called by a tone. After the last digit on how to delete this information,
will be heard through the audio has been entered, say “Dial.” see “Deleting a Paired Phone/
speakers. Device.” previously in this section.
If an unwanted number is repeated
To call using a name tag: back, say “Clear” to clear the last
number. Text Messaging
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Please say a Once connected, the person called For vehicles equipped with
command,” followed by a tone. will be heard through the audio Bluetooth capability, the system,
speakers. if equipped with text messaging, can
2. Say “Dial” or “Call” and then display text messages, play back a
say the name tag. For Using the “Redial” Command message over the audio system,
example, say “Call John and send a predefined message.
at Work.” 1. Press b / g. The system
Not all phones support all functions
responds “Please say a and work with Bluetooth. The radio
Once connected, the person called command,” followed by a tone.
will be heard through the audio only supports the receipt of SMS
speakers. 2. After the tone, say “Redial.” text messages. A request may need
The system dials the last to be accepted on the phone or
Using the “Digit Dial” Command number called from the some phone settings may need to
This allows a phone number to be connected cell phone. be changed to allow text messaging
dialed by entering the digits one at to function. See the cell phone
a time. manufacturer’s user guide.
7/18/16
Using Text Messaging message view screen is locked

out while the vehicle is in
motion.
. Select Call to dial the contact or
number associated with the text.
Not all phones allow calling the
sender of the message and will
result in not being able to
select Call.
2. Once all messages are
retrieved, the Text Message . Select Reply to reply to a text
1. Touch Messages on the Home Inbox displays. Select a message that was received as
Page or select Text Messages message for viewing. Viewing an incoming message. Not all
from the Phone main screen. messages is only available phones allow message sending.
Until all text messages are while the vehicle is not in
retrieved, the Home Page icon motion.
will remain gray and the Phone
main screen option will be
removed.
This feature will be disabled if
the paired Bluetooth device
does not support SMS text
messaging.
. Select the desired message from
the display of predefined
3. View the message or select messages to send as the reply
Listen to hear the message message.
through voice recognition. The
7/18/16

. Select Listen to hear the
message through voice
recognition.
. Select View to view the
message. Viewing is not
available while the vehicle is in
motion.
. Select Reply to reply to the
. Select Send to send that message using a predefined . Select Manage Predefined
message. message. Messages to create a user
. Select Call to dial the contact or defined message that can be
. Select Back to cancel and return used later to reply to a text
to the previous screen. number associated with the text.
message.
. Select Dismiss to close out the
Incoming Text Messages . Select Text Alerts to choose the
incoming pop-up message
screen. alert behavior for incoming text
messages:
Text Messaging Settings
‐ Text alert with tone
‐ Tone only
‐ Off
A pop-up screen is displayed when

there is an incoming text. The
pop-up will remain on the screen
until Dismiss is selected. Text Message Settings are available
from the Text Message Inbox.
7/18/16
Trademarks and iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® are channel name. Channel blocking is
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered available for SiriusXM Satellite
License Agreements in the U.S. and other countries. Radio receivers by notifying
SiriusXM:
FCC Information
. U.S: 866-601-6296 or see
See Radio Frequency www.siriusxm.com.
Statement 0 357.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer,
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, software incorporated in receivers
taxes, one time activation fee, and compatible with the SiriusXM
other fees may apply. Subscription Satellite Radio System or that
fee is consumer only. All fees and support the SiriusXM website, the
“Made for iPod,” and “Made for programming subject to change. Online Service or any of its content.
iPhone,” mean that an electronic Subscriptions subject to Customer Furthermore, the AMBER voice
accessory has been designed to Agreement available at compression software included in
connect specifically to iPod or www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM® this product is protected by
iPhone and has been certified by service only available in the intellectual property rights including
the developer to meet Apple 48 contiguous United States and patent rights, copyrights, and trade
performance standards. Apple is not Canada. secrets of Digital Voice
responsible for the operation of this In Canada: Some deterioration of Systems, Inc.
device or its compliance with safety service may occur in extreme
and regulatory standards. Please General Requirements:
northern latitudes. This is beyond
note that the use of this accessory the control of SiriusXM® Satellite A License Agreement from SiriusXM
with iPod or iPhone may affect Radio. is required for any product that
wireless performance. iPhone®, incorporates SiriusXM Technology
iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®, Explicit Language Notice: Channels and/or for use of any of the
with frequent explicit language are
indicated with an “XL” preceding the
7/18/16
SiriusXM marks to be manufactured, In addition, the Lonely Planet Travel

distributed, or marketed in the Guide content is subject to the
SiriusXM Service Area. following supplier notices (if
equipped):
Gracenote
© 2014 Lonely Planet Publications
Gracenote®, Gracenote logo and Pty Ltd. All rights reserved.
logotype, and the "Powered by
Manufactured under license from PANASONIC and its content
Gracenote" logo are either a
Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the providers have tried to make this
registered trademark or a trademark
double-D symbol are trademarks of information as accurate as possible,
of Gracenote, Inc. in the United
Dolby Laboratories. but it is provided “as is” and
States and/or other countries.
Map End User License PANASONIC and its content
Bluetooth providers accept no responsibility
Agreement (Optional for any loss, injury or inconvenience
The Bluetooth® word mark and Equipment Applies Where
logos are owned by the Bluetooth® resulting from this information. You
Equipped) should verify critical information (like
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license. END USER TERMS visas, health and safety) before you
Other trademarks and trade names travel.
The Map Data Disc (“Data”) is
are those of their respective provided for your personal, internal TERMS AND CONDITIONS
owner’s. use only and not for resale. It is Personal Use Only. You agree to
Pandora (If Equipped) protected by copyright, and is use this Data together with the
subject to the following terms (this General Motors MyLink or IntelliLink
Pandora is a registered trademark “End User License Agreement”) and Connected Navigation Radio
of Pandora Media, Inc., used under conditions which are agreed to by Platform for the solely personal,
license. you, on the one hand, and HERE non-commercial purposes for which
North America, LLC (“HERE”) and you were licensed, and not for
its licensors (including their service bureau, time-sharing or
licensors and suppliers) on the other similar purposes. Accordingly,
other hand. but subject to the restrictions set
forth in the following paragraphs,
7/18/16
you agree not to otherwise Warning Disclaimer of Warranty

reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, The Data may contain inaccurate or PANASONIC AND ITS LICENSORS
disassemble, create any derivative incomplete information due to the (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
works of, or reverse engineer any passage of time, changing AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY
portion of this Data, and may not circumstances, sources used and WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
transfer or distribute it in any form, the nature of collecting IMPLIED, OF QUALITY,
for any purpose, except to the comprehensive geographic data, PERFORMANCE,
extent permitted by mandatory laws. any of which may lead to incorrect MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
Restrictions results. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some
Except where you have been No Warranty States, Territories and Countries do
specifically licensed to do so by This Data is provided to you “as is,” not allow certain warranty
PANASONIC, and without limiting and you agree to use it at your own exclusions, so to that extent the
the preceding paragraph, you may risk. PANASONIC and its licensors above exclusion may not apply
not (a) use this Data with any (and their licensors and suppliers) to you.
products, systems, or applications make no guarantees,
installed or otherwise connected to representations or warranties of any Disclaimer of Liability
or in communication with vehicles, kind, express or implied, arising by PANASONIC AND ITS LICENSORS
capable of vehicle navigation, law or otherwise, including but not (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS
positioning, dispatch, real time route limited to, content, quality, accuracy, AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE
guidance, fleet management or completeness, effectiveness, LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF
similar applications; or (b) with or in reliability, fitness for a particular ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR
communication with any positioning purpose, usefulness, use or results ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE
devices or any mobile or to be obtained from this Data, NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE
wireless-connected electronic or or that the Data or server will be CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION
computer devices, including without uninterrupted or error-free. ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY
limitation cellular phones, palmtop OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR
and handheld computers, pagers, INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT
and personal digital assistants FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION
or PDAs OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR
7/18/16
ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, limited to the laws, rules and of Data for the Americas and/or the
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR regulations administered by the Asia Pacific territories), and the laws
ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, Office of Foreign Assets Control of of The Netherlands (with respect to
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR the U.S. Department of Commerce Data for the Middle East, Africa,
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES and the Bureau of Industry and Russia and Europe territories),
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF Security of the U.S. Department of without giving effect to (i) its conflict
OR INABILITY TO USE THIS Commerce. To the extent that any of laws provisions, or (ii) the United
INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN such export laws, rules or Nations Convention for Contracts for
THE INFORMATION, OR THE regulations prohibit HERE from the International Sale of Goods,
BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR complying with any of its obligations which is explicitly excluded. You
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN hereunder to deliver or distribute agree to submit to the jurisdiction of
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT Data, such failure shall be excused the State of Illinois for any and all
OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, and shall not constitute a breach of disputes, claims and actions arising
EVEN IF PANASONIC OR ITS this Agreement. from or in connection with the Data
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN provided to you hereunder.
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY Entire Agreement
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some These terms and conditions Government End Users
States, Territories and Countries do constitute the entire agreement If the Data is being acquired by or
not allow certain liability exclusions between PANASONIC (and its on behalf of the United States
or damages limitations, so to that licensors, including their licensors government or any other entity
extent the above may not apply and suppliers) and you pertaining to seeking or applying rights similar to
to you. the subject matter hereof, and those customarily claimed by the
supersedes in their entirety any and United States government, this Data
Export Control all written or oral agreements is a “commercial item” as that term
PANASONIC shall not export from previously existing between us with is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”)
anywhere any part of the Data or respect to such subject matter. 2.101, is licensed in accordance
any direct product thereof except in with these End-User Terms, and
compliance with, and with all Governing Law each copy of Data delivered or
licenses and approvals required The above terms and conditions otherwise furnished shall be marked
under, applicable export laws, rules shall be governed by the laws of the and embedded as appropriate with
and regulations, including but not State of Illinois (with respect to use
7/18/16
the following “Notice of Use,” and © 2014 HERE North America, LLC.
shall be treated in accordance with All rights reserved.
such Notice: If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal
official refuses to use the legend
provided herein, the Contracting
Officer, federal government agency,
or any federal official must notify
HERE North America, LLC prior to
seeking additional or alternative
rights in the Data.
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER)
NAME:
HERE North America, LLC
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER)
ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street,
Chicago, IL 60606.
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject
to these End-User Terms under
which this Data was provided.
7/18/16
Climate Controls 213
Climate Controls Climate Control 5. Fan Controls

6. Defrost
Systems
7. Rear Window Defogger
Climate Control Systems
Dual Automatic Climate Dual Automatic Climate 8. Recirculation
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Control System 9. Heated Steering Wheel (If
Air Vents The heating, cooling, and ventilation Equipped)
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 for the vehicle can be controlled 10. Air Conditioning
with this system.
Maintenance Automatic Operation
Passenger Compartment Air The system automatically controls
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set and the
setting is displayed. Functions not
manually set will continue to be
automatically controlled, even if the
AUTO indicator is not lit.
1. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats (If Equipped) For automatic operation:
2. Driver and Passenger 1. Press AUTO.

Temperature Controls 2. Set the temperature. Allow the
3. AUTO (Automatic Operation) system time to stabilize. Then
adjust the temperature as
4. Air Delivery Modes needed for best comfort.
7/18/16
214 Climate Controls
To improve fuel efficiency and on. The current mode appears in Press AUTO to return to automatic
to cool the vehicle faster, the display screen. Pressing any of operation and the air conditioner
recirculation may be the three buttons cancels automatic runs as needed. When the indicator
automatically selected in warm air delivery control and the direction light is on, the air conditioner runs
weather. The recirculation light of the airflow is controlled manually. automatically to cool the air inside
will not come on. Press L Press AUTO to return to automatic the vehicle or to dry the air needed
to select recirculation; press it operation. to defog the windshield faster.
again to select outside air. To change the current mode, select L : Press to turn recirculation on
English units can be changed to one or more of the following: or off. An indicator light comes on.
metric units through the Driver % : Air is directed to the Air is recirculated to quickly cool the
Information Center (DIC). See windshield and side window vents. inside of the vehicle or reduce entry
Driver Information Center of outside air and odors.
(DIC) 0 110. Y : Air is directed to the instrument
panel outlets. Rear Window Defogger
Manual Operation [ : Air is directed to the floor = : Press to turn the rear window
9 : Press the lower 9 button to outlets. defogger on or off. An indicator light
decrease the fan speed. Pressing on the button comes on to show that
the lower button longer turns the fan
0 : Press to clear the windshield the rear window defogger is on.
of fog or frost more quickly. Air is
and cooling off. Press the upper 9 directed to the windshield. The defogger only works when the
button to increase the fan speed. ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger
For best results, clear all snow and turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/
The selected fan speed is indicated
ice from the windshield before ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF
by the number of segments on the
defrosting. position.
display screen. Press AUTO to
return to automatic operation. # : Press to turn the air The rear window defogger can be
conditioning on or off. If the fan is set to automatic operation; see
Air Delivery Modes : Press %, Y, turned off or the outside “Climate and Air Quality” under
or [ to change the direction of the temperature falls below freezing, the Vehicle Personalization 0 113.
airflow. Any combination of the three air conditioning compressor will When Auto Rear Defog is selected,
buttons can be selected. The not run. the rear window defogger turns on
indicator light in the button will turn
7/18/16
Climate Controls 215
automatically when the interior M or L : Press to turn the heated Air Vents
temperature is cold and the outside seats on or off. See Heated Front
temperature is about 4 °C (40 °F) Seats 0 49. Adjustable Air Vents
and below. The auto rear defogger
turns off automatically after about ( : If equipped, press to turn the
10 minutes. At higher speeds, the heated steering wheel on or off. See
rear window defogger may stay on Heated Steering Wheel 0 94.
continuously. Remote Start Climate Control
If equipped with heated outside Operation : If equipped with the
rearview mirrors, they turn on when remote vehicle start feature, the
the rear window defogger button is climate control system may run
on and help to clear fog or frost from when the vehicle is started remotely.
the surface of the mirrors. See The system uses the driver’s
Heated Mirrors 0 33. previous settings to heat or cool the
inside of the vehicle. The rear defog
may come on during remote start
Caution based on cold ambient conditions.
Do not try to clear frost or other The rear defog indicator light does
not come on during a remote start.
material from the inside of the
If the vehicle has front heated
front windshield and rear window
seats, they may come on during a
with a razor blade or anything remote start. The heated seat
else that is sharp. This may indicator lights do not come on
damage the rear window during a remote start.
defogger grid and affect the See Remote Vehicle Start 0 26
radio's ability to pick up stations and Heated Front Seats 0 49.
clearly. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
1. Slider Knob
7/18/16
216 Climate Controls
2. Thumbwheel Maintenance Pollen Filter

Use the slider knobs (1) on the air The pollen filter cleans dust, pollen,
vents to change the direction of the Passenger Compartment and other airborne irritants from air
airflow. entering the vehicle through the air
Air Filter intake.
Use the thumbwheels (2) near the
air vents to control the amount of Air Intake
airflow or to shut off the airflow.
Fixed Air Vents
Additional air vents are under the
windshield, near the side windows,
and in the foot wells.
Operation Tips
. Keep all outlets open whenever
possible for best system
performance.
. Keep the path under all seats
clear of objects to help circulate
the air inside the vehicle more The air intake in front of the
effectively. windshield in the engine
. Use of non-GM approved hood compartment must be kept clear to
deflectors can adversely affect allow air intake. Remove any
the performance of the system. leaves, dirt, or snow.
7/18/16
Driving and Operating 217
Driving and Engine Exhaust

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Operating Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 250
Automatic Transmission Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Driving Information Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 234
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Filling a Portable Fuel
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Brakes Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Antilock Brake Trailer Towing
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 General Towing
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 237 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 239 Conversions and Add-Ons
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 221 Add-On Electrical
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 222 Ride Control Systems Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Traction Control/Electronic
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 223 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Cruise Control
Starting and Operating Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 227
Driver Assistance Systems
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Assistance Systems for
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 244
Retained Accessory
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Lane Departure
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
7/18/16
218 Driving and Operating

. Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
Refer to the infotainment section for
more information on using that
distractions. system, including pairing and using
Distracted Driving a cell phone
. Become familiar with vehicle
Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Defensive Driving
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Defensive driving means “always
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. expect the unexpected.” The first
activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into step in driving defensively is to wear
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to the safety belt. See Safety
governments have enacted laws driving. Belts 0 52.
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked . Assume that other road users
your area. to retrieve items that have fallen (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
to the floor. other drivers) are going to be
To avoid distracted driving, keep
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend careless and make mistakes.
your eyes on the road, keep your
to children. Anticipate what they might do
hands on the steering wheel, and
and be ready.
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint. . Allow enough following distance
. Do not use a phone in
between you and the driver in
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations front of you.
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone. . Focus on the task of driving.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read, { Warning Drunk Driving
take notes, or look up Death and injury associated with
information on phones or other Taking your eyes off the road too drinking and driving is a global
electronic devices. long or too often could cause a tragedy.
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
7/18/16
Average driver reaction time is Steering

{ Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power
(66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required.
can have a serious — or even include: If power steering assist is lost due
fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle
drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require
of you. increased effort. See your dealer if
Do not drink and drive or ride with there is a problem.
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . If the steering wheel is turned until it
Keep pace with traffic.
with a group, designate a driver reaches the end of its travel and is
If the engine ever stops while the held against that position for an
who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake extended period of time, power
normally but do not pump the steering assist may be reduced.
Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
If the steering assist is used for an
pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating extended period of time, power
engine stops, there will be some
are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be assist may be reduced.
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. Normal use of the power steering
Once the power assist is used up, it assist should return when the
Braking can take longer to stop and the system cools down.
Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. See your dealer if there is a
time and reaction time. Deciding to problem.
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
7/18/16
Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go

. straight down the roadway.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a
curve. Skidding
. Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that
speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three
. control systems:
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not
gently into the straightaway. rolling.
Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
. There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and
steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force.
be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow . Acceleration Skid — too much
. Holding both sides of the throttle causes the driving
steering wheel allows you to turn these tips:
wheels to spin.
180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and
a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids
way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to
. The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not
(ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the
pavement. overdriving those conditions. But
braking. skids are always possible.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
right front tire contacts the these suggestions:
pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
7/18/16
The vehicle may straighten out. Always drive slower in these types Hydroplaning
Be ready for a second skid if it of driving conditions and avoid
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
occurs. driving through large puddles and
can build up under the vehicle's
. Slow down and adjust your deep-standing or flowing water.
tires so they actually ride on the
driving according to weather water. This can happen if the road is
conditions. Stopping distance { Warning wet enough and you are going fast
can be longer and vehicle enough. When the vehicle is
control can be affected when Wet brakes can cause crashes. hydroplaning, it has little or no
traction is reduced by water, They might not work as well in a contact with the road.
snow, ice, gravel, or other quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could There is no hard and fast rule about
material on the road. Learn to
lose control of the vehicle. hydroplaning. The best advice is to
recognize warning clues — such
slow down when the road is wet.
as enough water, ice, or packed After driving through a large
snow on the road to make a puddle of water or a car/vehicle Other Rainy Weather Tips
mirrored surface — and slow wash, lightly apply the brake
down when you have any doubt. Besides slowing down, other wet
pedal until the brakes work weather driving tips include:
. Try to avoid sudden steering, normally. . Allow extra following distance.
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed Flowing or rushing water creates . Pass with caution.
by shifting to a lower gear. Any strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the . Keep windshield wiping
sudden changes could cause
vehicle to be carried away. If this equipment in good shape.
the tires to slide.
happens, you and other vehicle . Keep the windshield washer fluid
Remember: Antilock brakes help occupants could drown. Do not reservoir filled.
avoid only the braking skid.
ignore police warnings and be . Have good tires with proper
very cautious about trying to drive tread depth. See Tires 0 288.
Driving on Wet Roads through flowing water.
Rain and wet roads can reduce . Turn off cruise control.
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
7/18/16
Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving

{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
engine running and the vehicle
tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
in gear.
transmission. until roads can be treated.
. Shift to a lower gear when going . For Slippery Road Driving:
Drive at speeds that keep the
down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to
{ Warning center line. spin and makes the surface
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick.
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic
reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 240.
could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System
Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 237.
. Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
7/18/16
clear roads in shaded areas.

The surface of a curve or an { Warning Warning (Continued)
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear. Snow can trap engine exhaust the fan speed to the highest
Avoid sudden steering under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate
maneuvers and braking while cause exhaust gases to get Control Systems.”
on ice. inside. Engine exhaust contains For more information about CO,
carbon monoxide (CO), which see Engine Exhaust 0 233.
. Turn off cruise control. cannot be seen or smelled. It can
Blizzard Conditions cause unconsciousness and even
death. To save fuel, run the engine for
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and short periods to warm the vehicle
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in snow: and then shut the engine off and
unless there is help nearby. . Clear snow from the base of partially close the window. Moving
If possible, use Roadside the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
Assistance. See Roadside blocking the exhaust pipe. If it takes time for help to arrive,
Assistance Program 0 351. To get
. Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the
help and keep everyone in the
(2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
vehicle safe:
that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
. Turn on the hazard warning to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery
flashers. charged to restart the vehicle and to
. Fully open the air outlets on signal for help with the headlamps.
. Tie a red cloth to an outside or under the instrument
mirror. Do this as little as possible, to
panel. save fuel.
. Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air If the Vehicle Is Stuck
inside the vehicle and set
Slowly and cautiously spin the
(Continued) wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
7/18/16
If stuck too severely for the traction gears. Release the accelerator
system to free the vehicle, turn the pedal while shifting, and press { Warning
traction system off and use the lightly on the accelerator pedal
rocking method. See Traction when the transmission is in gear. Do not load the vehicle any
Control/Electronic Stability Slowly spinning the wheels in the heavier than the Gross
Control 0 240. forward and reverse directions Vehicle Weight Rating
causes a rocking motion that could (GVWR), or either the
{ Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the This can cause systems to
speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, break and change the way the
or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 0 318. vehicle handles. This could
vehicle can overheat, causing an cause loss of control and a
engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also
damage. Spin the wheels as little It is very important to know how reduce stopping distance,
as possible and avoid going much weight the vehicle can damage the tires, and shorten
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
carry. This weight is called the the life of the vehicle.
vehicle capacity weight and
Rocking the Vehicle to Get includes the weight of all
it Out occupants, cargo, and all
Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options.
right to clear the area around the Two labels on the vehicle may
front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth properly carry: the Tire and
between R (Reverse) and a low Loading Information label and
forward gear, spinning the wheels the Certification label.
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
7/18/16
Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the 3. Subtract the combined
Label recommended cold tire inflation weight of the driver and
pressures (4). For more passengers from XXX kg or
information on tires and inflation XXX lbs.
see Tires 0 288 and Tire 4. The resulting figure equals
Pressure 0 295. the available amount of
There is also important loading cargo and luggage load
information on the Certification capacity. For example, if the
label. It may show the Gross "XXX" amount equals
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) 1400 lbs. and there will be
and the Gross Axle Weight five 150 lb passengers in
Rating (GAWR) for the front and your vehicle, the amount of
rear axle. See “Certification available cargo and luggage
Label Example Label” later in this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
“Steps for Determining Correct
Loading Information label is 650 lbs.)
Load Limit–
attached to the vehicle's center 5. Determine the combined
1. Locate the statement "The
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and weight of luggage and cargo
combined weight of
Loading Information label shows being loaded on the vehicle.
occupants and cargo should
the number of occupant seating That weight may not safely
never exceed XXX kg or
positions (1), and the maximum exceed the available cargo
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
vehicle capacity weight (2) in and luggage load capacity
placard.
kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading 6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the a trailer, load from your
passengers that will be
tire size of the original trailer will be transferred to
riding in your vehicle.
7/18/16
your vehicle. Consult this 3. Available Occupant and

manual to determine how Cargo Weight = 317 kg
this reduces the available (700 lbs).
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
This vehicle is neither designed
nor intended to tow a trailer.
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 3 = 453 kg
Example 2
(1,000 lbs).
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 2. Subtract Occupant
for Example 2 = 453 kg Weight @ 91 kg
(1,000 lbs). (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
Example 1 (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 3. Available Cargo Weight
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). = 0 kg (0 lbs).
for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). 3. Available Cargo Weight Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
2. Subtract Occupant = 113 kg (250 lbs). Loading Information label for
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) specific information about the
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined
7/18/16
weight of the driver, passengers, Starting and

and cargo should never exceed { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. Operating
Things inside the vehicle can
Certification Label strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
Caution
. Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the The vehicle does not need an
cargo area, put them as elaborate break-in. But it will
far forward as possible. perform better in the long run if
Try to spread the weight you follow these guidelines:
evenly. . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
. Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to
Label Example some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle.
A vehicle-specific Certification the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for
label is attached to the vehicle's . Do not leave an the first 322 km (200 mi) or
center pillar (B-pillar). The label unsecured child restraint so. During this time the new
may show the gross weight in the vehicle. brake linings are not yet
capacity of the vehicle, called broken in. Hard stops with
. Secure loose items in the new linings can mean
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes vehicle. premature wear and earlier
. replacement. Follow this
the weight of the vehicle, all Do not leave a seat
occupants, fuel, and cargo. folded down unless (Continued)
needed.
7/18/16
Do not turn the engine off when the

Caution (Continued) Caution vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
breaking-in guideline every Using a tool to force the key to and steering systems and disable
time you get new brake turn in the ignition could cause the airbags.
linings. damage to the switch or break the
key. Use the correct key, make If the vehicle must be shut off in an
Following break-in, engine speed emergency:
and load can be gradually sure it is all the way in, and turn it
increased. only with your hand. If the key 1. Brake using a firm and steady
cannot be turned by hand, see pressure. Do not pump the
your dealer. brakes repeatedly. This may
Ignition Positions deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
The key must be fully extended to
start the vehicle. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
To shift out of P (Park), turn the vehicle is moving. After shifting
ignition to ON/RUN and apply the to N (Neutral), continue to
brake pedal. firmly apply the brakes and
0 Stopping the Engine : When the steer the vehicle to a safe
vehicle is stopped, turn the ignition location.
switch to LOCK/OFF to turn the 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift
engine off. Retained Accessory to P (Park). Turn the ignition to
Power (RAP) will remain active. See LOCK/OFF.
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 231. 4. Set the parking brake. See
The ignition switch has four different Electric Parking Brake 0 237.
This is the only position from which
positions. the key can be removed. This locks
the ignition and automatic
transmission.
7/18/16
verify the proper operation of the The key lock release is always
{ Warning malfunction indicator lamp as may functional except in the case of an
be required for emission inspection uncharged or low voltage (less than
Turning off the vehicle while purposes. The transmission is also 9-volt) battery. If the vehicle has an
moving may cause loss of power unlocked in this position. uncharged battery or a battery with
assist in the brake and steering low voltage, try charging or jump
systems and disable the airbags. The battery could be drained if the
key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY starting the battery. See Jump
While driving, only shut the Starting - North America 0 315.
vehicle off in an emergency. or ON/RUN position with the engine
off. The vehicle might not start if the
battery is allowed to drain for an
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, extended period of time.
and must be shut off while driving,
3 : This position starts the engine.
turn the ignition to ACC/
When the engine starts, release the
ACCESSORY.
key. The ignition switch will return to
1 : This position provides power to ON/RUN for normal driving.
some of the electrical accessories.
A warning tone sounds when the
To move the key from ACC/
driver door is opened if the ignition
ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, push
is still in ACC/ACCESSORY and the
in the key and then turn it to
key is in the ignition.
LOCK/OFF.
If the ignition becomes difficult to
2 : The ignition switch stays in this If charging or jump starting the
turn, see Keys 0 21.
position when the engine is running. battery does not work, locate the
This position can be used to operate Key Lock Release hole below the ignition lock. Insert a
the electrical accessories, including flat bladed tool or another key from
the ventilation fan and 12-volt power The vehicle is equipped with an
electronic key lock release. The key the key chain into the opening.
outlet, as well as to display some When the lever can be felt, actuate
warning and indicator lights. This lock release is designed to prevent
ignition key removal unless the shift the lever toward the driver, and
position can also be used for remove the key from the ignition.
service and diagnostics, and to lever is in P (Park).
7/18/16
Starting the Engine Caution Caution

Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). To restart the vehicle If the steering wheel is turned Cranking the engine for long
when it is already moving, use until it reaches the end of its periods of time, by returning the
N (Neutral) only. travel, and is held in that position ignition to the START position
while starting the vehicle, damage immediately after cranking has
Caution may occur to the hydraulic power ended, can overheat and damage
steering system and there may be the cranking motor, and drain the
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the loss of power steering assist. battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
vehicle is moving. If you do, you between each try, to let the
could damage the transmission. cranking motor cool down.
Starting Procedure
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped. 1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the 2. If the engine does not start
ignition key to START. When after five to 10 seconds,
the engine starts, let go of the especially in very cold weather
Caution key. The idle speed will go (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
down as the engine warms. Do be flooded with too much
If you add electrical parts or not race the engine gasoline. Push the accelerator
accessories, you could change immediately after starting it. pedal all the way to the floor
the way the engine operates. Any Operate the engine and and hold it there as you hold
resulting damage would not be transmission gently to allow the the key in START for a
covered by the vehicle warranty. oil to warm up and lubricate all maximum of 15 seconds. Wait
See Add-On Electrical moving parts. at least 15 seconds between
Equipment 0 253. each try, to allow the cranking
motor to cool. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again,
repeat the procedure. This
7/18/16
clears the extra gasoline from See Electric Parking

the engine. Do not race the Brake 0 237. Warning (Continued)
engine immediately after 2. Hold the button on the shift
starting it. Operate the engine vehicle will not move, even when
lever and push the lever toward you are on fairly level ground,
and transmission gently until the front of the vehicle into
the oil warms up and lubricates always set the parking brake and
P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park).
all moving parts.
3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. See Shifting Into Park 0 231.
Retained Accessory 4. Remove the key.
Power (RAP) Leaving the Vehicle with the
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, the vehicle must
The following vehicle accessories Engine Running be in P (Park) and the parking
may be used for up to 10 minutes brake set.
after the engine is turned off: { Warning Release the button and check that
. Power windows the shift lever cannot be moved out
It can be dangerous to leave the
. Accessory power outlets of P (Park).
vehicle with the engine running.
Power to the infotainment system It could overheat and catch fire. Torque Lock
will continue to operate for
It is dangerous to get out of the Torque lock is when the weight of
30 minutes or until the key is
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully the vehicle puts too much force on
removed from the ignition switch,
regardless of whether any door will in P (Park) with the parking brake the parking pawl in the
be opened. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
Do not leave the vehicle when the
transmission into P (Park) is not
Shifting Into Park engine is running. If you have left done properly; then it is difficult to
To shift into P (Park): the engine running, the vehicle shift out of P (Park). To prevent
can move suddenly. You or others torque lock, set the parking brake
1. Hold the brake pedal down and could be injured. To be sure the and then shift into P (Park). To find
set the parking brake.
(Continued) out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
previously in this section.
7/18/16
If torque lock does occur, the If the vehicle has an uncharged Parking over Things
vehicle may need to be pushed battery or a battery with low voltage,
uphill by another vehicle to relieve try charging or jump starting the
That Burn
the parking pawl pressure, so you battery. See Jump Starting - North
can shift out of P (Park). America 0 315. { Warning
If the shift lever cannot be moved Things that can burn could touch
Shifting out of Park out of P (Park): hot exhaust parts under the
Automatic Transmission 1. Apply and maintain the regular vehicle and ignite. Do not park
Shift Lock brakes. over papers, leaves, dry grass,
2. Turn the ignition to the ON/ or other things that can burn.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control RUN position. See Ignition
system. The shift lock control Positions 0 228 for more
system is designed to: information.
. Prevent ignition key removal 3. Let up on the shift lever and
unless the shift lever is in make sure the shift lever is
P (Park). pushed all the way into
P (Park).
. Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the 4. Press the shift lever button.
ignition is in ON/RUN and the 5. Move the shift lever into the
brake pedal is applied. desired gear.
The shift lock is always functional If you still cannot move the shift
except in the case of an uncharged lever from P (Park), consult your
or low voltage (less than 9-volt) dealer or a professional towing
battery. service.
7/18/16
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 231 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 233.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the
with poor ventilation windows completely down.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
7/18/16
Automatic Warning (Continued)

Transmission could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 231.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in

P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
P : This position locks the drive transmission shift lock control
wheels. It is the best position to use system. The regular brake must be
when starting the engine because fully applied first and then the shift
The selected gear is also shown in the vehicle cannot move easily. lever button pressed before shifting
the DIC. from P (Park) when the ignition key
{ Warning is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out
of P (Park), ease pressure on the
It is dangerous to get out of the shift lever, then push the shift lever
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully all the way into P (Park) as you
in P (Park) with the parking brake maintain brake application. Then
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
Do not leave the vehicle when the gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 232.
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle R : Use this gear to back up.
can move suddenly. You or others
(Continued)
7/18/16

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
Caution Warning (Continued) more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle could move very rapidly.
vehicle is moving forward could You could lose control and hit
damage the transmission. The people or objects. Do not shift Caution
repairs would not be covered by into a drive gear while the engine If the vehicle does not shift gears,
the vehicle warranty. Shift to is running at high speed. the transmission could be
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle damaged. Have the vehicle
is stopped. serviced right away.
Caution
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without Shifting out of P (Park) or Manual Mode
damaging the transmission, see If N (Neutral) with the engine Driver Shift Control (DSC)
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 223. running at high speed may
N : In this position, the engine does damage the transmission. The
Caution
not connect with the wheels. To repairs would not be covered by
restart the engine when the vehicle the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Driving with the engine at a high
is already moving, use N (Neutral) engine is not running at high rpm without upshifting while using
only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the speed when shifting the vehicle. Driver Shift Control (DSC), could
vehicle is being towed. damage the vehicle. Always
D : This position is for normal upshift when necessary while
{ Warning driving. It provides the best fuel using DSC.
economy. If more power is needed
Shifting into a drive gear while the for passing, and the vehicle is:
engine is running at high speed is DSC allows you to shift an
dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going less than 56 km/h automatic transmission similar to a
(35 mph), push the accelerator manual transmission. To use the
firmly on the brake pedal, the
pedal about halfway down. DSC feature:
(Continued)
7/18/16
2. Press the shift lever forward (+) While in the DSC mode, the
to upshift or rearward (−) to transmission will automatically
downshift. An M and the downshift when the vehicle comes
current gear will be displayed to a stop. This will allow for more
in the DIC. power during take-off.
While using the DSC feature, the When accelerating the vehicle from
vehicle will have firmer, quicker a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
shifting. You can use this for sport you may want to shift into second
driving or when climbing or gear. A higher gear allows the
descending hills, to stay in gear vehicle to gain more traction on
longer, or to downshift for more slippery surfaces.
power or engine braking.
1. Move the shift lever from
The transmission will only allow you
D (Drive) to the left into the (+)
to shift into gears appropriate for the
or (−) manual position.
vehicle speed and engine
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
transmission will not automatically
shift to the next lower gear if the
engine rpm is too high, nor to the
next higher gear when the maximum
engine rpm is reached.
If shifting is prevented for any
reason, the currently selected gear
will flash multiple times, indicating
that the transmission has not shifted
gears.
7/18/16
Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it

becomes necessary to slam on the
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced normal.
will separately work the brakes at
electronic braking system that helps
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
When the vehicle begins to drive
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
away, ABS checks itself.
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best
may be heard while this test is going
braking hard. braking.
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates Electric Parking Brake
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning suddenly slows or stops. Always
Light 0 105. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
7/18/16
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) The red parking brake status light The vehicle may automatically apply
switch is on the center console. The will flash and then stay on once the the EPB in some situations when
EPB can always be activated, even EPB is fully applied. If the red the vehicle is not moving. This is
if the ignition is off. To prevent parking brake status light flashes normal, and is done to periodically
draining the battery, avoid repeated continuously, then the EPB is only check the correct operation of the
cycles of the EPB when the engine partially applied or there is a EPB system.
is not running. problem with the EPB. A DIC If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
The system has a red parking brake message will display. Release the wheels should be blocked to
status light and an amber parking EPB and try to apply it again. If the prevent vehicle movement.
brake warning light. See Electric light does not come on, or keeps
Parking Brake Light 0 105. There flashing, have the vehicle serviced. EPB Release
are also parking brake-related Do not drive the vehicle if the red
To release the EPB:
Driver Information Center (DIC) parking brake status light is flashing.
See your dealer. See Electric 1. Place the ignition in the ACC/
messages. In case of insufficient
Parking Brake Light 0 105. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
electrical power, the EPB cannot be
position.
applied or released. If the amber parking brake warning
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch 2. Apply and hold the brake
Before leaving the vehicle, check
and hold it up. Continue to hold the pedal.
the red parking brake status light to
ensure that the parking brake is switch until the red parking brake 3. Push down momentarily on the
applied. status light remains on. If the amber EPB switch.
parking brake warning light remains
EPB Apply on, see your dealer. The Operate Pedal Light comes on
when the brake pedal needs to be
To apply the EPB: If the EPB is applied while the applied to release the EPB. See
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will Operate Pedal Light 0 105.
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a
decelerate as long as the switch is
complete stop. The EPB is released when the red
held up. If the switch is held up until
2. Lift up the EPB switch the vehicle comes to a stop, the parking brake status light is off.
momentarily. EPB will remain applied.
7/18/16
If the amber parking brake warning Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA)
light is on, release the EPB by
pushing down on the EPB switch The Brake Assist feature is This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist
and holding it down. Continue to designed to assist the driver in (HSA) feature, which may be useful
hold the switch until the red parking stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on an
brake status light is off. If either light speed in emergency driving incline. This feature is designed to
stays on after release is attempted, conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling,
see your dealer. stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during
control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver
power brake system under completely stops and holds the
Caution conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on
Driving with the parking brake on quickly and forcefully applied the an incline, HSA will be automatically
can overheat the brake system brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition
stop or slow down the vehicle. The period between when the driver
and cause premature wear or
stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts
damage to brake system parts.
control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade,
Make sure that the parking brake pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure to
is fully released and the brake vehicle until the ABS activates. ensure that there is no rolling. The
warning light is off before driving. Minor brake pedal pulsation or brakes will automatically release
pedal movement during this time is when the accelerator pedal is
Automatic EPB Release normal and the driver should applied.
continue to apply the brake pedal as
The EPB will automatically release if the driving situation dictates. The
the vehicle is running, placed into Brake Assist feature will
gear, and an attempt is made to automatically disengage when the
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration brake pedal is released or brake
when the EPB is applied, to pedal pressure is quickly
preserve parking brake lining life. decreased.
7/18/16
Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the

driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
Electronic Stability TCS or StabiliTrak begins to limit
Control wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems
System Operation turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This
The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. light will:
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting
electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin.
These systems help limit wheel spin started and begins to move. The
and assist the driver in maintaining . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while
conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), and
the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary d comes on and stays on to
engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 223 maintaining control. The vehicle is
the intended path and the direction and “Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be
the vehicle is actually traveling. On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly.
StabiliTrak selectively applies If d comes on and stays on:
braking pressure to any one of the
1. Stop the vehicle.
7/18/16
2. Turn the engine off and wait instrument cluster turns off. The
15 seconds. Caution appropriate DIC message is
3. Start the engine. displayed.
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is Adding accessories can affect
Drive the vehicle. If d comes on vehicle performance. See
and stays on, the vehicle may need off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged. Accessories and
more time to diagnose the problem. Modifications 0 255.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer. To turn off only TCS, press and
Turning the Systems Off release g. The appropriate DIC
and On message is displayed.
To turn TCS on again, press and
release g. The appropriate DIC
message is displayed.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and hold g until the
StabiliTrak Off light g comes on and
stays on in the instrument cluster.
The appropriate DIC message is
displayed.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
again, press and release g. The
StabiliTrak Off light g in the
7/18/16
Cruise Control See Traction Control/Electronic

Stability Control 0 240. If a collision
RES/+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, move the thumbwheel up
The cruise control lets the vehicle alert occurs when cruise control is briefly to resume to that speed or
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h activated, cruise control is hold upward to accelerate. If cruise
(25 mph) or more without keeping disengaged. See Forward Collision control is already active, use to
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise Alert (FCA) System 0 246. When increase vehicle speed.
control does not work at speeds road conditions allow you to safely SET/− : Move the thumbwheel down
below 40 km/h (25 mph). use it again, cruise control can be briefly to set the speed and activate
turned back on. cruise control. If cruise control is
{ Warning If the brakes are applied, cruise already active, use to decrease
control disengages. speed.
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at * : Press to disengage cruise
a steady speed. Do not use control without erasing the set
cruise control on winding roads or speed from memory.
in heavy traffic. Setting Cruise Control
Cruise control can be dangerous If 1 is on when not in use, SET/− or
on slippery roads. On such roads, RES/+ could get bumped and go
fast changes in tire traction can into cruise when not desired. Keep
cause excessive wheel slip, and 1 off when cruise control is not
you could lose control. Do not use being used.
cruise control on slippery roads.
To set a speed:
The vehicle has a Traction Control 1. Press 1 to turn cruise

System (TCS) or StabiliTrak system control on.
1 : Press to turn the cruise control
that begins to limit wheel spin while system on or off. A white indicator 2. Get up to the speed desired.
using cruise control and the cruise comes on in the instrument cluster
control will automatically disengage. 3. Move the thumbwheel down
when cruise is turned on. toward SET/− and release it.
7/18/16
4. Remove your foot from the . To increase vehicle speed in The speedometer reading can be
accelerator. small increments, move the displayed in either English or metric
The cruise control indicator on the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ units. See Driver Information Center
instrument cluster turns green after briefly. For each press, the (DIC) 0 110. The increment value
cruise control has been set to the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h used depends on the units
desired speed. See Instrument (1 mph) faster. displayed.
Cluster 0 98. The speedometer reading can be Passing Another Vehicle While
displayed in either English or metric Using Cruise Control
Resuming a Set Speed units. See Driver Information Center
If the cruise control is set at a (DIC) 0 110. The increment value Use the accelerator pedal to
desired speed and then the brakes used depends on the units increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
are applied or * is pressed, the displayed.
vehicle slows down to the previous
cruise control is disengaged without Reducing Speed While Using set cruise control speed. While
erasing the set speed from memory. Cruise Control pressing the accelerator pedal or
Once the vehicle speed is about shortly following the release to
40 km/h (25 mph) or greater, move If the cruise control system is
already activated: override cruise control, briefly
the thumbwheel up toward RES/+ moving the thumbwheel toward
briefly. The vehicle returns to the . Move the thumbwheel toward SET/− will result in cruise set to the
previously set speed. SET/− and hold until the desired current vehicle speed.
Increasing Speed While Using lower speed is reached, then
release it. Using Cruise Control on Hills
Cruise Control
. To decrease the vehicle speed in How well cruise control works on
If the cruise control system is hills depends on the vehicle speed,
already activated: small increments, move the
thumbwheel toward SET/− load, and the steepness of the hills.
. Move the thumbwheel up toward briefly. For each press, the When going up steep hills, you
RES/+ and hold it until the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h might have to step on the
desired speed is reached, then (1 mph) slower. accelerator pedal to maintain the
release it. vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake or
shift to a lower gear to keep your
7/18/16
speed down. If the brake pedal is Driver Assistance

applied, cruise control will
disengage. Systems
Ending Cruise Control
Assistance Systems for
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
Parking or Backing
. To disengage cruise control, If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
step lightly on the brake pedal. (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
and Front Parking Assist (FPA) may
. Press *. help the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
. Shift the transmission to when parking or backing.
N (Neutral). 1. View Displayed by the
. To turn off cruise control, Rear Vision Camera (RVC) Camera
press 1. When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
Erasing Speed Memory image of the area behind the vehicle
The cruise control set speed is in the infotainment display.
erased from memory if 1 is pressed
or if the vehicle is turned off.
1. View Displayed by the

Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
7/18/16
Displayed images may be farther or

closer than they appear. The area Warning (Continued) { Warning
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the only these camera(s). Always The Parking Assist system does
bumper or under the bumper do not check behind and around the not detect children, pedestrians,
display. vehicle before driving. Failure to bicyclists, animals, or objects
use proper care may result in located below the bumper or that
Touch MENU on the infotainment injury, death, or vehicle damage. are too close or too far from the
screen to adjust the display vehicle. It is not available at
brightness while viewing the rear
Parking Assist speeds greater than 8 km/h
camera display.
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
A warning triangle may display on With RPA, as the vehicle backs up or vehicle damage, even with
the RVC screen to show that RPA at speeds of less than 8 km/h Parking Assist, always check the
has detected an object. This triangle (5 mph), the sensors on the rear area around the vehicle and
changes from amber to red and bumper detect objects up to 2.5 m check all mirrors before moving
increases in size the closer the (8 ft) behind the vehicle that are
forward or backing.
object. within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
the ground and below bumper level.
{ Warning If the vehicle has Front Parking
Assist (FPA), it also detects objects
The camera(s) do not display 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle.
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, These detection distances may be
crossing traffic, animals, or any shorter during warmer or humid
other object outside of the weather. Blocked sensors will not
cameras’ field of view, below the detect objects and can also cause
false detections. Keep the sensors
bumper, or under the vehicle.
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and
Shown distances may be different
slush; and clean sensors after a car
from actual distances. Do not wash in freezing temperatures.
drive or park the vehicle using
(Continued)
7/18/16
The instrument cluster may have a button comes on when the features
parking assist display with bars that are on and turns off when the { Warning
show “distance to object” and object features have been disabled.
location information for RPA, and on FCA is a warning system and
The parking assist symbols and does not apply the brakes. When
some vehicles, for the FPA system. guidance lines can be turned on or
As the object gets closer, more bars approaching a slower-moving or
off through the infotainment system. stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
light up, and the bars change color See “Rear Camera Options” in
from yellow to amber to red. or when following a vehicle too
Vehicle Personalization 0 113 closely, FCA may not provide a
When an object is first detected in
warning with enough time to help
the rear, one beep will be heard Forward Collision Alert avoid a crash. It also may not
from the rear. When an object is
very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the
(FCA) System provide any warning at all. FCA
vehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the If equipped, the FCA system may does not warn of pedestrians,
vehicle front), five beeps will sound help to avoid or reduce the harm animals, signs, guardrails,
from the rear or front depending on caused by front-end crashes. FCA bridges, construction barrels,
object location. Beeps for FPA are provides a visual alert and beeps or other objects. Be ready to take
higher pitched than for RPA. when approaching a vehicle directly action and apply the brakes. See
ahead too quickly. Defensive Driving 0 218.
Turning the Features On or Off
The forward-looking FCA camera
sensor is on the windshield ahead Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
of the rearview mirror. FCA detects
vehicles within a distance of
approximately 60 m (197 ft) and
operates at speeds above 40 km/h
(25 mph).
The X button on the center stack

is used to turn on or off Parking
Assist. The indicator light next to the
7/18/16
FCA warnings will not occur unless Selecting the Alert Timing
the FCA system detects a vehicle Warning (Continued)
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will proper condition. Keep the
display green. Vehicles may not be windshield, headlamps, and FCA
detected on curves, highway exit sensors clean and in good repair.
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially Collision Alert
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning The Collision Alert control is on the
to help avoid a crash, unless it steering wheel. Press [ to set the
detects a vehicle. FCA may not alert timing. The first button press
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA When your vehicle approaches shows the current control setting on
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, another vehicle too rapidly, the FCA the DIC. Additional button presses
or ice, or if the windshield is display will come on in the DIC and will change this setting and turn the
damaged. It may also not detect a several high-pitched beeps will system off.
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, sound. When this Collision Alert
occurs, the brake system may Unnecessary Alerts
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain, prepare for driver braking to occur FCA may provide unnecessary
more rapidly which can cause a alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in
or snow, or if the headlamps or
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to other lanes, objects that are not
windshield are not cleaned or in
apply the brake pedal as needed. vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
(Continued) Cruise control may be disengaged are normal operation and the
when the Collision Alert occurs. vehicle does not need service.
7/18/16
Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, clean the outside . Detect lane markings under camera sensors clean and in
of the windshield area in front of the poor weather or visibility good repair. Do not use LDW in
camera sensor before considering conditions. This can occur if bad weather conditions.
taking the vehicle in for service. the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
Lane Departure dirt, snow, or ice; if they are How the System Works
Warning (LDW) not in proper condition; or if The LDW camera sensor is on the
the sun shines directly into windshield ahead of the rearview
If equipped, LDW may help avoid the camera. mirror.
crashes due to unintentional lane . Detect road edges. To turn LDW on and off, press @ on
departures. It may provide an alert if
the vehicle is crossing a lane . Detect lanes on winding or the center stack. The control
without using a turn signal in that hilly roads. indicator will light when LDW is on.
direction. LDW uses a camera If LDW only detects lane
sensor to detect the lane markings markings on one side of the road,
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
it will only warn you when
greater.
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
{ Warning marking. Always keep your
The LDW system does not steer attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position When LDW is on, @ is green if
the vehicle. The LDW system
within the lane, or vehicle LDW is available to warn of a lane
may not: departure. If the vehicle crosses a
damage, injury, or death could
. Provide enough time to occur. Always keep the detected lane marking without using
avoid a crash. windshield, headlamps, and the turn signal in that direction, @
(Continued) (Continued) changes to amber and flashes.
7/18/16
Additionally, there will be three Fuel performance and fuel economy.

beeps on the right or left, depending Unleaded gasoline with an octane
on the lane departure direction. GM recommends the use of TOP rated as low as 87 can be used.
TIER® detergent gasoline to keep Using unleaded gasoline rated
When the System Does Not the engine cleaner and reduce below 93 octane, however, will lead
Seem To Work Properly engine deposits. See to reduced acceleration and fuel
The system may not detect lanes as www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP economy. If knocking occurs, use a
well when there are: TIER detergent gasoline marketers gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon
and applicable countries. as possible, otherwise, the engine
. Close vehicles ahead.
could be damaged. If heavy
. Sudden lighting changes, such knocking is heard when using
as when driving through tunnels. gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
. engine needs service.
Banked roads.
If the LDW system is not functioning Prohibited Fuels
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the Caution
windshield may help.
Do not use fuels with any of the
LDW alerts may occur due to tar following conditions; doing so
marks, shadows, cracks in the road, may damage the vehicle and void
temporary or construction lane
its warranty:
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or . For vehicles which are not
operation; the vehicle does not need FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with FlexFuel, fuel labeled
service. Turn LDW off if these ethanol levels greater than 15% by greater than 15% ethanol by
conditions continue. volume. volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16 – 50%
Premium unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814 ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
with a posted octane rating of 93 is (Continued)
highly recommended for best
7/18/16
Caution (Continued)
the underhood emission control Fuel Additives
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
. Fuel with any amount of TIER® detergent gasoline is
Standards, the vehicle will operate
methanol, methylal, and satisfactorily on fuels meeting recommended. See Fuel 0 249.
aniline. These fuels can federal specifications, but emission
corrode metal fuel system If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
control system performance may be not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
parts or damage plastic and affected. The malfunction indicator
rubber parts. System Treatment Cleaner added to
lamp could turn on and the vehicle the fuel tank at every engine oil
. Fuel containing metals such may not pass a smog-check test. change, can help. GM Fuel System
as methylcyclopentadienyl See Malfunction Indicator Lamp Treatment Cleaner is the only
manganese tricarbonyl (Check Engine Light) 0 102. If this gasoline additive recommended by
(MMT), which can damage occurs, return to your authorized General Motors. It is available at
the emissions control dealer for diagnosis. If it is your dealer.
system and spark plugs. determined that the condition is
. Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used, Filling the Tank
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel
{ Warning
economy and performance, Fuels in Foreign Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
and may decrease the life of Countries violently and can cause injury or
the emissions catalyst. death.
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock . To help avoid injuries to you
California Fuel index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a and others, read and follow
foreign country, see “Prohibited all the instructions on the
Requirements Fuels” in Fuel 0 249. fuel pump island.
If the vehicle is certified to meet (Continued)
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
7/18/16
Warning (Continued)
. Turn off the engine when
refueling.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
. Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
. Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise
. Do not re-enter the vehicle door on the passenger side of the to remove. While refueling, hang the
while pumping fuel. vehicle. The fuel door is locked tethered fuel cap from the hook on
. Keep children away from when the vehicle doors are locked. the fuel door.
the fuel pump and never let Press K on the RKE transmitter to
children pump fuel. unlock. To open the fuel door, push { Warning
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel and release the rearward center
cap is opened too quickly. edge of the door. Overfilling the fuel tank by more
This spray can happen if the than three clicks of a standard fill
tank is nearly full, and is nozzle may cause:
more likely in hot weather. . Vehicle performance issues,
Open the fuel cap slowly including engine stalling and
and wait for any hiss noise damage to the fuel system.
to stop, then unscrew the . Fuel spills.
cap all the way.
. Potential fuel fires.
7/18/16
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a

few seconds after you have finished Caution Warning (Continued)
pumping before removing the
If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Use approved fuel
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See sure to get the right type of cap containers.
Exterior Care 0 321. from your dealer. The wrong type . Remove the container from
of fuel cap may not fit properly, the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it may cause the malfunction
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure bed before filling.
indicator lamp to light, and could
the cap is fully installed. The . Place the container on the
damage the fuel tank and
diagnostic system can determine if ground.
emissions system. See
the fuel cap has been left off or . Place the nozzle inside the
improperly installed. This would Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 102. fill opening of the container
allow fuel to evaporate into the before dispensing fuel, and
atmosphere. See Malfunction keep it in contact with the fill
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Filling a Portable Fuel opening until filling is
Light) 0 102. complete.
Container
.
{ Warning { Warning
Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
If a fire starts while you are expansion.
refueling, do not remove the Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters
shutting off the pump or by fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel.
notifying the station attendant. by static electricity or other
. Avoid using cell phones or
Leave the area immediately. means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle other electronic devices.
could be damaged. Always:
(Continued)
7/18/16
Trailer Towing Conversions and Caution

Add-Ons
General Towing Some electrical equipment can
Information damage the vehicle or cause
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
The vehicle is neither designed nor Equipment would not be covered by the
intended to tow a trailer. vehicle warranty. Always check
{ Warning with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 102. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system.
DLC — such as an aftermarket Before attempting to add anything
fleet or driver-behavior tracking electrical to the vehicle, see
device — may interfere with Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
vehicle systems. This could affect Vehicle 0 67 and Adding Equipment
vehicle operation and cause a to the Airbag-Equipped
crash. Such devices may also Vehicle 0 68.
access information stored in the
vehicle’s systems.
7/18/16
254 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission Shift

Vehicle Care Lock Control Function
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Rear Compartment Fuse
Ignition Transmission Lock Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
General Information Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 255 Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires
California Proposition Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 273 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 273 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
California Perchlorate Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Materials Requirements . . . . . 255 Headlamp Aiming Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Accessories and Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 290
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Bulb Replacement Tire Terminology and
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Doing Your Own High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Engine Compartment Adaptive Forward Lighting Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 262 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 276 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Automatic Transmission Sidemarker Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 277 When It Is Time for New
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . 278 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 263 Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 280 Different Size Tires and
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 268 Uniform Tire Quality
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 281 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 282
Engine Compartment Fuse Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Battery - North America . . . . . . 271 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 306
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 272 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 255
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 other reproductive harm. Engine
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 314 your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
Jump Starting and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 271
these marks: and Jump Starting - North
Towing the Vehicle America 0 315.
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Recreational Vehicle California Perchlorate
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Materials Requirements
Appearance Care Certain types of automotive
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
applications, such as airbag
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
California Proposition perchlorate.
65 Warning
Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many Modifications
of its service parts and fluids, Adding non-dealer accessories or
contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle
known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and
7/18/16
256 Vehicle Care
safety, including such things as GM Accessories are designed to Vehicle Checks

airbags, braking, stability, ride and complement and function with other
handling, emissions systems, systems on the vehicle. See your
aerodynamics, durability, and dealer to accessorize the vehicle Doing Your Own
electronic systems like antilock using genuine GM Accessories Service Work
brakes, traction control, and stability installed by a dealer technician.
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
Also, see Adding Equipment to the { Warning
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.
malfunction or damage not covered It can be dangerous to work on
by the vehicle warranty. your vehicle if you do not have
Damage to suspension components the proper knowledge, service
caused by modifying vehicle height manual, tools, or parts. Always
outside of factory settings will not be follow owner’s manual procedures
covered by the vehicle warranty. and consult the service manual
Damage to vehicle components for your vehicle before doing any
resulting from modifications or the service work.
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control If doing some of your own service
module or software modifications, is work, use the proper service
not covered under the terms of the manual. It tells you much more
vehicle warranty and may affect about how to service the vehicle
remaining warranty coverage for than this manual can. To order the
affected parts. proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 356.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 67.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 257
Keep a record with all parts receipts 1. Pull the hood release handle
and list the mileage and the date of inside the vehicle. It is on the
any service work performed. See lower left side of the instrument
Maintenance Records 0 343. panel.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
3. Lift the hood and release the
Hood hood prop from its retainer,
above the radiator. Securely
To open the hood: place the hood prop into the
slot on the underside of
2. Go to the front of the vehicle the hood.
and move the secondary hood
release lever toward the driver
side of the vehicle.
7/18/16
258 Vehicle Care
To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all filler caps are on
properly. Then, lift the hood to
relieve pressure on the hood
prop. Remove the hood prop
from the slot in the underside
of the hood and return the prop
to its retainer. The prop rod
must click into place when
returning it to the retainer to
prevent hood damage.
2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)
above the vehicle and release
it so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is closed
and repeat the process if
necessary.
Caution
Do not press the hood into the
latch. This may dent the hood.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 259
Engine Compartment Overview

7/18/16
260 Vehicle Care
1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 263. Following these simple, but

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of important steps will help protect { Warning
View). See Cooling your investment:
The engine oil dipstick handle
System 0 264. . Use engine oil approved to the may be hot; it could burn you.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See proper specification and of the Use a towel or glove to touch the
Engine Oil 0 260. proper viscosity grade. See dipstick handle.
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See in this section.
Engine Oil 0 260. If a low oil Driver Information Center
. Check the engine oil level
5. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See (DIC) message displays, check the
regularly and maintain the oil level.
Brakes 0 270. proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add Follow these guidelines:
6. Battery - North America 0 271.
Engine Oil” in this section. . To get an accurate reading, park
7. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See . Change the engine oil at the the vehicle on level ground.
Cooling System 0 264. appropriate time. See Engine Oil Check the engine oil level after
Life System 0 262. the engine has been off for at
8. Windshield Washer Fluid least two hours. Checking the
Reservoir. See Washer . Always dispose of engine oil
engine oil level on steep grades
Fluid 0 269. properly. See “What to Do with or too soon after engine shutoff
Used Oil” in this section. can result in incorrect readings.
9. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 282. Checking Engine Oil Accuracy improves when
checking a cold engine prior to
Check the engine oil level regularly, starting. Remove the dipstick
Engine Oil every 650 km (400 mi), especially and check the level.
To ensure proper engine prior to a long trip. The engine oil
dipstick handle is a loop. See . If unable to wait two hours, the
performance and long life, careful
Engine Compartment Overview engine must be off for at least
attention must be paid to engine oil.
0 259 for the location. 15 minutes if the engine is
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 261
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean Selecting the Right Engine Oil
paper towel or cloth, then push it Caution
Selecting the right engine oil
back in all the way. Remove it
Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil
again, keeping the tip down, and
levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade.
check the level.
acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and
When to Add Engine Oil shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants 0 341.
to the engine. If you find that you Specification
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine Ask for and use engine oils that
has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification.
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain
area at the tip of the dipstick and out the excess oil or limit driving
the engine has been off for at least of the vehicle and seek a service
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the professional to remove the
recommended oil and then recheck excess amount of oil. Engine oils that have been
the level. See “Selecting the Right approved by GM as meeting the
Engine Oil” later in this section for dexos1 specification are marked
See Engine Compartment Overview with the dexos1 approved logo. See
an explanation of what kind of oil to
0 259 for the location of the engine www.gmdexos.com.
use. For engine oil crankcase
oil fill cap.
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications 0 345. Add enough oil to put the level Caution
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way Failure to use the recommended
back in when through. engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
7/18/16
262 Vehicle Care
Viscosity Grade What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade temperature, and miles driven.
Used engine oil contains certain
engine oil. Based on driving conditions, the
elements that can be unhealthy for
mileage at which an oil change is
Cold Temperature Operation: In an your skin and could even cause
indicated can vary considerably. For
area of extreme cold, where the cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
the oil life system to work properly,
temperature falls below −29 °C your skin for very long. Clean your
the system must be reset every time
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be skin and nails with soap and water,
the oil is changed.
used. An oil of this viscosity grade or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
will provide easier cold starting for properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
the engine at extremely low containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
temperatures. When selecting an oil manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
is recommended to select an oil of OIL SOON message comes on.
Used oil can be a threat to the
the correct specification. See Change the oil as soon as possible
environment. If you change your
“Specification” earlier in this section. within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
It is possible that, if driving under
from the filter before disposal. Never
Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the
the best conditions, the oil life
Oil Flushes system might indicate that an oil
trash or pouring it on the ground,
change is not necessary for up to a
Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or
year. The engine oil and filter must
recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
be changed at least once a year
dexos1 specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil.
and, at this time, the system must
needed for good performance and be reset. Your dealer has trained
engine protection. Engine Oil Life System service people who will perform this
Engine oil system flushes are not When to Change Engine Oil work and reset the system. It is also
recommended and could cause important to check the oil regularly
engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system over the course of an oil drain
vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the interval and keep it at the proper
engine oil and filter. This is based level.
on a combination of factors which
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 263
If the system is ever reset The system is reset when the Change the fluid at the intervals
accidentally, the oil must be CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON listed in Maintenance Schedule
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) message is off and the REMAINING 0 332, and be sure to use the fluid
since the last oil change. OIL LIFE 100% message is listed in Recommended Fluids and
Remember to reset the oil life displayed. Lubricants 0 341.
system whenever the oil is changed. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
How to Reset the Engine Oil message comes back on when the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Life System vehicle is started, the engine oil life The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
system has not been reset. Repeat engine compartment on the
Reset the system whenever the the procedure. passenger side of the vehicle. See
engine oil is changed so that the Engine Compartment
system can calculate the next Automatic Transmission Overview 0 259.
engine oil change. To reset the
system: Fluid When to Inspect the Engine Air
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN How to Check Automatic Cleaner/Filter
with the engine off. Transmission Fluid For intervals on changing and
2. Press the DIC MENU button on It is not necessary to check the inspecting the engine air cleaner/
the turn signal lever to enter transmission fluid level. filter, see Maintenance
the Vehicle Information Menu. A transmission fluid leak is the only Schedule 0 332.
Use the thumbwheel to scroll reason for fluid loss. If a leak How to Inspect the Engine Air
through the menu items until occurs, take the vehicle to your
you reach REMAINING
Cleaner/Filter
dealer and have it repaired as soon
OIL LIFE. as possible. Do not start the engine or have the
3. Press SET/CLR to reset the oil engine running with the engine air
There is a special procedure for
life at 100%. cleaner/filter housing open. Before
checking and changing the
removing the engine air cleaner/
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. transmission fluid. Because this filter, make sure that the engine air
procedure is difficult, you should
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
have this done at your dealer.
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
7/18/16
264 Vehicle Care
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake 3. Lower the cover into the engine
the engine air cleaner/filter (away air cleaner/filter assembly, then
from the vehicle), to release loose secure with the six screws.
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
{ Warning
the engine air cleaner/filter with Operating the engine with the air
water or compressed air. cleaner/filter off can cause you or
To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ others to be burned. The air
filter: cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
drive with the air cleaner/filter off. of View)
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap
Caution
{ Warning
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine, An electric engine cooling fan
which could damage it. Always under the hood can start up even
have the air cleaner/filter in place when the engine is not running
when you are driving. and can cause injury. Keep
1. Remove the six screws and lift hands, clothing, and tools away
the cover off the engine air from any underhood electric fan.
cleaner/filter assembly. Cooling System
2. Inspect or replace the engine The cooling system allows the
air cleaner/filter. engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 265
Engine Coolant
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
The cooling system in the vehicle is
Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL engine overheat warning. The engine
other engine parts, can be very coolant. This coolant is designed to could catch fire and you or others
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, remain in the vehicle for 5 years or could be burned. Use a 50/
you can be burned. 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
occurs first. water and DEX-COOL coolant.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it The following explains the cooling
could lose all coolant. That could system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean
cause an engine fire, and you coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL
could be burned. Get any leak problem with engine overheating, coolant. This mixture:
fixed before you drive the vehicle. see Engine Overheating 0 268.
. Gives freezing protection down
What to Use to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
Caution { Warning . Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
Using coolant other than Adding only plain water or some temperature.
DEX-COOL® can cause other liquid to the cooling system
. Protects against rust and
premature engine, heater core, can be dangerous. Plain water
corrosion.
or radiator corrosion. In addition, and other liquids, can boil before
the engine coolant could require the proper coolant mixture will. . Will not damage aluminum parts.
changing sooner. Any repairs The coolant warning system is set . Helps keep the proper engine
would not be covered by the for the proper coolant mixture. temperature.
vehicle warranty. Always use With plain water or the wrong
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant mixture, the engine could get too
in the vehicle. hot but you would not get the
(Continued)
7/18/16
266 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the

Caution Coolant Surge Tank
The vehicle must be on a level
If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant
inhibitors, or additives are used in level. Caution
the vehicle cooling system, the It is normal to see coolant moving in This vehicle has a specific
engine could overheat and be the upper coolant hose return line coolant fill procedure. Failure to
damaged. Too much water in the when the engine is running. follow this procedure could cause
mixture can freeze and crack
Check to see if coolant is visible in the engine to overheat and be
engine cooling parts. The repairs
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant severely damaged.
would not be covered by the inside the coolant surge tank is
vehicle warranty. Use only the boiling, do not do anything else until
proper mixture of engine coolant it cools down. If no problem is found, check to see
for the cooling system. See if coolant is visible in the coolant
Recommended Fluids and If coolant is visible but the coolant surge tank. If coolant is visible but
Lubricants 0 341. level is not at or above the mark the coolant level is not at the
pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of indicated level mark, add a 50/
clean, drinkable water and 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water
Never dispose of engine coolant by DEX-COOL coolant. and DEX-COOL coolant at the
putting it in the trash, pouring it on coolant surge tank, but be sure the
Be sure the cooling system is cool
the ground, or into sewers, streams, cooling system, including the
before this is done.
or bodies of water. Have the coolant coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
changed by an authorized service If no coolant is visible in the coolant cool before you do it.
center, familiar with legal surge tank, add coolant as follows:
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help { Warning
protect the environment and your Steam and scalding liquids from a
health. hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
(Continued)
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 267
1. Remove the coolant surge tank 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
Warning (Continued) pressure cap when the cooling the proper DEX-COOL coolant
system, including the coolant mixture to the indicated
the cap when the cooling system, surge tank pressure cap and level mark.
including the surge tank pressure upper radiator hose, is no
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling 4. With the coolant surge tank
longer hot. pressure cap off, start the
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool. Turn the pressure cap slowly engine and let it run until you
counterclockwise about can feel the upper radiator
one-quarter of a turn. If you hose getting hot. Watch out for
hear a hiss, wait for that to the engine cooling fan.
Caution stop. This will allow any By this time, the coolant level
pressure still left to be vented inside the coolant surge tank
In cold weather, water can freeze out the discharge hose. may be lower. If the level is
and crack the engine, radiator, 2. Keep turning the pressure cap lower, add more of the proper
heater core, and other parts. Use slowly and remove it. DEX-COOL coolant mixture to
the recommended coolant and the coolant surge tank until the
the proper coolant mixture. level reaches the indicated
level mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap
{ Warning tightly.
Check the level in the coolant surge
You can be burned if you spill
tank when the cooling system has
coolant on hot engine parts.
cooled down. If the coolant is not at
Coolant contains ethylene glycol the proper level, repeat Steps 1–
and it will burn if the engine parts 3 and reinstall the pressure cap.
are hot enough. Do not spill If the coolant still is not at the proper
coolant on a hot engine. level when the system cools down
again, see your dealer.
7/18/16
268 Vehicle Care
Caution Caution Warning (Continued)

If the pressure cap is not tightly Running the engine without engine if it overheats, and get out
installed, coolant loss and coolant may cause damage or a of the vehicle until the engine
possible engine damage may fire. Vehicle damage would not be is cool.
occur. Be sure the cap is properly covered by the vehicle warranty.
and tightly secured.
If No Steam Is Coming from
If Steam Is Coming from the the Engine Compartment
Engine Overheating Engine Compartment If an engine overheat warning is
The vehicle has an engine coolant displayed but no steam can be seen
temperature gauge to warn of the { Warning or heard, the problem may not be
engine overheating. See Engine too serious. Sometimes the engine
Steam from an overheated engine can get a little too hot when the
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 100.
can burn you badly, even if you vehicle:
If the decision is made not to lift the just open the hood. Stay away
hood when this warning appears, . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
from the engine if you see or hear
get service help right away. See steam coming from it. Just turn it . Stops after high-speed driving.
Roadside Assistance off and get everyone away from . Idles for long periods in traffic.
Program 0 351. the vehicle until it cools down.
If the decision is made to lift the Wait until there is no sign of If the overheat warning is displayed
hood, make sure the vehicle is steam or coolant before you open with no sign of steam:
parked on a level surface. the hood. 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
Then check to see if the engine If you keep driving when the 2. Turn the heater on to the
cooling fan is running. If the engine engine is overheated, the liquids highest temperature and to the
is overheating, the fan should be in it can catch fire. You or others highest fan speed. Open the
running. If it is not, do not continue could be badly burned. Stop the windows as necessary.
to run the engine. Have the vehicle
serviced. (Continued)
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 269
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off use. If operating the vehicle in an

the road, shift to P (Park) or area where the temperature may fall Caution (Continued)
N (Neutral), and let the below freezing, use a fluid that has
. Do not use engine coolant
engine idle. sufficient protection against
freezing. (antifreeze) in the
If the engine coolant temperature windshield washer. It can
gauge is no longer in the overheat Adding Washer Fluid damage the windshield
zone, the vehicle can be driven. washer system and paint.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
. Do not mix water with
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in ready-to-use washer fluid.
front. If the warning does not come Water can cause the
back on, continue to drive normally solution to freeze and
and have the cooling system damage the washer fluid
checked for proper fill and function. tank and other parts of the
Open the cap with the washer washer system.
If the warning continues, pull over, symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . When using concentrated
stop, and park the vehicle the tank is full. See Engine
right away. washer fluid, follow the
Compartment Overview 0 259 for manufacturer instructions for
If there is no sign of steam, idle the reservoir location. adding water.
engine for three minutes while
. Fill the washer fluid tank
parked. If the warning is still Caution
displayed, turn off the engine until it only three-quarters full when
cools down. . Do not use washer fluid that it is very cold. This allows
contains any type of water for fluid expansion if
repellent coating. This can freezing occurs, which could
Washer Fluid damage the tank if it is
cause the wiper blades to
What to Use chatter or skip. completely full.
When the vehicle needs windshield (Continued)
washer fluid, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
7/18/16
270 Vehicle Care
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates performance expected can change

can cause a brake squeal when the in many other ways if the wrong
Disc brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly replacement brake parts are
indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean installed or if parts are improperly
warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes. installed.
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can Properly torqued wheel nuts are
be heard all the time when the necessary to help prevent brake Brake Fluid
vehicle is moving, except when pulsation. When tires are rotated,
applying the brake pedal firmly. inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
{ Warning specifications. See Capacities and
The brake wear warning sound Specifications 0 345.
means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as
not work well. That could lead to complete sets. The brake master cylinder reservoir
a crash. When the brake wear is filled with GM approved DOT 4
Brake Pedal Travel brake fluid as indicated on the
warning sound is heard, have the
See your dealer if the brake pedal reservoir cap. See Engine
vehicle serviced.
does not return to normal height, Compartment Overview 0 259 for
or if there is a rapid increase in the location of the reservoir.
pedal travel. This could be a sign Checking Brake Fluid
Caution that brake service may be required.
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
Continuing to drive with worn-out Replacing Brake System Parts level surface, the brake fluid level
brake pads could result in costly should be between the minimum
Always replace brake system parts
brake repair. and maximum marks on the brake
with new, approved replacement
fluid reservoir.
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 271
There are only two reasons why the

brake fluid level in the reservoir may { Warning { Warning
go down:
If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
. Normal brake lining wear. When can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
new linings are installed, the if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
fluid level goes back up. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
. A fluid leak in the brake the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
hydraulic system. Have the Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
brake hydraulic system fixed. done on the brake hydraulic
With a leak, the brakes will not system.
work well.
Caution
Always clean the brake fluid When the brake fluid falls to a low
reservoir cap and the area around level, the brake warning light comes If brake fluid is spilled on the
the cap before removing it. on. See Brake System Warning vehicle's painted surfaces, the
Do not top off the brake fluid. Light 0 104. paint finish can be damaged.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted
If fluid is added when the linings are which degrades the effectiveness of surface.
worn, there will be too much fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
when new brake linings are at the specified intervals to prevent
installed. Add or remove fluid, as increased stopping distance. See
Battery - North America
necessary, only when work is done Maintenance Schedule 0 332. The original equipment battery is
on the brake hydraulic system. maintenance free. Do not remove
What to Add
the cap and do not add fluid.
Use only GM approved DOT 4
Refer to the replacement number
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
shown on the original battery label
container. See Recommended
when a new battery is needed. See
Fluids and Lubricants 0 341.
Engine Compartment Overview
0 259 for battery location.
7/18/16
272 Vehicle Care
Infrequent Usage: Remove the 3. Try to start the engine in each

{ Warning black, negative (−) cable from the gear. The vehicle should start
battery to keep the battery from only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
WARNING: Battery posts, running down. If the vehicle starts in any other
terminals, and related position, contact your dealer for
accessories contain lead and lead Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the service.
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause battery or use a battery trickle
charger. Automatic Transmission
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also Shift Lock Control
contain other chemicals known to Starter Switch Check Function Check
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER { Warning { Warning
HANDLING.
When you are doing this When you are doing this
See California Proposition inspection, the vehicle could inspection, the vehicle could
65 Warning 0 255. move suddenly. If the vehicle move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be moves, you or others could be
Vehicle Storage injured. injured.
{ Warning 1. Before starting this check, be 1. Before starting this check, be

sure there is enough room sure there is enough room
Batteries have acid that can burn around the vehicle. around the vehicle. It should be
you and gas that can explode. parked on a level surface.
2. Apply both the parking brake
You can be badly hurt if you are and the regular brake.
not careful. See Jump Starting - 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
North America 0 315 for tips on Do not use the accelerator ready to apply the regular
pedal, and be ready to turn off brake immediately if the vehicle
working around a battery without
the engine immediately if it begins to move.
getting hurt.
starts.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 273
3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park)
ignition on, but do not start the mechanism's holding ability:
engine. Without applying the
Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to
regular brake, try to move the P (Park). Then release the
shift lever out of P (Park) with { Warning parking brake followed by the
normal effort. If the shift lever regular brake.
moves out of P (Park), contact When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is
your dealer for service. required.
You or others could be injured
Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement
Lock Check of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be
While parked and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear and cracking.
brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle See the Maintenance
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move. Schedule 0 332.
position.
Replacement blades come in
. The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different types and are removed in
LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different ways. For proper type and
lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set length, see Maintenance
. The ignition key should come the parking brake. Replacement Parts 0 342.
out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's
Contact your dealer if service is holding ability: With the engine
required. running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
7/18/16
274 Vehicle Care
Caution Headlamp Aiming

Headlamp aim has been preset and
Allowing the wiper arm to touch should need no further adjustment.
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the windshield. Any damage that the headlamp aim may be affected.
occurs would not be covered by If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
To replace the windshield wiper 2. Press the button in the middle

blade: of the wiper arm connector,
1. Pull the windshield wiper and pull the wiper blade away
assembly away from the from the arm connector.
windshield. 3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 275
Bulb Replacement LED Lighting

For the proper type of replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps.
bulbs, see Replacement For replacement of any LED lighting
Bulbs 0 281. assembly, contact your dealer.
For any bulb-changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
Adaptive Forward
your dealer. Lighting Lamps
Corner Lighting Lamps
High Intensity Discharge
(HID) Lighting
2. Turn the bulb holder
{ Warning counterclockwise to disengage.
Remove the bulb holder from
The High Intensity Discharge the reflector.
(HID) lighting system operates at
a very high voltage. If you try to
service any of the system
components, you could be
seriously injured. Have your
dealer or a qualified technician
service them.
1. Turn the cap counterclockwise
and remove it.
After an HID headlamp bulb has
been replaced, the beam might be a
slightly different shade than it was
originally. This is normal.
7/18/16
276 Vehicle Care
3. Pull the bulb from the plug Front Turn Signal Lamps
connector.
4. Replace the bulb and connect
the bulb holder with the plug
connector.
5. Insert the bulb holder,
engaging the two lugs into the
reflector and turn clockwise to
secure.
Fog Lamps
The bulbs are accessible from the 2. Disengage the bulb socket
underside of the vehicle. from the plug connector by
pressing the retaining lug. 1. Turn the cap counterclockwise
3. Remove and replace the bulb and remove it.
socket with bulb and attach the
plug connector.
4. Insert the bulb socket into the
reflector by turning clockwise
and engage.

counterclockwise and remove it
from the reflector.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 277
2. Turn the bulb socket Sidemarker Lamps

from the reflector.
2. Push the tool to disengage the

clip and remove the sidemarker
1. Insert a tool in between the housing. Do not use excessive
sidemarker housing and the force.
3. Pull the bulb from the bulb bumper. To prevent damage,
holder and replace it. place a cloth between the tool
4. Insert the bulb socket into the and the bumper.
reflector and turn clockwise.
5. Fit the cap and turn clockwise.
7/18/16
278 Vehicle Care
3. Turn the bulb socket 90° Side Turn Signal Lamps

from the housing.

1. Insert a tool between the side from the housing.
turn signal and the fender.
4. Pull the bulb from the bulb Place a cloth between the tool
holder and replace it. and the fender.
5. Re-insert the socket into the 2. Push the tool to disengage the
housing and turn it 90° clip and remove the side turn
clockwise. signal lamp.
6. Insert the sidemarker housing
in reverse order in the bumper
first, then gently push in the
clip on the side.
4. Pull the bulb from the bulb

holder and replace it.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 279
5. Insert the bulb holder and turn 4. Insert the bulb holder into the
it clockwise. taillamp assembly and turn it
6. Insert the right end of the lamp, clockwise.
slide it to the right, and insert
the left end.
Back-Up Lamps
2. Remove the bulb holder by

turning it counterclockwise.
5. Close the cover by inserting

the fastener clips first. Lock the
cover by turning the screw
clockwise with a tool.
1. The cover is inside the trunk Rear Position Lamps
lid. Remove the screw on the
1. Open the trunk lid.
cover with a tool and turn
clockwise to remove the cover.
3. Remove and replace the bulb.

7/18/16
280 Vehicle Care
License Plate Lamp
2. Release the cover in the side 4. Remove and replace the bulb.
trim panel and remove. 5. Insert the bulb holder into the Lamp Assembly
housing and turn clockwise.
6. Attach the side trim cover.
3. Remove the bulb holder by Bulb Assembly

turning it counterclockwise.
1. Bulb Socket
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 281
2. Bulb Replacement Bulbs Electrical System

3. Lamp Assembly
Bulb
Exterior Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs: Number Electrical System
1. Push the left end of the lamp Corner Lighting H7LL Overload
assembly toward the right. Lamps The vehicle has fuses and circuit
2. Turn the lamp assembly down Fog Lamps H11 breakers to protect against an
to remove it. electrical system overload.
Turn Signal Lamps 7444 Amber
3. Turn the bulb socket (1) When the current electrical load is
counterclockwise to remove it Sidemarker Lamps W5W too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
from the lamp assembly (3). Side Turn Signal W10/5 and closes, protecting the circuit
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of Lamps until the current load returns to
the bulb socket (1). normal or the problem is fixed. This
Back-Up lamps W16W greatly reduces the chance of circuit
5. Push the replacement bulb Rear Position PY21W overload and fire caused by
straight into the bulb socket Lamps (Inside (Amber) electrical problems.
and turn the bulb socket Trunk)
clockwise to install it into the P21/5W Fuses and circuit breakers protect
lamp assembly. (Park/ power devices in the vehicle.
Brake) Replace a bad fuse with a new one
6. Turn the lamp assembly into
the lamp assembly opening by License Plate Lamp W5W of the identical size and rating.
engaging the clip side first. If there is a problem on the road and
7. Push on the lamp side opposite For replacement bulbs not listed a fuse needs to be replaced, the
the clip until the lamp assembly here, contact your dealer. same amperage fuse can be
snaps into place. borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
7/18/16
282 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment

An electrical overload may cause Breakers Fuse Block
the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the
heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse.
wipers will stop until the motor If the band is broken or melted,
cools, and the wiper control is replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
turned off. After removal of the a bad fuse with a new one of the
blockage, the wiper motor will identical size and rating.
restart when the control is moved to Fuses of the same amperage can
the desired operating position. To open the fuse block cover, press
be temporarily borrowed from the clips at the front and back and
Although the circuit is protected another fuse location, if a fuse goes rotate the cover up to the side.
from electrical overload, overload out. Replace the fuse as soon as
due to heavy snow or ice may possible.
Caution
cause wiper linkage damage. To identify and check fuses, circuit
Always clear ice and heavy snow breakers, and relays, see Engine Spilling liquid on any electrical
from the windshield before using the Compartment Fuse Block 0 282, component on the vehicle may
windshield wipers. Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 285, damage it. Always keep the
If the overload is caused by an and Rear Compartment Fuse covers on any electrical
electrical problem and not snow or Block 0 286. component.
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 283
Fuses Usage
7 Fan control
8 O2 sensor/
Powertrain cooling
9 Rear window sensor
10 Vehicle battery
sensor
11 Trunk release
12 Adaptive headlamps/
Automatic headlamp
leveling
13 ABS valves
14 –
Engine Compartment Fuse Block 15 Engine control

module
There is a fuse puller in the engine Fuses Usage 16 Starter
compartment fuse block. 17 Transmission control
3 Fuel injection/
The vehicle may not be equipped Ignition system module
with all of the fuses, relays, and 18 Rear window
features shown. 4 Fuel injection/
Ignition system defogger
Fuses Usage
5 – 19 Front power window
1 Engine control
module 6 Heated mirrors
2 O2 sensor
7/18/16
284 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

20 Rear power window 35 Power windows/Rain 51 –
21 Rear electrical sensor/Exterior 52 –
center mirror
53 Transmission control
22 – 36 Climate control module/Engine
23 – 37 – control module
24 Right high-beam 38 Vacuum pump 54 Vacuum pump/

headlamp 39 Fuel system control Instrument panel
module cluster/HVAC
25 Left high-beam
headlamp 40 Front windshield
26 Front fog lamps washer
27 – 41 –
28 – 42 Engine cooling fan
29 Electric parking 43 Windshield wipers

brake 44 –
30 ABS pump 45 Engine cooling fan
31 – 46 –
32 Airbag 47 Horn
33 Adaptive forward 48 Engine cooling fan
lighting/Automatic 49 Fuel pump
headlamp leveling
50 Headlamp leveling/
34 Exhaust gas Adaptive forward
recirculation lighting
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 285

Block
The instrument panel fuse block is

on the driver side of the instrument Instrument Panel Fuse Block
panel. To access:
1. Open the storage The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage
compartment. with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. 3 Body control
2. Pull straight down and out to module/Exterior
remove the storage Fuses Usage lamps
compartment. 1 Displays 4 Infotainment system
3. Remove the cover. 2 Body control 5 Infotainment system/
To reinstall the cover, line up the module/Exterior Instrument
retainers and push into place. lamps
6 Power outlet
7/18/16
286 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage The rear compartment fuse block,

if equipped, is on the left side of the
7 Power outlet 21 Instrument panel trunk behind a cover.
8 Body control 22 Ignition
module/Left 23 Body control module
low-beam headlamp
24 Body control module
9 Body control
module/Right 25 –
low-beam headlamp 26 Trunk power outlet
10 Body control accessory
module/Door locks
11 Interior fan Rear Compartment Fuse
12 Driver power seat Block
13 Passenger
power seat
14 Diagnostic connector
15 Airbag
16 Trunk lid relay
17 A/C system
18 Service diagnose
19 Body control
module/Brake
lamps/Reverse
lamps/Interior lamps
20 –
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 287
Fuses Usage
9 Selective catalytic
reduction system
10 Selective catalytic
reduction system
11 Tire pressure
monitor/Rear vision
camera
12 Convertible control
module/Reverse
lamps
13 –
14 Rear seat electrical
folding
15 –
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage 16 Rear vision camera/
with all of the fuses, relays, and Convertible control
features shown. 4 Selective catalytic
module
reduction system
Fuses Usage 17 –
5 –
1 Convertible control 18 –
module/Right 6 –
power rail 19 Heated steering
7 Power seats
wheel
2 – 8 Convertible control
20 –
3 Rear parking assist module
21 Heated seats
7/18/16
288 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

22 –
23 Convertible control
Tires . Underinflated tires pose
module/Left Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as
power rail high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could
24 Selective catalytic cause serious injury.
reduction system the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently
25 – to maintain the
warranty and where to get
26 Non-logistic mode service. For additional recommended pressure.
27 Passive entry/ information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
Passive start manufacturer. checked when the tires
are cold.
28 –
29 Hydraulic unit { Warning . Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
30 – . Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
31 – improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
32 –
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 224. (Continued)
(Continued)
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 289
and weather conditions. Original for details regarding winter tire

Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's availability and proper tire selection.
specific tire performance criteria Also, see Buying New Tires 0 302.
. Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code
have been damaged by With winter tires, there may be
molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction,
impacts with potholes, equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
. of this TPC code, which will
Improperly repaired tires tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
be “MS.” handling and braking.
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is . Use tires of the same brand and
center should repair, tread type on all four wheel
expected. All-season tires provide
replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most positions.
mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the
. Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of same size, load range, and
excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter speed rating as the original
(35 mph) on slippery tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 289.
surfaces such as snow, Winter tires with the same speed
mud, ice, etc. Excessive Winter Tires rating as the original equipment tires
spinning may cause the may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are
tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability.
roads. Consider installing winter
This vehicle may come with
tires on the vehicle if frequent
all-season tires. These tires are
driving on ice or snow covered
designed to provide good overall
roads is expected. See your dealer
performance on most road surfaces
7/18/16
290 Vehicle Care
Low-Profile Tires Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire

Performance Criteria
If the vehicle has P245/40R20 Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original
size tires, they are classified as molded into its sidewall. The equipment tires designed to
low-profile tires. examples show a typical GM's specific tire performance
passenger vehicle tire and a criteria have a TPC specification
Caution compact spare tire sidewall. code molded onto the sidewall.
Low-profile tires are more GM's TPC specifications meet or
susceptible to damage from road exceed all federal safety
hazards or curb impact than guidelines.
standard profile tires. Tire and/or (3) DOT (Department of
wheel assembly damage can Transportation) : The
occur when coming into contact Department of Transportation
with road hazards like potholes, (DOT) code indicates that the
or sharp edged objects, or when tire is in compliance with the
sliding into a curb. The warranty
U.S. Department of
does not cover this type of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
Safety Standards.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
when possible, avoid contact with DOT Tire Date of
curbs, potholes, and other road (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
hazards. combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01–
aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
and service description. See the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 291
week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation road tire has lost air and gone
have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that flat. If the vehicle has a compact
of 0310. can be carried and the spare tire, see Compact Spare
(4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to Tire 0 314 and If a Tire Goes
(TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. Flat 0 307.
following the DOT (Department (3) Tire Identification Number
of Transportation) code are the (TIN) : The letters and numbers
Tire Identification Number (TIN). following the DOT (Department
The TIN shows the of Transportation) code are the
manufacturer and plant code, Tire Identification Number (TIN).
tire size, and date the tire was The TIN shows the
manufactured. The TIN is manufacturer and plant code,
molded onto both sides of the tire size, and date the tire was
tire, although only one side may manufactured. The TIN is
have the date of manufacture. molded onto both sides of the
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire, although only one side may
of cord and number of plies in Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture.
the sidewall and under the tread. (1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
(6) Uniform Tire Quality of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that
Grading (UTQG) : Tire the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the
manufacturers are required to maximum pressure needed to
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
grade tires based on three support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
performance factors: treadwear, use tire should not be driven at (5) Tire Inflation : The
traction, and temperature speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). temporary use tire or compact
resistance. For more information The compact spare tire is for spare tire should be inflated to
see Uniform Tire Quality emergency use when a regular 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
Grading 0 304.
7/18/16
292 Vehicle Care
information on tire pressure and Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
inflation see Tire number that indicates the tire
Pressure 0 295. Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
(6) Tire Size : A combination of The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size
letters and numbers define a typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would
construction type, and service mean that the tire's sidewall is
description. The letter T as the 60 percent as high as it is wide.
first character in the tire size (4) Construction Code : A letter
means the tire is for temporary code is used to indicate the type
use only. of ply construction in the tire.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire The letter R means radial ply
Performance Criteria (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
Specification) : Original The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
equipment tires designed to metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
GM's specific tire performance letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
criteria have a TPC specification the tire size means a passenger construction.
code molded onto the sidewall. vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
GM's TPC specifications meet or standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
exceed all federal safety and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These
guidelines. (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 293
Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code
Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification
air inside the tire pressing Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also
the tire. Air pressure is identify the tire manufacturer,
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and
or psi (pounds per square inch). date of production.
the tread.
Accessory Weight : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load
accessories. Some examples of Limits 0 224.
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 224.
Pressure 0 295. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 224.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
cords between the plies and the Intended Outboard Sidewall :
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
steel or other reinforcing that must always face outward
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle.
materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
7/18/16
294 Vehicle Care
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire
some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 295 and Vehicle
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 224.
Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 224. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at
carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread.
The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire
which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads
The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated.
molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire
Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An
maximum permissible inflation alphanumeric code assigned to
pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. speed at which a tire can
Weight : The sum of curb operate.
weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between
vehicle capacity weight, and the tire and the road surface.
production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided.
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 295
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the

bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution
bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor
of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good.
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires
When It Is Time for New Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air,
Tires 0 302. permanently attached to a can result in:
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Tire overloading and
Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original overheating which could
information system that provides equipment tire size and lead to a blowout.
consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading . Premature or
treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear.
determined by tire Load Limits 0 224. . Poor handling.
manufacturers using
. Reduced fuel economy.
government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
The ratings are molded into the Overinflated tires, or tires that
Tires need the correct amount of
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can
air pressure to operate
Tire Quality Grading 0 304. result in:
effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The . Unusual wear.
number of designated seating . Poor handling.
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated . Rough ride.
cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Needless damage from
Limits 0 224. road hazards.
7/18/16
296 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading How to Check Put the valve caps back on the
Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type valve stems to keep out dirt and
indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. moisture and prevent leaks. Use
tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be only valve caps designed for the
inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure could be damaged and would
minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning not be covered by the vehicle
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven warranty.
load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits 0 224. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure Monitor
How the vehicle is loaded System
Remove the valve cap from the
affects vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire The Tire Pressure Monitor System
comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. technology to check tire pressure
designed to carry. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
If the cold tire inflation pressure the air pressure in your tires and
When to Check matches the recommended transmit tire pressure readings to a
pressure on the Tire and receiver located in the vehicle.
Check the tires once a month or
Loading Information label, no
more. Do not forget the compact Each tire, including the spare (if
further adjustment is necessary. provided), should be checked
spare, if the vehicle has one.
If the inflation pressure is low, monthly when cold and inflated to
The cold compact spare tire
add air until the recommended the inflation pressure recommended
pressure should be at 420 kPa
pressure is reached. If the by the vehicle manufacturer on the
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
inflation pressure is high, press vehicle placard or tire inflation
Tire 0 314.
on the metal stem in the center pressure label. (If your vehicle has
of the tire valve to release air. tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 297
tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. properly.
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 297.
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. Statement 0 357.
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmits the tire
ability. of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver in
of replacement or alternate tires or the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
7/18/16
298 Vehicle Care
The low tire pressure warning light

may come on in cool weather when Caution
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Tire sealant materials are not all
could be an early indicator that the the same. A non-approved tire
air pressure is getting low and sealant could damage the TPMS
needs to be inflated to the proper sensors. TPMS sensor damage
When a low tire pressure condition
pressure. caused by using an incorrect tire
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
sealant is not covered by the
the low tire pressure warning light A Tire and Loading Information
on the instrument cluster. If the vehicle warranty. Always use only
label, attached to your vehicle,
warning light comes on, stop as the GM approved tire sealant
shows the size of the original
soon as possible and inflate the equipment tires and the correct available through your dealer or
tires to the recommended pressure inflation pressure for the tires when included in the vehicle.
shown on the Tire and Loading they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 224, for an example of the TPMS Malfunction Light and
Limits 0 224. Tire and Loading Information label Message
A message to check the pressure in and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 295. The TPMS will not function properly
a specific tire displays in the Driver if one or more of the TPMS sensors
Information Center (DIC). The low The TPMS can warn about a low are missing or inoperable. When the
tire pressure warning light and the tire pressure condition but it does system detects a malfunction, the
DIC warning message come on at not replace normal tire low tire warning light flashes for
each ignition cycle until the tires are maintenance. See Tire Inspection about one minute and then stays on
inflated to the correct inflation 0 300, Tire Rotation 0 301 and for the remainder of the ignition
pressure. Using the DIC, tire Tires 0 288. cycle. A DIC warning message also
pressure levels can be viewed. For displays. The malfunction light and
additional information and details DIC warning message come on at
about the DIC operation and each ignition cycle until the problem
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) 0 110.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 299
is corrected. Some of the conditions the sensor matching process is more of the TPMS sensors. The
that can cause these to come performed successfully. See TPMS sensor matching process
on are: your dealer for service. should also be performed after
. One of the road tires has been . Replacement tires or wheels do replacing a spare tire with a road
replaced with the spare tire. The not match the original equipment tire containing the TPMS sensor.
spare tire does not have a tires or wheels. Tires and wheels The malfunction light and the DIC
TPMS sensor. The malfunction other than those recommended message should go off at the next
light and DIC message should could prevent the TPMS from ignition cycle. The sensors are
go off after the road tire is functioning properly. See Buying matched to the tire/wheel positions,
replaced and the sensor New Tires 0 302. using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
matching process is performed following order: driver side front tire,
. Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor being near facilities using radio
Matching Process” following. side rear tire, and driver side rear.
wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to
. The TPMS sensor matching TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
process was not done or not sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased.
completed successfully after If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor
rotating the tires. The properly it cannot detect or signal a Sensor Activation Tool at
malfunction light and the DIC low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
message should go off after for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS
successfully completing the light and DIC message comes on (1-800-468-6657).
sensor matching process. See and stays on.
"TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
Process" following. TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four
. One or more TPMS sensors are Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes
missing or damaged. The Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops
malfunction light and the DIC identification code. The identification and must be restarted.
message should go off when the code needs to be matched to a new
TPMS sensors are installed and tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
7/18/16
300 Vehicle Care
The TPMS sensor matching The horn sounds twice to matching process is no longer
process is: signal the receiver is in relearn active. The TIRE LEARNING
1. Set the parking brake. mode and the TIRE ACTIVE message on the DIC
LEARNING ACTIVE message display screen goes off.
2. Put an automatic transmission displays on the DIC screen.
in P (Park) or a manual 13. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
transmission in 1 (First) or 8. Start with the driver side 14. Set all four tires to the
R (Reverse). front tire. recommended air pressure
3. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN 9. Place the relearn tool against level as indicated on the Tire
with the engine off. See Ignition the tire sidewall, near the valve and Loading Information label.
Positions 0 228. stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor. Tire Inspection
4. Press MENU to select the A horn chirp confirms that the
Vehicle Information Menu in sensor identification code has We recommend that the tires,
the Driver Information been matched to this tire and including the spare tire, if the
Center (DIC). wheel position. vehicle has one, be inspected
5. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 10. Proceed to the passenger side for signs of wear or damage at
the Tire Pressure Menu Item front tire, and repeat the least once a month.
screen. procedure in Step 8. Replace the tire if:
6. Press SET/CLR to begin the 11. Proceed to the passenger side . The indicators at three or
sensor matching process. rear tire, and repeat the more places around the tire
A message asking if the procedure in Step 8.
can be seen.
process should begin should 12. Proceed to the driver side rear
appear. tire, and repeat the procedure . There is cord or fabric
in Step 8. The horn sounds two showing through the tire's
7. Press SET/CLR again to
confirm the selection. times to indicate the sensor rubber.
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 301
. The tread or sidewall is rotation, check the wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
cracked, cut, or snagged alignment. See When It Is Time System. See Tire Pressure
deep enough to show cord or for New Tires 0 302 and Wheel Monitor Operation 0 297.
fabric. Replacement 0 306. Check that all wheel nuts are
. The tire has a bump, bulge, properly tightened. See “Wheel
or split. Nut Torque” under Capacities
. The tire has a puncture, cut, and Specifications 0 345.
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of { Warning
the size or location of the Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
damage. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
Tire Rotation after time. The wheel could come
Tires should be rotated every off and cause an accident. When
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See changing a wheel, remove any
Maintenance Schedule 0 332. rust or dirt from places where the
Use this rotation pattern when wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
Tires are rotated to achieve a rotating the tires. an emergency, a cloth or a paper
more uniform wear for all tires. Do not include the compact towel can be used; however, use
The first rotation is the most spare tire in the tire rotation. a scraper or wire brush later to
important. remove all rust or dirt.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
Anytime unusual wear is the recommended inflation
noticed, rotate the tires as soon pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the
as possible, check for proper tire Loading Information label after wheel hub with wheel bearing
inflation pressure, and check for the tires have been rotated. See grease after a wheel change or
damaged tires or wheels. If the Tire Pressure 0 295 and Vehicle tire rotation to prevent corrosion
unusual wear continues after the Load Limits 0 224. or rust build-up. Do not get
7/18/16
302 Vehicle Care
grease on the flat wheel or less of tread remaining. slow aging. This area should be free
mounting surface or on the See Tire Inspection 0 300 of grease, gasoline, or other
wheel nuts or bolts. and Tire Rotation 0 301. substances that can deteriorate
The rubber in tires ages over time. rubber.
When It Is Time for New This also applies to the spare tire, Parking for an extended period can
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is cause flat spots on the tires that
never used. Multiple factors may result in vibrations while
Factors such as maintenance, including temperatures, loading driving. When storing a vehicle for
temperatures, driving speeds, conditions, and inflation pressure at least a month, remove the tires or
vehicle loading, and road conditions maintenance affect how fast aging raise the vehicle to reduce the
affect the wear rate of the tires. takes place. GM recommends that weight from the tires.
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four GM has developed and matched
digits of the DOT Tire Identification specific tires for the vehicle. The
Number (TIN) which is molded into original equipment tires installed
one side of the tire sidewall. The were designed to meet General
first two digits represent the week Motors Tire Performance Criteria
(01–52) and the last two digits, the Specification (TPC Spec)
year. For example, the third week of system rating. When
the year 2010 would have a replacement tires are needed,
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
GM strongly recommends
Vehicle Storage buying tires with the same TPC
Treadwear indicators are one way to Spec rating.
tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally
Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park GM's exclusive TPC Spec
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at system considers over a dozen
least a month in a cool, dry, clean critical specifications that impact
area away from direct sunlight to the overall performance of the
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 303
vehicle, including brake system necessary to replace only one

performance, ride and handling, axle set of worn tires, place the { Warning
traction control, and tire new tires on the rear axle. Mixing tires of different sizes,
pressure monitoring Winter tires with the same speed brands, or types may cause
performance. GM's TPC Spec rating as the original equipment loss of control of the vehicle,
number is molded onto the tire's tires may not be available for H, resulting in a crash or other
sidewall near the tire size. If the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated vehicle damage. Use the
tires have an all-season tread tires. Never exceed the winter correct size, brand, and type
design, the TPC Spec number tires’ maximum speed capability of tires on all wheels.
will be followed by MS for mud when using winter tires with a
and snow. See Tire Sidewall lower speed rating.
Labeling 0 290.
GM recommends replacing worn { Warning { Warning
tires in complete sets of four. Using bias-ply tires on the
Uniform tread depth on all tires Tires could explode during vehicle may cause the wheel
will help to maintain the improper service. Attempting rim flanges to develop cracks
performance of the vehicle. to mount or dismount a tire after many miles of driving.
Braking and handling could cause injury or death. A tire and/or wheel could fail
performance may be adversely Only your dealer or authorized suddenly and cause a crash.
affected if all the tires are not tire service center should Use only radial-ply tires with
replaced at the same time. mount or dismount the tires. the wheels on the vehicle.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done, If the vehicle tires must be
all four tires should wear out at replaced with a tire that does not
about the same time. See Tire have a TPC Spec number, make
Rotation 0 301. However, if it is sure they are the same size,
7/18/16
304 Vehicle Care
load range, speed rating, and traction control, electronic stability Traffic Safety Administration
construction (radial) as the control, or All-Wheel Drive, the (NHTSA), which grades tires by
original tires. performance of these systems can treadwear, traction, and
also be affected. temperature performance. This
Vehicles that have a tire
applies only to vehicles sold in
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning the United States. The grades
low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of
Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System 0 296. tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
vehicle. See Vehicle Load developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
Limits 0 224. have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician.
Different Size Tires and While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 302 and and light trucks may vary with
If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and respect to these grades, they
are a different size than the original Modifications 0 255. must also conform to federal
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle safety requirements and
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
ride and handling characteristics, Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates standards.
electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, United States National Highway
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 305
Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving to the generation of heat and its
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and ability to dissipate heat when
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road tested under controlled
and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. conditions on a specified indoor
example: laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Traction
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
high temperature can cause the
Temperature A
The traction grades, from material of the tire to degenerate
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and reduce tire life, and
All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent excessive temperature can lead
Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet to sudden tire failure. The grade
Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under C corresponds to a level of
These Grades. controlled conditions on performance which all
Treadwear specified government test passenger car tires must meet
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety
The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and
comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of
wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory
under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum
specified government test straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The
course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is
one-half (1½) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
the government course as a tire characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed,
graded 100. The relative underinflation, or excessive
performance of tires depends Temperature
loading, either separately or in
upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat
their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure.
depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance
7/18/16
306 Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
The tires and wheels were aligned The wrong wheel can also cause
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best cooling, speedometer or
overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp
wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle
are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire
basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and
if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. chassis.
vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels
the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new
crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts.
surface variations such as troughs { Warning
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used
road, the tires and wheels may need one is dangerous. How it has
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
for proper diagnosis. driven may be unknown. It could
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a
Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment
Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing wheel.
cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement.
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 307
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat

{ Warning
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
{ Warning while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire.
Do not use tire chains. There is 0 288. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been
not enough clearance. Tire chains much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely
used on a vehicle without the But if there ever is a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a
proper amount of clearance can are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash.
cause damage to the brakes, and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
suspension, or other vehicle that has been driven on while
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
parts. The area damaged by the severely underinflated or flat.
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
tire chains could cause loss of toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized
control and a crash. the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or
Use another type of traction steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
device only if its manufacturer maintain lane position, and then possible.
recommends it for the vehicle's gently brake to a stop, well off the
tire size combination and road road, if possible.
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ Warning
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under
and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is
traction device if it contacts the accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and
If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with
them on the front tires. to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle, it is designed only for
if possible.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
7/18/16
308 Vehicle Care

be badly injured or killed if the 2. Put an automatic
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack transmission in P (Park) or a
is provided with the vehicle, only manual transmission in
use it for changing a flat tire. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
to a level place, well off the road, 4. Do not allow passengers to 2. Flat Tire
if possible. Turn on the hazard remain in the vehicle.
warning flashers. See Hazard The following information explains
Warning Flashers 0 122. 5. Place wheel blocks, how to repair or change a tire.
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
{ Warning corner of the tire being
changed.
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
causing injury or death. Find a use the following example as a
level place to change the tire. To guide to assist in the placement of
help prevent the vehicle from the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
(Continued)
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 309
Tire Changing 2. If equipped, remove the wheel

nut caps with a screwdriver or
Removing the Spare Tire and flat tool covered with a soft
Tools cloth to protect the wheel.
3. Turn the retainer nut

counterclockwise to remove it.
Remove the spare tire and
place it near the tire being
changed.
1. Center Wheel Cap Extractor 3. If equipped, remove the center
(If Equipped) 4. Remove the jack and tools and wheel cap by inserting the
place them near the tire being wheel cap extractor then
2. Strap
changed. pulling to remove it.
3. Screwdriver
4. Jack Removing the Flat Tire and
5. Wheel Wrench and Tow Eye Installing the Spare Tire
(In Bag)
1. Do a safety check before
To access the spare tire and tools: proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
1. Open the trunk. See Flat 0 307.
Trunk 0 29.
2. Lift the load floor.
7/18/16
310 Vehicle Care
Caution
Make sure that the jack lift head
is in the correct position or you
may damage your vehicle. The
repairs would not be covered by
your warranty.
4. Turn the wheel wrench 8. Set the jack to the necessary

counterclockwise to loosen all height. Position it directly below
the wheel nuts, but do not the jacking position so it does
remove them yet. not slip.
5. Place the jack under the
vehicle. { Warning
6. Place the hex tube end of the Getting under a vehicle when it is
wheel wrench over the hex lifted on a jack is dangerous.
head of the jack. If the vehicle slips off the jack,
7. Position the jack lift head at the you could be badly injured or
jack location nearest the killed. Never get under a vehicle
flat tire. when it is supported only by
a jack.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 311
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
9. Raise the jack by turning the 11. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
{ Warning handle clockwise until it comes 12. Remove the flat tire.
in contact with the
Lifting a vehicle and getting under recommended jacking location.
it to do maintenance or repairs is 10. Raise the vehicle far enough
{ Warning
dangerous without the off the ground so there is Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
appropriate safety equipment and enough room for the road tire parts to which it is fastened, can
training. If a jack is provided with to clear the ground. make wheel nuts become loose
the vehicle, it is designed only for
after time. The wheel could come
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
off and cause an accident. When
anything else, you or others could
changing a wheel, remove any
be badly injured or killed if the
rust or dirt from places where the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
is provided with the vehicle, only
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
use it for changing a flat tire.
(Continued)
7/18/16
312 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts nuts. See Capacities and
a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might Specifications 0 345 for original
remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel equipment wheel nut torque
could fall off, causing a crash. specifications.
15. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until Caution
the wheel is held against
the hub. Improperly tightened wheel nuts
16. Lower the vehicle by turning can lead to brake pulsation and
the jack handle rotor damage. To avoid expensive
counterclockwise. brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
{ Warning sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Wheel nuts that are improperly or Capacities and Specifications
incorrectly tightened can cause 0 345 for the wheel nut torque
13. Remove any rust or dirt from specification.
the wheels to become loose or
the wheel bolts, mounting
come off. The wheel nuts should
surfaces, and spare wheel.
be tightened with a torque wrench
14. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification
on the wheel-mounting surface. after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
(Continued)
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 313
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire

and Tools
{ Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
17. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in 4. Place the loop end of the strap
a crisscross sequence, as through the left rear cargo
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools
shown. tie-down.
1. Replace the wheel wrench in
18. Lower the jack all the way and Place the hook end of the strap
the tool bag and the jack and
remove the jack from under the through the loop and pull it until
tools in their original storage
vehicle. the strap is securely fastened
location.
19. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly to the cargo tie down.
2. Remove the strap.
with the wheel wrench.
3. Place the flat tire in the storage
compartment with the valve
stem up.
7/18/16
314 Vehicle Care
Storing the Compact Spare Tire The vehicle will perform differently
and Tools with the spare tire installed and it is
Reverse the instructions for recommended that the vehicle
removing the spare tire and tools to speed be limited to 80 km/h
store the compact spare tire. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of
the spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
Compact Spare Tire convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
{ Warning When using a compact spare tire,
Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and
compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may
5. Insert the strap through the result in loss of braking and engage until the spare tire is
wheel, as shown. recognized by the vehicle,
handling. This could lead to a
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
6. Attach the hook to the right crash and you or others could be
driving to reduce possible
rear cargo tie-down. injured. Use only one compact wheel slip.
7. Tighten the strap and secure it spare tire at a time.
using the buckle. Caution
8. Replace the load floor. If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new; When the compact spare is
The compact spare is for temporary however, it can lose air over time. installed, do not take the vehicle
use only. Replace the compact Check the inflation pressure through an automatic car wash
spare tire with a full-size tire as regularly. It should be 420 kPa with guide rails. The compact
soon as possible. (60 psi). spare can get caught on the rails
Stop as soon as possible and check which can damage the tire, wheel,
that the spare tire is correctly and other parts of the vehicle.
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 315
Do not use the compact spare on Jump Starting

other vehicles. Warning (Continued)
Do not mix the compact spare tire or Jump Starting - North See California Proposition
wheel with other wheels or tires. 65 Warning 0 255.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
America
and its wheel together. For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
Caution America 0 271. { Warning
If the battery has run down, try to Batteries can hurt you. They can
Tire chains will not fit the compact use another vehicle and some
spare. Using them can damage be dangerous because:
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
the vehicle and the chains. Do not Be sure to use the following steps to . They contain acid that can
use tire chains on the compact do it safely. burn you.
spare. . They contain gas that can
{ Warning explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
WARNING: Battery posts,
electricity to burn you.
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
(Continued)
7/18/16
316 Vehicle Care
4. Good Battery Positive

Caution Terminal Caution
Ignoring these steps could result The jump start negative grounding If the other vehicle does not have
in costly damage to the vehicle point (1) for the discharged battery a 12-volt system with a negative
that would not be covered by the is the engine block or an engine ground, both vehicles can be
vehicle warranty. Trying to start mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as damaged. Only use a vehicle that
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it far away from the discharged has a 12-volt system with a
will not work, and it could damage battery as possible. negative ground for jump starting.
the vehicle. The jump start positive terminal (2)
on the discharged battery is in the
2. Position the two vehicles so
engine compartment on the driver
that they are not touching.
side of the vehicle.
3. Set the parking brake firmly
The jump start negative terminal (3)
and put the shift lever in
and positive terminal (4) are on the
P (Park) with an automatic
battery of the vehicle providing the
transmission, or Neutral with a
jump start.
manual transmission.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a Caution
trim cover. Open the cover to
expose the terminal. If any accessories are left on or
1. Check the other vehicle. plugged in during the jump
It must have a 12-volt battery starting procedure, they could be
with a negative ground system. damaged. The repairs would not
1. Discharged Battery be covered by the vehicle
Negative Grounding Point warranty. Whenever possible, turn
2. Discharged Battery Positive off or unplug all accessories on
Terminal either vehicle when jump starting.
3. Good Battery Negative
Terminal
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 317
4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 8. Connect the other end of the

Turn off all lights and Warning (Continued) black negative (–) cable to the
accessories in both vehicles, negative (–) grounding point for
except the hazard warning your eyes or on your skin, flush the discharged battery.
flashers if needed. the place with water and get
medical help immediately. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
{ Warning the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
{ Warning 10. Try to start the vehicle that had
and can injure you. Keep hands, the dead battery. If it will not
Fans or other moving engine
clothing, and tools away from any start after a few tries, it
parts can injure you badly. Keep
underhood electric fan. probably needs service.
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
Caution
{ Warning 5. Connect one end of the red If the jumper cables are
positive (+) cable to the connected or removed in the
Using a match near a battery can positive (+) terminal on the wrong order, electrical shorting
cause battery gas to explode. discharged battery. may occur and damage the
People have been hurt doing this, 6. Connect the other end of the vehicle. The repairs would not be
and some have been blinded. red positive (+) cable to the covered by the vehicle warranty.
Use a flashlight if you need more positive (+) terminal of the good Always connect and remove the
light. battery. jumper cables in the correct order,
Battery fluid contains acid that making sure that the cables do
7. Connect one end of the black
can burn you. Do not get it on negative (–) cable to the not touch each other or other
you. If you accidentally get it in negative (–) terminal of the metal.
(Continued) good battery.
7/18/16
318 Vehicle Care
Jumper Cable Removal Towing the Vehicle Front Tow Eye

Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables. Caution
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables, Incorrectly towing a disabled
allow it to idle for several minutes. vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Do not lash or hook to
suspension components. Use the
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed Carefully open the cover by using
car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck the small notch that conceals the
could damage the vehicle. front tow eye socket.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
Caution
Improper use of the tow eye can
cause vehicle damage. Use
caution and low speeds to
prevent damage to the vehicle.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 319
Rear Tow Eye
Install the tow eye into the socket by Install the tow eye into the socket by
turning it counterclockwise until it turning it counterclockwise until it
stops in a horizontal position. Carefully open the cover by using stops in a horizontal position.
When the tow eye is removed, the small notch that conceals the When the tow eye is removed,
reinstall the cover with the notch in rear tow eye socket. reinstall the cover with the notch in
the original position. the original position.
To tow the vehicle behind another
vehicle for recreational purposes,
such as behind a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 320.
7/18/16
320 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle . Does the vehicle have the Dinghy Towing

proper towing equipment? See
Towing your dealer or trailering
Recreational vehicle towing means professional for additional advice
towing the vehicle behind another and equipment
vehicle – such as behind a motor recommendations.
home. The two most common types . Is the vehicle ready to be
of recreational vehicle towing are towed? Just as preparing the
known as dinghy towing and dolly vehicle for a long trip, make sure
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the the vehicle is prepared to be
vehicle with all four wheels on the towed.
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a Caution
device known as a dolly.
Use of a shield mounted in front
Here are some important things to of the vehicle grille could restrict Caution
consider before recreational vehicle airflow and cause damage to the
towing: If the vehicle is towed with all four
transmission. The repairs would
wheels on the ground, the
. What is the towing capacity of not be covered by the vehicle
drivetrain components could be
the towing vehicle? Be sure to warranty. If using a shield, only
damaged. The repairs would not
read the tow vehicle use one that attaches to the
be covered by the vehicle
manufacturer's towing vehicle.
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle
recommendations.
with all four wheels on the
. How far will the vehicle be ground.
towed? Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 321
The vehicle was not designed to be Appearance Care

towed with all four wheels on the
ground. If the vehicle must be
towed, a dolly should be used. See Exterior Care
“Dolly Towing” following. Locks
Dolly Towing Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 341.
Washing the Vehicle
Caution
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
Towing the vehicle from the rear wash it often and out of direct
could damage it. Also, repairs sunlight.
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution
vehicle towed from the rear.
Tow the vehicle with the two rear Do not use petroleum-based,
wheels on the ground and the front acidic, or abrasive cleaning
wheels on a dolly. agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
To tow the vehicle with two wheels
parts. If damage occurs, it would
on the ground and a dolly:
not be covered by the vehicle
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. warranty. Approved cleaning
2. Put the shift lever in P (Park). products can be obtained from
3. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. (Continued)
7/18/16
322 Vehicle Care
If necessary, a soft brush can be

Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) used to remove dirt. When finished
cleaning, thoroughly rinse the fabric.
your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that Avoid automatic car washes with
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the overhead brushes or very high
correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty. pressure sprays as they can cause
safety precautions, and damage and leaking.
appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash,
vehicle care product. Only lower the top when it is
follow the car wash instructions. The completely dry and avoid leaving
windshield wiper and rear window the top lowered for extended
wiper, if equipped, must be off. periods of time to prevent excessive
Caution Remove any accessories that may interior weathering.
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment. Avoid leaving large amounts of
Avoid using high-pressure snow on the top for extended
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before periods of time as damage may also
to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all occur.
of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface, Finish Care
in damage or removal of paint they could stain. Application of aftermarket clearcoat
and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean sealant/wax materials is not
chamois or an all-cotton towel to recommended. If painted surfaces
avoid surface scratches and water are damaged, see your dealer to
spotting. have the damage assessed and
Caution repaired. Foreign materials such as
Convertible Top Care calcium chloride and other salts, ice
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that Frequently hand wash convertible melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
tops with mild car wash soap. Never sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
has this e symbol. industrial chimneys, etc., can
use a stiff brush, steam, bleach,
(Continued) or aggressive cleaners. damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 323
the vehicle as soon as possible. Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not
If necessary, use non-abrasive Moldings intended for automotive use.
cleaners that are marked safe for . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
painted surfaces to remove foreign Caution vehicle after washing to protect
matter. and extend the molding finish.
Occasional hand waxing or mild Failure to clean and protect the
polishing should be done to remove bright metal moldings can result Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
residue from the paint finish. See in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
your dealer for approved cleaning This damage would not be Stripes
products. covered by the vehicle warranty. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
Do not apply waxes or polishes to soft cloth, and a car washing soap
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint vehicle are aluminum, chrome or emblems, decals, and stripes.
as damage can occur. stainless steel. To prevent damage Follow instructions under "Washing
always follow these cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
Caution instructions: section.
. Be sure the molding is cool to Lamp covers are made of plastic,
Machine compounding or the touch before applying any and some have a UV protective
aggressive polishing on a cleaning solution. coating. Do not clean or wipe them
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish when dry.
. Use only approved cleaning
may damage it. Use only
solutions for aluminum, chrome Do not use any of the following on
non-abrasive waxes and polishes lamp covers:
or stainless steel. Some
that are made for a basecoat/ cleaners are highly acidic or
clearcoat paint finish on the . Abrasive or caustic agents.
contain alkaline substances and
vehicle. can damage the moldings. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
. Always dilute a concentrated
To keep the paint finish looking new, than suggested by the
cleaner according to the manufacturer.
keep the vehicle garaged or manufacturer’s instructions.
covered whenever possible.
7/18/16
324 Vehicle Care

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes may require more frequent
or other harsh cleaners. application. Black marks from
Clear debris from the air intakes,
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. rubber material on painted surfaces
between the hood and windshield,
can be removed by rubbing with a
. Aftermarket appearance caps or when washing the vehicle.
clean cloth. See Recommended
covers while the lamps are Windshield and Wiper Blades Fluids and Lubricants 0 341.
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated. Clean the outside of the windshield Tires
with glass cleaner.
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
Caution Clean rubber blades using a lint-free clean the tires.
cloth or paper towel soaked with
Failure to clean lamps properly windshield washer fluid or a mild Caution
can cause damage to the lamp detergent. Wash the windshield
cover that would not be covered thoroughly when cleaning the Using petroleum-based tire
by the vehicle warranty. blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and dressing products on the vehicle
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax may damage the paint finish and/
treatments may cause wiper or tires. When applying a tire
streaking. dressing, always wipe off any
Caution
Replace the wiper blades if they are overspray from all painted
Using wax on low gloss black worn or damaged. Damage can be surfaces on the vehicle.
finish stripes can increase the caused by extreme dusty
gloss level and create a conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice. Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
non-uniform finish. Clean low or Chrome
gloss stripes with soap and Weatherstrips
water only. Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on soap and water to clean the wheels.
weatherstrips to make them last After rinsing thoroughly with clean
longer, seal better, and not stick or water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at A wax may then be applied.
least once a year. Hot, dry climates
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 325
Body Component Lubrication

Caution Caution (Continued)
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
Chrome wheels and other chrome brushes. Damage could occur hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
trim may be damaged if the and the repairs would not be steel fuel door hinges, unless the
vehicle is not washed after driving covered by the vehicle warranty. components are plastic. Applying
on roads that have been sprayed silicone grease on weatherstrips
with magnesium, calcium, with a clean cloth will make them
Brake System last longer, seal better, and not stick
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for Visually inspect brake lines and or squeak.
conditions such as ice and dust. hoses for proper hook-up, binding, Underbody Maintenance
Always wash the chrome with leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
soap and water after exposure. disc brake pads for wear and rotors At least twice a year, spring and fall,
for surface condition. Inspect drum use plain water to flush any
brake linings/shoes for wear or corrosive materials from the
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. underbody. Take care to thoroughly
Caution clean any areas where mud and
Steering, Suspension, and other debris can collect.
To avoid surface damage, do not Chassis Components
Do not directly power wash the
use strong soaps, chemicals, Visually inspect steering, transfer case and/or front/rear axle
abrasive polishes, cleaners, suspension, and chassis output seals. High pressure water
brushes, or cleaners that contain components for damaged, loose, can overcome the seals and
acid on aluminum or or missing parts or signs of wear at contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
chrome-plated wheels. Use only least once a year. fluid will decrease the life of the
approved cleaners. Also, never Inspect power steering for proper transfer case and/or axles and
drive a vehicle with aluminum or hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, should be replaced.
chrome-plated wheels through an chafing, etc.
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
(Continued)
7/18/16
326 Vehicle Care
Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean

the interior using the following
If the vehicle is damaged and To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaners or techniques:
requires sheet metal repair or regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
replacement, make sure the body Immediately remove any soils. . Never use a razor or any other
repair shop applies anti-corrosion Newspapers or dark garments can sharp object to remove soil from
material to parts repaired or transfer color to the vehicle’s any interior surface.
replaced to restore corrosion interior. . Never use a brush with stiff
protection. bristles.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
Original manufacturer replacement dust from knobs and crevices on the . Never rub any surface
parts will provide the corrosion instrument cluster. Using a mild aggressively or with too much
protection while maintaining the soap solution, immediately remove pressure.
vehicle warranty. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
. Do not use laundry detergents or
Finish Damage repellent from all interior surfaces or
dishwashing soaps with
permanent damage may result.
Quickly repair minor chips and degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
Use cleaners specifically designed use approximately 20 drops per
scratches with touch-up materials
for the surfaces being cleaned to 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
available from your dealer to avoid
prevent permanent damage. Apply A concentrated soap solution will
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
all cleaners directly to the cleaning create streaks and attract dirt.
damage can be corrected in your
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any Do not use solutions that contain
dealer's body and paint shop.
switches or controls. Remove strong or caustic soap.
Chemical Paint Spotting cleaners quickly.
. Do not heavily saturate the
Airborne pollutants can fall upon Before using cleaners, read and upholstery when cleaning.
and attack painted vehicle surfaces follow all safety instructions on the
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
causing blotchy, ring-shaped label. While cleaning the interior,
containing solvents.
discolorations, and small, irregular open the doors and windows to get
dark spots etched into the paint proper ventilation.
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 327
Interior Glass Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by

gently wringing until water does
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric Coated moldings should be cleaned.
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets . When lightly soiled, wipe with a
left behind with a clean dry cloth. 3. Start on the outside edge of the
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
If necessary, use a commercial soil and gently rub toward the
dampened with water.
glass cleaner after cleaning with center. Fold the cleaning cloth
plain water. . When heavily soiled, use warm to a clean area frequently to
soapy water. prevent forcing the soil in to the
Caution fabric.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
4. Continue gently rubbing the
To prevent scratching, never use Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no
abrasive cleaners on automotive using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from
glass. Abrasive cleaners or rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth.
aggressive cleaning may damage being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently 5. If the soil is not completely
the rear window defogger.
remove as much of the soil as removed, use a mild soap
possible: solution followed only by plain
Cleaning the windshield with water water.
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
during the first three to six months If the soil is not completely
of ownership will reduce tendency towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed. removed, it may be necessary to
to fog. use a commercial upholstery
. For solid soils, remove as much
Speaker Covers cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
as possible prior to vacuuming. hidden area for colorfastness before
Vacuum around a speaker cover To clean: using a commercial upholstery
gently, so that the speaker will not cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
be damaged. Clean spots with water 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
formation occurs, clean the entire
and mild soap. colorfast cloth with water.
fabric or carpet.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint After cleaning, use a paper towel to
transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture.
7/18/16
328 Vehicle Care
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,

and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not
surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces recommended.
use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase
Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease
cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. under certain conditions.
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
next use. Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics
Caution well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with
Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
suction cup to the display. This any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
not be covered by the vehicle clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
warranty. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
7/18/16
Vehicle Care 329
Cargo Cover and Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the
Convenience Net vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
Wash with warm water and mild { Warning side floor.
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Care of Safety Belts Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping
. Use only a single floor mat on
{ Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
the driver side.
Do not bleach or dye safety belt mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on
webbing. It may severely weaken pedals. top of another.
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for
adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage:
rinse safety belt webbing only
with mild soap and lukewarm . The original equipment floor
water. Allow the webbing to dry. mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
7/18/16
330 Vehicle Care
Removing and Replacing the

Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat

retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snap into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
7/18/16
Service and Maintenance 331
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 331 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 332 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 keep the vehicle in good working
Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 343 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
7/18/16
332 Service and Maintenance
frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Additional Required Services - service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 224.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 260.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, Pressure 0 295.
Fuel 0 249.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 300.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 256. fluid level. See Washer
The Additional Required Services - Fluid 0 269.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
. Frequently towing a trailer.
. Used for high speed or
competitive driving.
7/18/16
Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 300.
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks.
engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/
under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire Filter 0 263.
engine oil life system may not Rotation 0 301.
indicate the need for vehicle service . Inspect brake system. See
. Check engine oil level and oil Exterior Care 0 321.
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once life percentage. If needed,
. Visually inspect steering,
a year and the oil life system must change engine oil and filter, and
suspension, and chassis
be reset. Your trained dealer reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil 0 260 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
technician can perform this work. or missing parts or signs of
If the engine oil life system is reset System 0 262.
wear. See Exterior Care 0 321.
accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See
. Check restraint system
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant 0 265.
last service. Reset the oil life components. See Safety System
. Check windshield washer fluid Check 0 57.
system when the oil is changed.
level. See Washer Fluid 0 269.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 262. . Visually inspect fuel system for
. Visually inspect windshield wiper damage or leaks.
blades for wear, cracking,
. Visually inspect exhaust system
or contamination and replace
and nearby heat shields for
worn or damaged blades. See
loose or damaged parts.
Exterior Care 0 321. Replace
wiper blades every 20 000 km/ . Lubricate body components. See
12,000 mi or 12 months. See Exterior Care 0 321.
Wiper Blade . Check starter switch. See Starter
Replacement 0 273. Switch Check 0 272.
. Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure 0 295.
7/18/16

. Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check 0 272.
. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 273.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 273.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
7/18/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
7/18/16
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever

Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent (6) Replace brake fluid every three
passenger compartment air filter years. See Brake Fluid 0 270.
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 264.
7/18/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Footnotes — Maintenance Passenger compartment air filter (3) Or every four years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required replacement may also be needed if comes first. If driving in dusty
Services - Severe there is reduced airflow, window conditions, inspect the filter at each
(1) Or every two years, whichever fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer oil change or more often as needed.
comes first. More frequent can help determine when to replace (4) Or every five years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter the filter. comes first. See Cooling
replacement may be needed if (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor System 0 264.
driving in areas with heavy traffic, lines and hoses for proper
poor air quality, high dust levels, attachment, connection, routing, and
or environmental allergens. condition.
7/18/16
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever Special Application Additional

comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage; Services Maintenance and Care
replace, if needed. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
(6) Replace brake fluid every three Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
years. See Brake Fluid 0 270. components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
. Have underbody flushing service repairs. To maintain vehicle
performed. See "Underbody performance, additional
Maintenance" in Exterior maintenance services may be
Care 0 321. required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
7/18/16

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 341 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
7/18/16
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 326 and and kept in good condition to
Exterior Care 0 321. provide a clear view.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
7/18/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
®
Automatic Transmission DEXRON -VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 265.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 260.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, in
Canada 19299571).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood, Door, and Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Trunk Lid Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
7/18/16
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 13272719 A3144C
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13503677 CF197
Engine Oil Filter 55594652 PF101G
Spark Plugs 55490097 41-151
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 68.6 cm (27 in) 13348838 —
Passenger Side – 63.5 cm (25 in) 13348836 —
7/18/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
7/18/16
344 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, in either the glove box or
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) the trunk area, has the following
Vehicle Identification
information:
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Number (VIN).
Vehicle Data . Model designation.
Capacities and . Paint information.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
. Production options and special
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 346
This legal identifier is in the front equipment.
corner of the instrument panel, on
Do not remove this label from the
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
vehicle.
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 345 for the vehicle's engine code.
7/18/16
Technical Data 345
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System 6.3 L 6.7 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 5.5 L 5.8 qt
Fuel Tank 56 L 14.8 gal
Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
1.6L L4 Engine 5 Automatic 0.60–0.70 mm (0.0236–
0.0276 in)
7/18/16
346 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing

7/18/16
Customer Information 347
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Buick. Normally, any concerns with
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 358
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 349 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 350 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 354 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 it appears your concern cannot be
7/18/16
348 Customer Information
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
1-800-521-7300. In Canada, contact dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Customer Care Centre at with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
1-800-263-3777 (English) or if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure Inc.
We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
toll-free number in order to give the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
following information available to to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/
. Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
from the vehicle registration or disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. vehicle age, mileage, and other
dispute resolution program prior to
. Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
When contacting Buick, remember decision given in your case, you
that your concern will likely be STEP THREE — Canadian
may reject it and proceed with any Owners : In the event that you do
resolved at a dealer's facility. That is other venue for relief available
why we suggest following Step One not feel your concerns have been
to you. addressed after following the
first.
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
7/18/16
Company wants you to be aware of Mediation/Arbitration Program From U.S. Virgin Islands:
its participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-496-9994
Mediation/Arbitration program. General Motors of Canada
General Motors of Canada Company Canada
Company has committed to binding Mail Code: CA1-163-005
General Motors of Canada
arbitration of owner disputes 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Company
involving factory-related vehicle Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
service claims. The program The inquiry should be accompanied CA1-163-005
provides for the review of the facts by the Vehicle Identification 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
involved by an impartial third party Number (VIN). Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
arbiter, and may include an informal
www.gm.ca
hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the Customer Assistance 1-800-263-3777 (English)
entire dispute settlement process, Offices 1-800-263-7854 (French)
from the time you file your complaint Buick encourages customers to call 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
to the final decision, should be the toll-free number for assistance. Telephone devices (TTYs))
completed in about 70 days. We However, if a customer wishes to Roadside Assistance:
believe our impartial program offers write or e-mail Buick, the letter 1-800-268-6800
advantages over courts in most should be addressed to:
jurisdictions because it is informal, All Overseas Locations
quick, and free of charge. United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General
For further information concerning Buick Customer Assistance Center Motors Business Unit.
eligibility in the Canadian Motor P.O. Box 33136
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Detroit, MI 48232-5136 Customer Assistance for
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call www.Buick.com Text Telephone (TTY)
the General Motors Customer Care Users
1-800-521-7300
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-832-8425 (For Text To assist customers who are deaf,
1-800-263-7854 (French),
Telephone devices (TTYs)) hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
or write to:
Roadside Assistance: and who use Text Telephones
1-800-252-1112
7/18/16
(TTYs), Buick has TTY equipment r : Track your vehicle’s warranty . Retrieve your favorite articles,
available at its Customer Assistance information. quizzes, tips, and multimedia
Center. Any TTY user can galleries organized into the
communicate with Buick by dialing: J : View active recalls by Vehicle Featured Articles and Auto Care
1-800-832-8425. TTY users in Identification Number (VIN). See Sections.
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN) 0 344. . Download the owner manual for
your vehicle, quickly and easily.
Online Owner Center H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Satellite radio (if equipped), and . Find the Buick-recommended
Online Owner Experience OnStar account information. maintenance services for your
(U.S.) my.buick.com vehicle.
F : Chat with online help
The Buick online owner experience representatives.
allows interaction with Buick and GM Mobility
See my.buick.com to register your Reimbursement Program
keeps important vehicle-specific
vehicle.
information in one place.
Membership Benefits Buick Owner Centre (Canada)
buickowner.ca
E : Download owner manuals and
view vehicle-specific how-to videos. Visit the Buick Owner Centre:
G : View maintenance schedules, . Chat live with online help
alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle representatives.
diagnostic information. Schedule . Use the Vehicle Tools section. This program is available to
service appointments. qualified applicants for cost
. Access third party enthusiast
I : View and print dealer-recorded sites and social media networks. reimbursement of eligible
service records and self-recorded aftermarket adaptive equipment
. Locate owner resources such as required for the vehicle, such as
service records.
lease-end, financing, and hand controls or a wheelchair/
D : Select a dealer and view warranty information. scooter lift for the vehicle.
locations, maps, phone numbers,
and hours.
7/18/16
For more information on the limited . Telephone number of your General Motors North America and
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or location. Buick reserve the right to limit
call the GM Mobility Assistance . Location of the vehicle. services or payment to an owner or
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are
Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of
1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle. claim is made many times.
General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle Services Provided
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle. . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
for details. TTY users call Delivery of enough fuel for the
. Description of the problem.
1-800-263-3830. vehicle to get to the nearest
Coverage service station.
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the . Lock-Out Service: Service to
Program duration of the vehicle’s powertrain unlock the vehicle if you are
warranty. locked out. A remote unlock may
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call be available if you have
1-800-252-1112; (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the OnStar®. For security reasons,
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438). vehicle is covered. In Canada, a the driver must present
person driving the vehicle without identification before this service
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, permission from the owner is not
call 1-800-268-6800. is given.
covered.
Service is available 24 hours a day, . Emergency Tow from a Public
Roadside Assistance is not a part of Road or Highway: Tow to the
365 days a year. the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. nearest Buick dealer for
Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and warranty service, or if the vehicle
Buick reserve the right to make any was in a crash and cannot be
When calling Roadside Assistance, changes or discontinue the
have the following information driven. Assistance is not given
Roadside Assistance program at when the vehicle is stuck in
ready: any time without notification. sand, mud, or snow.
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
7/18/16

. Flat Tire Change: Service to . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help you
change a flat tire with the spare or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment.
must be in good condition and Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If
properly inflated. It is the owner's is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided
responsibility for the repair or to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside
replacement of the tire if it is not regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give
covered by the warranty. public road, which includes ice and permission to get local
. Battery Jump Start: Service to winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will
jump start a dead battery. covered. receive payment, up to $100,
. Trip Interruption Benefits and after sending the original receipt
Services Specific to to Roadside Assistance.
Assistance: If your trip is Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
interrupted due to a warranty Mechanical failures may be
event, incidental expenses may . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement covered, however any cost for
be reimbursed within the is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel parts and labor for repairs not
Powertrain warranty period. delivery may be restricted. covered by the warranty are the
Items considered are reasonable Propane and other fuels are not owner responsibility.
and customary hotel, meals, provided through this service.
rental car, or a vehicle being . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
Scheduling Service
delivered back to the customer, registration is required. Appointments
up to 805 km (500 mi).
. Trip Interruption Benefits and When the vehicle requires warranty
Services Not Included in Assistance: Must be over service, contact your dealer and
Roadside Assistance 150 km from where your trip was request an appointment. By
started to qualify. scheduling a service appointment
. Impound towing caused by and advising the service consultant
Pre-authorization, original
violation of any laws. detailed receipts, and a copy of of your transportation needs, your
. Legal fines. the repair orders are required. dealer can help minimize your
Once authorization has been inconvenience.
received, the Roadside
7/18/16
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel
into the service department options are available to assist in Reimbursement
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is
unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a used, the expense must be
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited supported by original receipts and
your dealership, let them know this, Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed
and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
If your dealer requests you to bring Owner Assistance Information” customers arrange their own
the vehicle for service, you are furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited
urged to do so as early in the work provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel
day as possible to allow for information. expenses may be available. Claim
same-day repair. amounts should reflect actual costs
Transportation Options and be supported by original
Courtesy Transportation Warranty service can generally be receipts. See your dealer for
completed while you wait. However, information.
Program
if you are unable to do so, your
To enhance your ownership Courtesy Rental Vehicle
dealer may offer the following
experience, we and our participating transportation options: For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy dealer may provide an available
Transportation, a customer support Shuttle Service courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
program for vehicles with the This includes one-way or round-trip reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty shuttle service within reasonable Reimbursement is limited and must
Coverage period in Canada), time and distance parameters of be supported by original receipts as
extended powertrain, and/or your dealer's area. well as a signed and completed
hybrid-specific warranties in both rental agreement and meet state/
the U.S. and Canada. provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
7/18/16
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. equipment and quality replacement performance; however, the history of
Additional fees such as fuel usage parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New
excessive mileage, or rental usage value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
beyond the completion of the repair be compromised in subsequent related failures are not covered by
are also your responsibility. collisions. that warranty.
It may not be possible to provide a Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. available. These are made by
Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may
Additional Program parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle.
Information and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit
parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/
All program options, such as shuttle
originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not
service, may not be available at
Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent
every dealer. Contact your dealer
ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
for specific availability.
appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle
General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM failure related to such parts is not
or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by that warranty.
Transportation at any time and to
Recycled original equipment parts
resolve all questions of claim
may also be used for repair. These
Repair Facility
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
parts are typically removed from GM also recommends that you
conditions described herein at its
vehicles that were total losses in choose a collision repair facility that
sole discretion.
prior crashes. In most cases, the meets your needs before you ever
parts being recycled are from need collision repairs. Your dealer
Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle. may have a collision repair center
If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM with GM-trained technicians and
collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to state-of-the-art equipment, or be
damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally able to recommend a collision repair
technician using the proper designed appearance and safety
7/18/16
center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Vehicle license plate number.
technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle make, model, and
equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as model year.
you may be charged at the end of
Insuring the Vehicle the lease for poor quality repairs. . Vehicle Identification
Protect your investment in the GM Number (VIN).
vehicle with comprehensive and
If a Crash Occurs
. Insurance company and policy
collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call number.
are significant differences in the emergency services for help. Do not
. General description of the
quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all
various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of. damage to the other vehicle.
Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position Choose a reputable repair facility
reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are that uses quality replacement parts.
vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
damage repairs through the use of officer. section.
aftermarket collision parts. Some Give only the necessary information If the airbag has inflated, see What
insurance companies will not to police and other parties involved Will You See after an Airbag
specify aftermarket collision parts. in the crash. Inflates? 0 62.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the For emergency towing see Managing the Vehicle Damage
vehicle will be repaired with GM Roadside Assistance Repair Process
original equipment collision parts. Program 0 351.
If such insurance coverage is not In the event that the vehicle requires
Gather the following information: damage repairs, GM recommends
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching . Driver name, address, and that you take an active role in its
to another insurance carrier. telephone number. repair. If you have a pre-determined
. Driver license number. repair facility of choice, take the
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing vehicle there, or have it towed there.
company may require you to have . Owner name, address, and Specify to the facility that any
insurance that ensures repairs with telephone number. required replacement collision parts
Genuine GM Original Equipment be original equipment parts, either
7/18/16
new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications Current and Past Models
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
Ordering Information Service and Owner publications are
available for many current and past
the GM vehicle warranty. Service Manuals model year GM vehicles.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals have the diagnosis ORDER TOLL FREE:
but you must live with the repair. and repair information on the 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
Depending on your policy limits, engines, transmission, axle, 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
your insurance company may suspension, brakes, electrical,
initially value the repair using steering, body, etc. For Credit Card Orders Only
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
the repair professional, and insist on Owner Information Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner publications are written Or write to:
if the vehicle is leased, you may be specifically for owners and intended
obligated to have the vehicle Helm, Incorporated
to provide basic operational Attention: Customer Service
repaired with Genuine GM parts, information about the vehicle. The
even if your insurance coverage 47911 Halyard Drive
Owner Manual includes the Plymouth, MI 48170
does not pay the full cost. Maintenance Schedule for all
If another party's insurance models. Prices are subject to change without
company is paying for the repairs, notice and without incurring
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, obligation. Allow ample time for
you are not obligated to accept a Owner Manual, and Warranty
repair valuation based on that delivery.
Manual.
insurance company's collision policy All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
repair limits, as you have no RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
contractual limits with that company. $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and funds.
In such cases, you can have control shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits. RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
7/18/16
Radio Frequency Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call

Statement the Vehicle Safety Hotline
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
This vehicle has systems that 1-800-424-9153); go to http://
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to:
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
to the United States Administrator, NHTSA
Commission (FCC) rules and with Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle Washington, D.C. 20590
RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other
ICES‐001.
a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle
Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately safety from http://
two conditions: inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov.
1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Reporting Safety Defects
2. The device must accept any General Motors. to the Canadian
interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar Government
interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
undesired operation of the If you live in Canada, and you
investigation, and if it finds that believe that the vehicle has a
device.
a safety defect exists in a group safety defect, notify Transport
Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall
these systems by other than an Canada immediately, and notify
and remedy campaign. General Motors of Canada
authorized service facility could void
However, NHTSA cannot Company. Call Transport
authorization to use this equipment.
become involved in individual Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or
problems between you, your write to:
dealer, or General Motors.
7/18/16
Transport Canada Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders

Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near
Reporting Safety Defects computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air
to General Motors about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or understanding how a vehicle’s
Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is
this, notify General Motors. designed to record data related to
transmission performance, to
Call 1-800-521-7300, or write: monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time,
Buick Customer Assistance Center
crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The
P.O. Box 33136
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to
Detroit, MI 48232–5136
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
(French), or write: Some modules may also store data
. Whether or not the driver and
General Motors of Canada about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were
Company
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005 retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was
1908 Colonel Sam Drive radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
7/18/16
These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional
Note consent of the lessee; in response Information 0 365.
to an official request by police or
EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with
recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM a navigation system as part of the
driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a See "Navigation Settings" under
EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner. Configure Menu 0 185 for
personally identifying data routinely
information on stored data and for
acquired during a crash
investigation. OnStar® deletion instructions.
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with

special equipment is required, and OnStar® and has an active
access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
the vehicle or the EDR. and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
7/18/16
360 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
7/18/16
OnStar 361
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi® OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block™,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
24/7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
7/18/16
362 OnStar
Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

“OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.”
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicle’s navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicle’s navigation screen, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. download directions to the vehicle’s
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say “Route preview.” System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Repeat.” System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say “Get my destination.”
2. Say “Cancel route.” System System responds with the Ensuring Security
responds: “Do you want to address and distance to the . Change the default passwords
cancel directions?” destination, then responds with
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
7/18/16
OnStar 363
from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), if factory-equipped.
and symbols to increase the password, and on some . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
security. vehicles, the connection type with automatic locks.
. Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality . Activate the horn and lamps.
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that (poor, good, excellent). . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or life, or tire pressure,
devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call if factory-equipped with the Tire
and avoid family names or Pressure Monitor System.
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. . Send directions to the vehicle.
®
OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicle’s . Locate the vehicle on a map
Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect (U.S. market only).
The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by on/off, manage settings, and
to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your monitor data consumption,
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the if equipped.
devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
controls only when it is safe to and compatibility, see
OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
do so. (If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada).
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Download the OnStar RemoteLink
information, press =, wait for Remote Services
mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi Android™, BlackBerry®, Contact an OnStar Advisor to
settings.” On some vehicles, or Windows® mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps.
screen. following services from a mobile
device:
7/18/16
364 OnStar
OnStar AtYourService 2. Say “Call.” System responds: Diagnostics

“Call. Please say the name or
OnStar Advisors can provide offers Advanced Diagnostics provides a
number to call.”
from restaurants and retailers on status of the vehicle’s key systems
your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say “911” without pausing. with a monthly e-mail, or by
or book a room. These services System responds: “911.”
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
vary by market. 4. Say “Call.” System responds: Alerts can be received in real-time
OnStar Hands-Free Calling “OK, dialing 911.” via e-mail or text. The Proactive
Alerts feature (if available) can help
Make and receive calls with the Retrieve My Number
predict and alert of potential
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes. 1. Press =. System responds: upcoming maintenance issues with
“OnStar ready.” select components on the vehicle,
Make a Call before they become a problem.
2. Say “My number.” System
1. Press =. System responds: responds: “Your OnStar OnStar can also monitor and report
Hands-Free Calling number is,” tire pressure, if the vehicle is
“OnStar ready.”
then says the number. equipped with a Tire Pressure
2. Say “Call.” System responds: Monitoring System.
“Call. Please say the name or End a Call
number to call.”
Press =. System responds: “Call
3. Say the entire number without ended.”
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds: Verify Minutes and Expiration
“OK, calling.”
Press = and say “Minutes” then
Calling 911 Emergency “Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
7/18/16
OnStar 365
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

OnStar Additional
Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
. After change in ownership and Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
at 90 days. Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
Selling/Transferring the of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar — such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
transferred, or if the lease ends. . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
7/18/16
366 OnStar
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Statement 0 357. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
7/18/16
OnStar 367
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 253. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
7/18/16
368 OnStar
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
OnStar - Software definitive version of this document
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp://
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
7/18/16
OnStar 369
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. “UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releases–including,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
7/18/16
370 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and Passenger Sensing System . . . . 63
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 What Makes an Airbag
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Adaptive Forward What Will You See after an
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Adaptive Forward Lighting When Should an Airbag
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Adaptive Forward Lighting Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 59
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Airbags
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 253 Adding Equipment to the
Additional Information Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 101
Additional Maintenance Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Adjustments Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Agreements Alarm
Trademarks and License . . . . . 208 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 263 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Air Filter, Passenger Antenna
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 237
Airbag System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Appearance Care
How Does an Airbag Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
7/18/16
Index 371
Assistance Program, Battery (cont'd) C

Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Assistance Systems for Battery - North America . . . .271, 315 California
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 244 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 273 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Audio Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Perchlorate Materials
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Audio Players Brake California
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Proposition
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 104 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .255, 271, 315
Automatic Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Capacities and
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Carbon Monoxide
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Automatic Transmission Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 227 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Shift Lock Control Function Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 91
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Auxiliary Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 276 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 102
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Check
Avoiding Untrusted Media Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 273
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Intensity Discharge Malfunction Indicator
(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
B
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 280 Child Restraints
Battery
Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . 278 Infants and Young Children . . . . . 71
Exterior Lighting Battery
Sidemarker Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Lower Anchors and Tethers
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
7/18/16
372 Index
Child Restraints (cont'd) Coolant Daytime Running

Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 85 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 100 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Cleaning Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Destination Download
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Courtesy Transportation OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Climate Control Systems Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Devices
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 192 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Diagnostics
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 354 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 349 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Compartments Text Telephone (TTY) Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 Door
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Customer Information Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Service Publications Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Connections Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 356 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Customer Satisfaction Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Control Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 346
Traction and Electronic Driver Information
D
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 354
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Driving
Data Collection
Controls Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 For Better Fuel Economy . . . 20, 19
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 358
Roll Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 222
Database Coverage
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 223
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
7/18/16
Index 373
Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Fluid

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 259 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 263
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Coolant Temperature Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Forward Collision Alert
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
E
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Frequency Statement
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 237
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 105
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 233 Front Fog Lamp
Electrical Equipment,
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Front Seats
Electrical System
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 358 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Engine Compartment Fuse
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 276
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 282
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 119 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Exterior Lighting Battery Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 19
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Filling a Portable Fuel
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Rear Compartment Fuse F
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Filter,
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Emergency Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 108
Engine Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 122
Requirements, California . . . . . 250
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Check and Service Engine Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
7/18/16
374 Index
Fuses Guidance Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Engine Compartment Fuse Problems with the Route . . . . . . 191 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 How to Wear Safety Belts
H
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 282 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 122
Instrument Panel Fuse HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Headlamp Leveling Control . . . . . 122 I
Rear Compartment Fuse
Headlamps If the System Needs Service . . . . 192
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Adaptive Forward Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
G Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Ignition Transmission Lock
Gauges Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Engine Coolant Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Indicator
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Daytime Running Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Infants and Young Children,
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 High Intensity Discharge Information
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Quick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Warning Lights and High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 108 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 120 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
General Information Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 109 Instrument Panel
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 331 Heated Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 7, 6
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 34
Global Positioning Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Internet Radio
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Pandora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Stitcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 222
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 239
7/18/16
Index 375
J Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Jump Starting - North Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Antilock Brake System
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Lane Departure (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 104
K Lane Departure Warning Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Keyless Entry
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 23
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
LATCH System Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 105
L Replacing Parts after a Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 107
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 290 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Lamps LATCH, Lower Anchors and Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Adaptive Forward Lighting . . . . 275 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 120
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 120 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 106
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Leveling Control Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Operate Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Exterior Lighting Battery Light Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 100
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Adaptive Forward Lighting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Service Electric Parking
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Lighting Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 102 Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Traction Control System
Side Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 123 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 107
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Warning, Power Steering . . . . . 106
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Locks
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7/18/16
376 Index
Locks (cont'd) Messages O

Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Messaging Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Off-Road
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Mirrors Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 108 Automatic Dimming Oil
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Lower Anchors and Tethers Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 262
for Children (LATCH Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 69
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 34 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Monitor System, Tire OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
M
Maintenance
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 OnStar® Additional
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Maintenance and Care
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 362
OnStar® Destination
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 N
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 332 Navigation Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Recommended Fluids and Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 102 Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 227 OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Media Operation
Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 157 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Menu Ordering
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 356
7/18/16
Index 377
Outlets Power Radios

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
P
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 231 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Pandora Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . 147
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 244
Park
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Rearview Mirrors
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Power Steering Warning Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Parking
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 56 Recognition
Brake and P (Park)
Privacy Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 273
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 358 Recommended Fluids and
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 232
Problems with Route Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Records
Parking or Backing
Program Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 244
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 353 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 320
Passenger Airbag Status
Proposition Reimbursement Program,
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
65 Warning, GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Passenger Compartment Air
California . . . . . . . . . . . .255, 271, 315 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 63 Q
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Perchlorate Materials Quick Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Requirements, California . . . . . . 255
R Replacement Parts
Personalization
Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . 141 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 357 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 69
Positioning
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
7/18/16
378 Index
Replacing LATCH System Safety Belts (cont'd) Service (cont'd)

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 256
Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 57 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 56 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 343
Reporting Safety Defects Safety Defects Reporting Maintenance, General
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 357 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 357 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 344
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Publications Ordering
Restraints Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 352
Retained Accessory Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 352 Service Electric Parking
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Roads Seats Services
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Roadside Assistance Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 48 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Roll Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 47 Shift Lock Control Function
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Check, Automatic
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 346 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Running the Vehicle While Securing Child Restraints . . . . 83, 85 Shifting
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Security Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
S
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Side Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . . 278
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Sidemarker Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Signals, Turn and
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Service Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
How to Wear Safety Belts
Accessories and Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7/18/16
Index 379
Spare Tire Symbols Tires (cont'd)

Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 296
Special Application Services . . . . 338 System Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Specifications and Forward Collision Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Terminology and Definitions . . 293
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Uniform Tire Quality
StabiliTrak Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Wheel Alignment and Tire
T
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 306
Text Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 272 When It Is Time for New
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 349
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 32
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Towing
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . 106 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 253
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 320
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . 132 Traction
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Stitcher Internet Radio . . . . . . . . . . 152 Control System (TCS)/
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Storage StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Traction Control/Electronic
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Storage Areas Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Trademarks and License
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Transmission
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 89 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 297
7/18/16
380 Index
Transportation Program, Vehicle Care Windows (cont'd)

Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Vehicle Data Recording and Windshield
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Winter
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Viewing Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
U
Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 273
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 304
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Updates
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Map Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 W
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Warning
Using the Navigation System . . . 168 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 248
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
V
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Vehicle
Warnings
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 344
Wheels
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 306
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
When It Is Time for New
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 75
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 106
Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

2k17cascada1stprint PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k17cascada1stprint PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2k17_Buick_Cascada_23321689A.

Cascada Owner’s Manual

Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart

In Brief Driver Information

Hazard Warning Central Power Window Switch.

Passenger Airbag Status 15. Electric Parking Brake 0 237.

Initial Drive 7 : Press and release to initiate

Windows Window Operation with . Raise or lower the front part of

Power windows work when the

Power Lumbar Seatback Latches Heated Seats

See Heated Front Seats 0 49. Safety Belts Passenger Sensing

To adjust the steering wheel: The interior lamps control in the

See Dual Automatic Climate Control

Vehicle Features Cruise Control SET/− : Move the thumbwheel down

Steering Wheel Controls Driver Information

2. w / x : Use the band to Lane Departure Parking Assist

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

Keys, Doors, and Exterior Mirrors

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23

With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Canceling a Remote Start . The vehicle is not in P (Park).

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Free-Turning Locks Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Emergency Trunk Release

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Interior Mirrors Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

or pull it up, and quickly release it to auto-reverse. The window will

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

Roof Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If the top cannot be secured, keep 2. If the top moves, continue

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

5. With the tonneau cover being

4. With an additional person, lift 8. Move the front bow to the

7. Lift the convertible top by

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Do not place any objects on the

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Seats and Restraints 45

Seats and Airbag System

46 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the

To adjust the head restraint forward,

Seats and Restraints 47